Burla and the Arabik al Belor On two of these stones the names of the twelve Tribes were graven and borne on the high Priests shoulders Exod. 28. 9. 10. see the notes there Vers. 13. Gihon in Greeke Geon a river about the land of Cush There was also another river Gihon in Canaan neere Ierusalem whereof see 2 Chron. 32. 30. Cush the sonne of Cham the sonne of Noe Gen. 10. 6. whose posterity in these parts of the world are called Aethiopians and so the Greeke here translateth Ethiopia Vers. 14. Hiddekel The signification of this word is of sharpnesse and lightnesse for it was a swift running river The Greeke translateth it Tigris the Tigre which is the name of a beast very light of foot as Pliny sheweth in b. 8. chap. 18. Tigris also in the Medes and Persian tongue signifieth an arrow saith Pliny b. 6. ch 27. and Q. Curtius b. 4. speaking of this violent River By it Daniel saw visions of God Dan. 10. 4. The Chaldee calleth it Diglat whereupon the Latines also named it Diglato Pliny in b. 6. ch 27. Assyria in Hebrew Assur he was the sonne of Sem the sonne of Noe Gen. 10. 22. of whom his country was called Assyria famous through all the Scripture which usually nameth countries and posterities by the names of the first inhabitants and parents See the notes on Gen. 12. 10. and 19. 37. is Euphrates Hebr. it is Phrath which river the new Testament calleth Euphrates Rev. 9. 14. It hath the name of Encrease for the waters thereof waxe mighty by snow melting from the mounts of Armenia and doe make the country fruitfull This is called the great river Deut. 1. 7. and 11. 24. Rev. 9. 14. Vers. 15. garden in Greeke paradise to till or dresse the Greeke saith to labour it The Hebrew Doctors apply this mystically to Adams labour in and keeping of Gods law Pirke R. Eliezer chap. 12. And that the morall law and work therof was written in his heart is manifest seeing the same yet remaineth in the corrupted harts of men Rom. 2. 14. 15. Vers. 16. commanded Besides the law of nature graven on Adams heart whereby hee was bound to love honour and obey his Creator God here giveth him for a triall of his love a significative law concerning a thing of it selfe indifferent but at the pleasure of God made unlawfull and evill for man to doe that by observing this outward rite hee might testifie his willing obedience unto the Lord. See 1 Sam. 15. 22. 23. eating thou maist eat that is maist or shalt freely eat thus God first sheweth his love and liberality before he makes any restraint The doubling of words is often used in Scripture for more earnestnesse and assurance and in things to come for to signifie speedy performance Gen. 41. 32. Sometime God altereth this manner of speaking into other the like as 2 King 14. 10. smiting thou hast smitten for which in 2 Chron. 25. 19. is written thou saist loe I have smitten So Building I have builded 1 King 8. 13. or as in 2 Chron. 6. 2. and I I have builded Sometime the doubling of the word is omitted as hath any delivering delivered 2 King 18. 33. which another Prophet writeth thus hath any delivered Esay 36. 18. In translating also God useth sometimes the phrase which we follow here as in Heb. 6. 14. blessing I will blesse thee and multiplying I will multiply thee translated into Greeke from Gen. 22. 16. Seeing I have seene Act. 7. 34. from Exod. 3. 7. Sometime otherwise as shot through with darts Heb. 12. 20. for that which is in Hebrew shooting shot through Exod. 19. 13. Vers. 17. But of Heb. And of and is often used for but so translated in the Greeke version Esay 10. 20. and by the holy Ghost in the New Testament as 1 Pet. 1. 25. from Esay 40. 8. Heb. 1. 11. 12 from Psal. 102. 27. 28. So here againe in vers 20. and in Gen. 3. 3. and 42. 10. and in many other places ãâã thou maist not or thou shalt not eat This law was given both to the man and woman which were both called Adam Gen. 5. 2. and the woman confesseth so much Gen. 3. 3. and the Greeke version here manifesteth it saying yee shall not eat dying thou shalt dye that is shalt surely and soone dye or as the Greeke translateth ye shall dye the death Vnder the name of Death the Scripture comprehendeth deadly plagues as the punishment of Aegypt with Locusts is called a death Exodus 10. 17. Also inward astonishments feares c. as Nabals heart died in him 1 Sam. 25. 37. Likewise outward deadly dangers and miseries as Paul was in deaths oft 2 Cor. 11. 23. It is also used for death in sinne when men are alienated from the life of God Ephes. 2. 1. and 4. 18. And for the dissolution of mans soule and body which we commonly call death when the soule or spirit goeth out of the man Gen. 35. 18. Psal. 146. 4. And finally death is the perdition of body and soule in hell which is eternall perdition from the presence of the Lord and called the second death Mat. 10. 28. 2 Thessal 1. 9. Rev. 20. 6. 14. These and whatsoever else mortality misery death the Scriptures mention are implyed in this iudgement here threatned upon disobedience Rom. 5. 12. beside miserable bondage under him which hath the power of death that is the devil Heb. 2. 14. 15. On the contrary here is implyed upon condition of his obedience the promise of eternall life whereof the tree of life was a signe Gen. 3. 22. So Paul opposeth death as the wages of sinne and eternall life as the gift of God which now since mans fall is onely by Christ who giveth us to eat of the tree of life Rom. 6. 23. Rev. 2. 7. The Hebrew Doctors also say After the opinion of our Rabbines of blessed memory if Adam had not sinned he had never died but the breath which he was inspired with of the most high blessed God should have given him life for ever and the good will of God which he had in the time of his creation had cleaved unto him continually and kept him alive for ever R. Menachem on Gen. 2. 17. Vers. 18. himselfe alone or alone as the Greeke translateth it so 1 King 19. 10. I am left my selfe alone for which Paul saith I am left alone Rom. 11. 3 God who made other creatures male and female together did not so in mankind which Paul observeth saying Adam was first formed then Eve 1 Tim. 2. 13. making it one reason of the womans subjection as before him the Greeke here translateth it according to him and in the 20. verse like unto him meaning one that should be as his second selfe like him in nature knit unto him in love needfull for procreation of seed helpfull in all duties present alwayes with him and so very meet and commodious for him The Apostle hence
knowledge Daemons Mar. 5. 12. of their mighty strength principalities and powers Col. 2. 15. of their calumniation and enmity to God and his creatures they are named the malicious the Devill and Satan 1 Iohn 2. 13. 1 Pet. 5. 8. Mat. 4. 8. 10. And the Devill speaking by this Serpent is therefore called the great dragon that old Serpent which deceiveth all the world Rev. 12. 9. And as him-selfe stood not in the truth but sinned from the beginning 1 Ioh. 3. 8. so soone upon mans creation he overthrew him and is therefore said to be a mankiller from the beginning Ioh. 8. 44. And mans fall and miserie is here immediately joined to his creation and seating in Paradise Also the Hebrew Doctors hold that nothing here mentioned was done after the sixe dayes of the creation all our wisemen doe agree that this whole matter was done the sixt day saith Maimony in Moreh Nebuchim chel 2. per. 30. the woman the weaker vessell 1 Pet. 3. 7. whom Satan thought the more easily to deceive and so did as Paul observeth Adam was not deceived but the woman being deceived was in the transgression 1 Timoth. 2. 14. 2 Corinth 11. 3. So the Serpent set upon Christ in his hunger and infirmity Matthew 4. 2. 3. Yea or Moreover it is a word proceeding from an earnest mind and usually it is an addition to something spoken before So it is likely the Serpent had uttered words against God the sum whereof is in this speech A like phrase is in 1 Sam. 14. 30. because God hath or hath God indeed said So the Chaldee paraphrase translateth in truth that is Is it true that God hath said and the Greeke why is it that God hath said In this understanding Satan beginneth with a question as when by his servants hee sought to have taken Christ in his talke Luke 20. 20. 21. 23. The tentation is directly against Gods word which as it was that whereby the world was made and existed Psal. 33. 6. 2 Pet. 3. 4. so by it all things are upholden or caried Heb. 1. 3. and if Gods word had abidden in Eve shee had overcome the wicked one 1 Ioh. 2. 14. So Satan began the assault upon Christ taking occasion at the word of God this is my sonne Mat. 3. 17 saying If thou bee the Sonne of God Mat. 4. 3. of every tree or of all trees but the Hebrew word for all is sometime used for everyone sometime for any one as Psal. 143. 2. so the Serpents speech was doubtfull and bent to deceive And as here hee assailed the woman about food so he began with Christ Mat. 4. 3. Vers. 2. Trees in Hebrew tree so in vers 7. leafe for leaves This the Scripture openeth as parable Psal. 78. 2. is expounded parables Mat. 13. 35. heart Psal. 95. 8. for hearts Heb. 3. 8. worke Psal. 95. 9. for workes Heb. 3. 9. And in the Hebrew text it selfe as speare 2 King 11. 10. for speares 2 Chron. 23. 9. ship 1 King 10. 22. for ships 2 Chr. 9. 21. See also Gen. 4. 20. Vers. 3. lest ye dye or as the Greek translateth that ye die not This manner of speech doth not alwayes shew doubt but speakes of danger and to prevent evill as Psal. 2. 12. lest he bee angry Gen. 24. 6. lest thou bring for that thou bring not So Mar. 14. 2. lest there be an uprore for that there be not an uprore Mat. 26. 5. Yea sometime it rather affirmeth a thing lest Ezekiah deceive Esa. 36. 18. for which in 2 King 18. 3. is written for he deceiveth you So lest they faint in the way Mat. 15. 32. that is they will faint Mark 8. 3. Vers. 4. not dying dye that is not surely dye the Greeke translateth not die the death Here hee impugneth the certainty of Gods word which had threatned assured death Gen. 2. 17. And thus the Devill was a lyar and the father thereof Ioh. 8. 44. Vers. 5. in the day that is presently so he opposeth present good unto the present evill threatned of God Whom hee also calumniateth as of ill will he had forbidden them this tree then your eyes c. By an ambiguous deceitfull promise hee draweth her into sinne for by opening of eyes shee understood a further degree of wisedome as the like speech importeth Acts 26. 18. Eph. 1. 18. but he meant a seeing of their nakednesse and confusion of conscience as fell out immediately Gen. 3. 7. 10. The Hebrew phrase is and your eyes but and is often used for then as Mark 14. 34. And he saith which another Evangelist writeth Then saith he Mat. 26. 38. so Mark 15. 27. and they crucifie Mat. 27. 38. then were crucified and many the like as Gods This the woman understood of the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost as appeareth by the words of God himselfe in v. 22. but the tempter might meane it also of the Angels which had sinned for Angels are called Gods Psal. 8. 6. who of their knowledge are named Daemons and have wofull experience of the good which they have lost and the evill wherein they lye The Chaldee saith as princes and Devils are also called principalities and powers Col. 2. 15. Another Chaldee paraphrase which goeth under the name of Ionathan for Gods translateth Angels knowing c. the name before given to this tree Gen. 2. 17. the serpent here wresteth to a wrong sense as if to know good and evill were to be like God himselfe that the eating of the fruit would worke such an effect whereas the tree was so called for another cause See Gen. 2. 9. Vers. 6. saw that is looked upon with affectation So Achan saw and coveted and tooke Ios. 7. 21. a desire or a lust that is most pleasant and to be desired to make one wise or to get prudency and so prosperity and good successe thereby as the Hebrew word often signifieth According to these three things which the woman by false suggestion saw in the tree for meat for the eyes and for prudency the Apostle reduceth all that is in the world and not of the father to the lust of the flesh the lust of the eyes and the pride of life 1 Iohn 2. 16. With which we may also compare the three tentations of Christ Luke 4. she gave together with words to move and perswade him for he is said to have hearkned to her voice vers 17. hee did eat so the sinne was accomplished that brought death into the world as God threatned Gen. 2. 17. and the death is gone over all men for that all have sinned and by the disobedience of one the many are made sinners Rom. 5. 12. 19. By eating the Scripture elsewhere signifieth the committing of sinne Prov. 30. 20. Againe by eating sinne and death are done away and life restored in Christ Ioh. 6. 50. 54. whom Satan sought to have drawne into sinne also by eating but was defeated Mar. 4. 2. 3. 4. This first sinne
the Amalekites 1 Sam. 15. 18. and the men of Sodem were evill and sinners Gen. 13. 13. And they sinned against their soules in causing their owne death and destruction for the soule is often used for the life as in Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. So he that provoketh a King to anger sinneth against his owne soule Prov. 20. 2. broad plates Hebr. out-spreadings of plates that is plates beaten out and spread broad to cover the brazen altar with them and they are hallowed or sanctified so as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it unlawfull for common use because they had made them for vessels of ministerie Or they were now sanctified of God before whom they sinfully offered them to bee an holy signe unto the people for a signe and a memortall to the sonnes of Israel vers 40. to make them remember the transgression of these sinners and to warne them that none hereafter doe the like So Aarons rod was kept for a signe Num. 17. 10. and God threatneth by destroying the wicked to make him a signe and aproverbe Ezek. 14. 8. Now all these things hapned unto them for ensamples and they are written for our admonition upon whom the ends of the world are come 1 Cor. 10. 11. Vers. 40. not any stranger or no man which is a stranger seed of Aaron that is sons or posteritie of Aaron so all Israelites or Levites save Aarons sonnes onely are counted strangers in this case of priesthood that he be not Heb. and he be not as Korah like him in rebellion and in punishment Therefore Moses afterward rehearseth this historie to keepe the people in obedience Deut. 11. 6 7 8. unto him or of him having reference to Moses speech in vers 29 30. that the truth of the judgement denounced might be manifest So the Apostle pronounceth woe unto such and saith they perish in the gaine saying of Kore Iude verse 11. Vers. 41. you have killed or as the Chaldee explaineth it you have caused the death Though they had prayed for the people v. 32. and the strangenesse of the punishments shewed unto all that they were of God and the judgements were still even before the eyes of the congregation yet doe they thus breake out into a new rebellion Vers. 42. the glorie of Iehovah it appeared to help his servants and to represse and punish the rebellious now as in former times Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19. Vers. 45. Get you up that is Depart or Separate your selves as he said before in verse 21. as in a moment in Greeke at oâce see the notes on verse 21. fell on their faces to pray as ãâã Ionathan addeth and as they did before in versâ 22. So did David and the Elders of âârael in 1 Chron. 21. 16. Verse 46. from off the Altar of this Chazkuni saith he warned him hereof that hee might ãâã erre through haste and effer strange fire aâ ãâã and Abihu Levit. 10. and these other had ââre incense Incense that caused death when it was not in the hand of the Friest giveth liâe when it is in the Priests hand saith Chazkuni on this place Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was figured who is represented by the Aâgâll standing at the Altar having a golden censââ and much incense given unto him to offer it with the ãâã all Saints c. Rev. 8. 3. goe quâcâly or ãâã to goe with speed that is as the Chaldee and Greeke translateth carie quickly or in ãâã the ãâã in Chaldee death the Greeke translateth âe ãâã begunne to breake that is destroy the pââple Vers. 47. he put on incense to make atonement and to appease Gods wrath as it is said or the Priests They shall put it cense in thy ãâã or ãâã thine anger c. and favourably accept thââ ãâã Lord the worke of his hands Deut. 33. 10. 11. Herein he figured Christ our Mediarcur who maââ intercession for the transgressors Esai 53. 12. ãâã 23. 34. So the Hebrewes as R. Menachem on Num. 16. applie that prophesie of Es ãâ¦ã ching Christ unto this worke of Aaron saying The meaning of this And he stood betweene the lâving ãâã ãâã dead is like that in Esai 53. 12. âe hath ãâã out his soule unto death c. Verse 48. betweene the dead and the living so interposing and as it were exposing himseââe to the wrath of God for the people that by the atonement which he now made the plague might be stayed from the living w ch yet remained ãâã him that is joyned to all the living there is hope c. but the dead know not any thing c. neither ãâã they any more a portion for ever in any thing that is done under the Sunne c. There is no worke ãâã ãâã vice nor knowledge nor wisdome in the grave wââther thou goest Eccle. 9. 4. 5. 6. 10. The dead ãâã not the Lord neither any that goe downe into ãâã Psal. 115. 17. They that goe downe into the ãâ¦ã not hope for the truth of God Esai 38. 18. for after death commeth the iudgement Heb. 9. 27. And so by the Hebrew Doctors it is said There is no atonement for the dead Maimony in Misn. âom 3. in Pesulei hamukdashin chap. 15. sect 9. And the Chaldee paraphrast on Eccles. 1. 15. hath this saying A man whose wayes are rebellious in this ãâã and he dieth in them and turneth not by repe ãâ¦ã he hath no power to reforme himselfe after his ãâã and a man that faileth of the Law and ãâã whiles he liveth he hath no meanes after his death ãâã be reckoned with the just men in the gar ãâ¦ã ãâã or Paradise of God And on Ecclis 6. 6. ãâã Chaldee paraphraseth thus yea though the ãâã of the life of a man be two thousand yeares if he have not exercised himselfe in the Law and hath not done judgement and justice by the oath of the Word of the LORD which shall be in the day of his death his soule goeth down to Gehenna or Hell torments unto one place whither all sinners doe goe So there was no estimation nor price of the dead for any vow in Israel as is noted on Levit. 27. 8. the plague was stayed This sheweth how greatly the praiers and actions of his servants doe prevaile with God when they are faithfull servent and according to his will I am 5. 16. 1 Ioh. 5. 14. and fore-shewed the power and efficacie of Christs mediation for God heareth him alwaies Ioh. 11. 42. and hee is the Atonement for our sinnes 1 Iohn 2. 2. and for his sake God before whom the pestilence goeth in wrath remembreth mercie Habak 3. 5. 2. And as the bloud of the Paschall lamb figuring the bloud of Christ 1 Cor. 5. 7. stayed the Angell which destroyed the Egyptians from touching the Israelites Exod. 12. 23. Heb. 11. 28. so the smoke of Aarons incense figuring the mediation of Christ Psal. 141. 2. Revel 8. 4. stayed the plague here
before his eyes For another man burned it as appeareth by vers 8. wherefore Targum Ionathan explaineth it another Priest shall burne The burning of the heiffer without the campe figured how Iesus that he might sanctifie the people with his owne bloud should suffer without the gate of Ierusalem Hebr. 13. 11 12. Vers. 6. Cedar wood this with the hyssop and scarlet following were used in the cleansing of Lepers that were healed Lev. 14. 4. See the Annotations on that place The Cedar is one of the greatest and tallest trees opposed to the hyssop as the lowest 1 King 4. 33. it is durable wood and rotteth not being choise or excellent Song 5. 15. figuring the perpetual efficacy of the death of Christ who by one offring hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified Hebr. 10. 14. eyzop or hyssope whereof see Exod. 12. 22. As here it was burned with the heiffer so after in vers 18. a sprinkle was made with it figuring the vertue and odour of Christs death to purge our sinnes and to sprinkle our hearts from an evill conscience Hebr. 1. 3. and 10. 22. scarlet or twice died scarlet called in Hebrew Sheni tholagnath whereof see Exod. 25. 4. This bloudy colour sometime signifieth Sinnes Esai 1. 18. and it is the death and bloud of Christ that cleanseth us from all sinne Rom. 6. 10. 1 Iohn 1. 7. the preaching hereof maketh the lips like a threed of scarlet Song 4. 3. into the midst of the burning The manner of burning this heiffer in the ages following is described by the Hebrewes thus They made a banke or causey from the mountaine of the house of God in Ierusalem unto mount Olivet the mountaine which our Lord Iesus used to frequent Luke 21. 37. Joh. 18. 2. whither hee went the night that hee was betrayed âo death Luke 22. 39 40 c. and it was over against the Temple Mar. 13. 3. and from thence after his resurrection he ascended up into heaven Act. 1. 9. 12. and the heiffer and hee that burned her and all that assisted him in the burning of her went out from the mount of the Temple unto mount Olivet upon that banke The Elders of Israel wenâ before them on their feet to mount Olivet and there was a place to baptise or wash in and the Priest and they that assisted him to burne the heiffer went on the banke and came to mount Olivet c. and the Elders imposed their hands upon the Priest and said unto him wash once Hee went downe and washed and came up and wiped himselfe And there was wood laid in a row wood of Cedar and Oke and Firre-tree and Fig-tree which they tooke and made a pile of like a tower c. and the fore-part was towards the West that was towards the Temple Then they bound the heiffer and laid her upon the pile of wood with her head to the South and her face to the West and the Priest stood on the East-side with his face ãâã the West Hee killed her with his right hand and tooke the bloud in his left hand and sprinkled with the finger of his right hand of the bloud that was in ãâã palme of his left hand seven times towards the ãâã holy place of the Temple At every sprinkling ãâã dipped his finger in the bloud and the residue of ãâã bloud which was on his finger was uâlawfull to sprinkle with therefore at every sprinkling he wiped his finger on the body of the heiffer When he had made an end of sprinkling he wiped his hands on the heiffers body and came downe from the pile and kindled the fire with small stickes which he put under the stickes of the pile and the fire began to burne and the Priest stood a far off and observed it till the fire burned upon her and her belly cleft asunder And afterward he tooke Cedar wood and eyzop not lesse than an hand-bredth and wooll died in scarlet five shâkels weight c. And he bound the eyzop with the Cedar with the tongue or long peece of scarlet and cast them into her belly Numb 19. 6 And hee cast them not in before the fire was kindled upon the b ãâ¦ã ke of her body nor after that she was burnt to ashes and if he did it was unlawfull for it is said into the midst of the burning not before the fire is kindled on her body nor after she is turned to ashes Maimony in Pharah adummah ch 3. sect 1 2. Vers. 7. Wash his cloathes which was a signe of purification from uncleannesse as is noted on Lev. 11. 25. and 15 5. The same was concerning him that burned the heiffer vers 8. and the cleane man that gathered up her ashes vers 9 10. Hereby the imperfection of the Legall Priesthood was shewed in that the Priests which prepared the meanes of sanctification for the Church were themselues polluted in the preparing and doing of them as may be gathered by proportion from Hebr. 7. 27 28. and 10. 1 2 3. The sinne also of the Priests and others that procured the death of Christ though it was the life of the world seemeth hereby to be signified Matth. 26. 65 66 c. Act. 2. 22 23 38. and 3. 14 15 17 18 19. Albeit by the tradition of the Hebrewes they were very carefull about the cleannesse of the Priests when they did this worke for the Priest that burned this heiffer they separated him from his house to a chamber prepared in the Court of the Temple which was called the Stone chamber because all the vessels thereof were of stone which doe receive no uncleannesse and he ministred in a vessell of stone all the seven daies that he was separated and his brethren the Priests might not touch him for the more care of his cleannesse Seven daies before the burning of the heiffer they separated the Priest that burned her from his house as they separated the High Priest for his service on Atonement-day wherof see the notes on Levit. 16. 33. Also they separated him from his wife lest she should have her disease and so he be uncleane seven daies as Levit. 15. 24. Every of those seven daies of his separation they sprinkled him with the water of purification lest âe should be uncleane by the dead and not know it end with the ashes of the heiffer that had beene burned already before Maimony in Pharah ch 2. Notwithstanding all this care Whosoever busie themselves about this heiffer from the beginning to the end doe make their garments uncleane and are bound to wash themselves and are uncleane till the evening And wheresoever the Law speaketh of washing of cloathes for uncleannesse it is to teach us that not the cloathes only upon him are uncleane but every cloth ãâã vessell which this uncleane person shall touch whiles his uncleannesse is on him is made uncleane And not this heiffer only but all Sin-offrings that are burnt without the campe whether bullocks or goats he that
is passed from death unto life Ioh. 5. 24. For the wages of sinne is death but the gift of God is eternall life through Iesus Christ our Lod Rom. 6. 23. Vers. 10. Oboth Of these places and journeyes see Numb 33. where they are reckoned in order for here some are named and other some omitted Vers. 11. before Moab before the Moabites countrey The posteritie of Moab and Ammon the sonnes of Lot Gen. 19. 36. 38. had vanquished the Giants called Emims and Zamzummims which before dwelt in those parts and succeeded them and dwelt in their stead Deut. 2. 10 11 20 ãâã Through the wildernesse along by their coasts did Israel palse but were forbidden to warre with them or with the Edomites Deut. 2. 9. 19 5. Vers. 12. The valley of Zared or the bourne of Zared or Zered which word bourne as also the Hebrew Nachal is both a valley and a river running thorow a valley and so this Zared was a river or brooke also over which Israel passed See Deut. 2. 13. Vers. 14. it is said Hebr. it shall be said The time to come noteth a continued or common saying so he speaketh as of a knowne speech the booke or the narration the rehearsall of the warres of Jehovah what booke this was is uncertaine whether some writing of Israel not now extant or some writing of the Amorites which contained songs and triumphes of their King Sihons victories out of which Moses may cite this testimony as Paul sometime doth out of heathen Poets Act. 17. 28. Tit. 1. 12. Vaheb this is thought by some to be the name of the King of Moab whom Sihon vanquished vers 26. by others to be the name of a place or citie The Greeke Interpreters mistaking * ãâ¦ã Z. for â V. which in Hebrew are one like another reade it Zoob and give this sense Therefore it is said in the booke The warre of the Lord hath set on fire or burned Zoob and the brookes of Arnon The Chaldee Paraphrast whom others also follow taketh it for no proper name but expoundeth it thus The warres that the Lord did at the red Sea and the mightie workes at the brookes of Arnon in a whirle-wind oâ ãâã ãâã tempest understand the Lord by the ãâã of Sihon against Moab hath consumed ãâã iâ a whirle-wind or with a tempest So warres ãâã often set forth by the similitudes of fire tempest ãâã winds and the like as I will kindle a fire ãâã thâ wall of Rabah and it shall devoure the pa ãâ¦ã thereof with shouting in the day of battell with ãâ¦ã pest in the day of the whirle-wind Aâââ ãâã 14 and Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hâsts with thunder c. with whirle-wind and teâpest and the flame of devouring fire Esay 29. 6. and againe The Lord will come with fire and with his chariots like a whirle-wind Esay 66. 15. So in Naâum 1. 3. Esay 5. 28. Ierem. 4. 13. And thus the Greeke explaineth it The war of the Lord hath set Zoob on fire Some take the Hebrew Suphah which usually signifieth whirle-wind or storme to be here the name of a place the same that is called Suph in Deut. 1. 1. which also is the name of the redsea as is noted on Exod. 10. 19. so the Chaldee interpreteth it the red sea and the brookes or the bournes of Arnon to wit the Lord hath consumed or as in vers 28. the flame hath consumed the bournes of Arnon It may also be expounded The Lord warred with Vaheb in a whirle-wind and with the brookes of Arnon Moses intendeth by this testimony to shew how the Israelites had right to this countrey for it being sometimes Moabs land with whom Israel might not meddle Deut. 2. 9. the Lord had before Israels comming ââârred up the spirit of Sihon King of the Amorites to sight against the King of Moab and to take this pârt of his country from him as is after mentioned Num. 21. 28 29. Then Israel comming and being commanded of God to warre against the Amorites Deut. 2. 24. tooke it againe out of Sihons hand and so became lawfull possessour of this land by conquest This right Iephthah defended for Israel when after many yeares the Ammonites brethren ãâã ãâ¦ã ab required these lands to be restored again see the story in Judg. 11. 12 13. 27. For the Moaâââeâ and Ammonites were neighbours and Chaz ãâ¦ã eth on Numb 21. 23. that as Sihon had taken the land of Moab on the South-side from Iordan ãâã the river Arnon so he had taken on the Northsidâ ãâã land of the sons of Ammon unto Jabok and for thââ ãâã it was lawfull for Israel to possesse it ãâã ãâã is that which our Doctors have said Moab ãâã Aââmon were purified by Sihon Vers. 15. And the streame or the shedding the ãâ¦ã usion of the brookes This verse seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony out of the ãâã of the warres of Jehovah to shew the limits ãâã âounds of this country which Sihon had won ãâã ãâã it was distinguished from Moabs land ãâã a citie of Moab vers 28. called in Greeke Er. leaneth upon the border that is as the Greeke explaineth it lieth by or is adjoyned to the âââders of Moab Vers. 16. From thence to Beer or to the Well âor ãâã Beer signifieth and the Greeke translateth it front thence the Well or pit Some understand here from thence they journeyed to Beer the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it from thence was given unto them the Well Of this Beer there is no mention among the journeyes of the people in Num. 33. I will give them water The Greeke addeth water to drinke The Lord who before had suffered the people to thirst and gave them water when they murmured against him Exod. 17. Numb 20. doth now of his grace give them a Well of water when they murmured not to teach them to depend upon him by faith for they that seeke the Lord shall not want any good thing Psal. 34. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled that all might behold the goodnesse of God and sing his praise And this water of the Well had also a like spirituall signification as the waters of the Rocke for as the Rocke was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. so the Well figured him who is the fountaine of the gardens the Well of living waters Song 4. 15. and the waters signified the Spirit which they that beleeve on him shall receive Iohn 7. 38 39. Esay 44. 3. of which water whosoever drinketh shall never thirst but the water that Christ shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Iohn 4. 14. This grace he promised of old to his people saying The poore and needie seeke water and there is none their tongue faileth for thirst I Iehovah will heare them I the God of Israel will not forsake them I will open rivers in high places and fountaines in the midst of the
him to stand before Eleazar the Priest and before all the congregation and charge thou him before their eyes And thou shalt give of thine honour upon him that all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel may heare And hee shall stand before Eleazar the Priest and he shall aske counsell for him by the judgement of Vrim before Iehovah at his mouth shall they goe out at his mouth shall they come in hee and all the sonnes of Israel with him and all the congregation And Moses did as Iehovah commanded him and he tooke Ioshua and caused him to stand before Eleazar the Priest and before all the congregation And he laid his hands upon him and charged him as Iehovah spake by the hand of Moses Annotations THen came Hebr. And they came neere or approached to wit unto Moses c. v. 2. Targum Ionathan saith they came to the place of judgement Zelophehad or Zelophchad in Greeke Salpaad son of Opher son of Galaad c. See NuÌ 26. 33. of the families or with among the families of Manasseh as comming before when all the other families came to be mustered ch 26. but the Greeke translateth of the familie of Manasses of Ioseph what needeth he to be named here Sol. Iarchi answereth because Ioseph loved the land as it is said in Gen. 50. 25. and ye shall carry up my bones from hence and his daughters loved the land as it is said in Num. 27. 4 Give unto us a possession c. Machlah or Mahlah Nognah Choglah c. in Greeke Maala Noua Aigla c. the Scripture nameth them foure times here and in ch 26. 33. and 36. 11. Ios. 17. 3. The order of their names is altered in Num. 36. 11. Machlah Tirzah and Hoglah c. whereupon Iarchi here saith they were all of like esteeme one as another therefore the order of them is changed Vers. 3. of Korah who was a rebell Num. 16. Zelophehad was not among other Rebels whereby he and his posteritie might be deprived of his inheritance in his sinne in or for his owne sinne as other men died in the wildernesse and he had not beene a meane to draw other men into sinne as did Korah and other rebellious persons Vers. 4. Why should the name of our father bee done away or be diminished that is let not his name be done away as the Greeke translateth Let not our fathers name be blotted out see the notes on Exod. 32. 11. It was esteemed as a curse to have their fathers name abolished as it is written In the generation following let his name be bââted out Psal. 109. 13. Give unto us a possession These daughters as they honoured their father deceased in seeking to have his name continued so they shewed faith in God beleeving that the land should bee given them for inheritance which the men of Israel before beleeved not and therefore could not come into it but it was promised to their children Num. 14. And though these were women no warriers not mustered among the armie Num. 26. yet beleeved they the promise to belong unto them as the inheritance was given to Abraham by promise not by the Law Gal. 3. 18. Wherfore in claiming right in the holy land they figuratively claimed inheritance in the kingdome of heaven which shall be given to them which worke not but beleeve in him which justifieth the ungodly Rom. 4. 5 6. c. So these five virgins may be considered as the five wise virgins which tooke oyle in their vessels with their lâmâes that they might be readie to goe in with the bridegroome to the marriage Matth. 25. 1. 10. and they are our examples that we should seeke comfort and assurance in the wildernesse of this world where we are weake and Orphans of our in heritance with those that are sanctified by faith in Christ to claime this portioÌ in the land of the living without respecting either our works or weaknesse by vertue of the covenant of grace confirmed by Christ in whom there is neither Iew nor Gentile bond nor free male nor female but all are one and whosoever are Christs are Abrahams seed and heires according to the promise Gal. 3. 28 29. Their names also seeme to be not without mysterie for Zelophehad by interpretation signifieth The shadow of feare or of dread his first daughter Machlah Infirmitie the second Noghnah Wandring the third Choglah Turning about for joy or Daââing the fourth Milcah a Queene the fift Tirzah Wel-pleasing or Acceptable By these names we may observe the degrees of our reviving by grace in Christ for wee all are borne as of the shadow of feare being brought forth in sinne and for feare of death were all our life time subject to bondage Hebr. 2. 15. This begetteth Infirmitie or Sicknesse griefe of heart for our estate after which Wandring abroad for helpe and comfort we find it in Christ by whom our sorrow is turned into joy He communicateth to us of his royaltie making us Kings and Priests unto God his Father Rev. 1. 6. and shall be presented unto him glorious and without blemish Ephes. 5. 27. So the Church is beautifull as Tirzah Song 6. 3. Vers. 5. brought their cause or brought neere their judgement that is their cause to be judged of as in difficult cases he used to doe Foure principally are observed of which this was one see the Annotations on Num. 15. 34. Vers. 7. speake right speake that which is just and meet to be done so God approveth their desire and request of faith and sheweth himselfe to bee the father of the fatherlesse Psal. 68. 5. And of them Sol. Iarchi here observeth that their eyes saw that which Moses eyes saw not giving then shalt give them that is thou shalt surely give them without faile This commandement was fulfilled in Ios. 17. 4. Here the word them as Chazkuni also noteth is of the male or masculine gender though he speaketh of females which may bee either in respect of their faith and confidence such as might beseeme men or of Gods gift especially of his grace in Christ hereby figured which he giveth without difference of male and female Gal. 3. 28. The Hebrewes in Talmud Bab. in Baba hathra ch 8. have recorded that The daughters of Zelophehad had three portions for inheritance their fathers portion because he was one of them that came out of Egypt and his portion with his brethren in the goods of Hepher his father and because he was the first-borne he had two portions Which Rambam in his Annotations on that place explaineth thus All that came out of Egypt were to have part in the land and if the father and his sonne both came out each of them had a portion alike And Zelophehad and Hepher were both of them that came out of Egypt so Zelophehad was to have had his part and to have had by inheritance of Hepher two parts because he was the first-borne c. Vers. 8. If
rebellion see Num. 14. 2 3 c. Verse 27. In the hatred or for the hatred of Ie ãâ¦ã wherwith he hateth us that is for that the Lord hateth us as in the Greeke version See ãâ¦ã phrase in Gen. 19. 16. and 29. 20. Hos. 3. ãâ¦ã evill saying Moses would not have to come ãâã of the mouth of their enemies Deut. 9. 28. and it sheweth the height of their sinne which impââed that to hatred wherein God manifested his ãâã Deut. 4. 37. and 7. 8. Vers. 28. to melt that is discouraged or as the Chaldee translateth it broken The Greeke saith Have turned away our heart David amplifieth this ãâ¦ã litude in Psal. 22. 15. My heart is as wax it ãâ¦ã ten c. So Ios. 2. 11. and 7. 5. and 14. 8. Esââ 19. 1. These brethren were ten of the twelve Spies sent to view the Land Num. 13. 28. c. ãâ¦ã kims in Greeke and Chaldee Giants see Nââ 13. 28. 33. where it is singular Anak Vers. 30. He the Chaldee paraphraseth his ãâã will fight for you Verse 31. bare thee this word meaneth not bearing of the body onely but bearing of their infirmities and suffering the evils and troubles in the education of them as a father doth in his children which the Greeke explaineth by etrophophsrese a word that Paul useth in Act. 13. 18. where the Syriak expoundeth it nourished or as some copies have it etropophorese hee suffered their manners Verse 32. yet in this thing or for this word notwithstanding this exhortation and encouragement you beleeved not in Iehovah Chald. in the word of the LORD This unbeleefe Paul noteth to be the cause why they entred not into the Lords rest Heb. 3. 1 2. 18. 19. Verse 33. Who went namely by his Arke Fire and Cloud the signes of his presence Numb 10. 33. 34. or who goeth to wit still before you Verse 35. If there shall that is surely there shall not as Paul openeth the phrase Heb. 3. 11. 18. Though Moses intreated for the people Num. 14. 13. 19. and the Lord pardoned them that they were not then destroyed Num. 14. 20. yet hee sware and so it was irrevocable and without repentance Psal. 110. 4. that they should not come into the promised land See the notes on Num. 14. see that is come into and enjoy as to see good is to enjoy the same Psal. 106. 5. Verse 36. Caleb one of the twelve Spies who was faithfull see Num. 13. 6. 30. and 14. 6. c. fully followed Hebr. fulfilled after Iehovah which the Greeke translateth followed the things pertaining to the Lord. This he did being guided by another spirit Num. 14. 24. Verse 37. with me with Aaron also for they both were in one transgression and punishment Num. 20. 10 12 24. for your sakes for the people provoked his spirit whereupon hee uttered his sinne with his lips Psal. 106. 32 33. his sinne proceeded also from unbeleefe see Num. 20. 12. Thus God shewed severity towards all after many provocations and by it the people were taught that not Moses Law but Iesus Gospel should bring them into their heavenly rest Vers. 38. Ioshuah or Iehoshuah in Greeke Iesus he was another of the Spies see Num. 13. 8. 16. and 14. 6. 38. standeth that is ministreth or is thy servant as the phrase meaneth Gen. 18. 8. and so hee is named Moses minister Ios. 1. 1. strengthen by word and signe which was imposition of hands whereby Moses put off his honour upon Iesus and hee was filled with the Spirit Num. 27. 18. 20. 23. Deut. 34. 9. Verse 39. for a prey to be spoiled and devoured of the enemy of this their speech see Num. 14. 3. they shall goe in after forty yeares wandring in the wildernesse and bearing their fathers whoredomes see Num. 14. 31. 33. So God sheweth grace to weaklings and babes in Christ 1 Cor. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 25. Verse 40. way of that is which leadeth towards the red sea where Israel had beene baptized Exod. 14. and whither they were now led againe to learn repentance and a new life See Num. 14. 25. Vers. 41. sinned The people mourned greatly when they heard that evill tidings from the Lord confessed their sinne and offered amendment Num. 14. 39 40. but their repentance was not according to God for presently they rushed into another extremity neither could they reverse the decree passed against them his weapons of war or the weapons of his warre which is an Hebrew phrase very common translated in Greeke his weapons of War so in Dan. 9. 24. citie of thy holinesse that is thy holy citie and the house of my praier Esay 56. 7. that is my house of praier and many the like pressed forward assayed of your owne accord or thronged as the Greeke translateth gathered together the Chaldee yee began The Hebrew word is used here onely in Num. 14. 44. there is said they loftily presumed or lifted up themselves answerable to their presumption here following Vers. 42. I am not the Chaldee expoundeth it my majestie or presence dwelleth not among you see Num. 14. 42. smitten in Greeke broken or crushed The Lord threatned their fall by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites Num. 14. 43. Verse 43. were presumptuous or were proud arrogant compare Num. 14. 44. The people having by their evil heart and unfaithful departed from the living God would returne to him by the workes of their own hands w ch was a presumptuous sin and shewed their repentance not to be sincere but that the flesh repined and strugled against the chastisements of God not willing to beare the punishment of their iniquitie See the notes on Num. 14. Verse 44. Amorite with the Amalekites See Numb 14. 45. Bees doe or Bees vse to doe which when they are angred get them together and flie on the faces of their provokers see Psal. 118. 12. Our sinnes are enemies like Bees many compact in the hive of the heart being troubled and provoked they become more eager and fierce sting and pursue us They cannot be subdued but by faith in Christ as they that were stung of Serpents were healed by him Num. 21. for by the workes of the Law no sinne can be expelled Rom. 7. 7 8. c. Hormah the Greeke saith from Seir unto Herma see Num. 14. 45. Verse 45. returned the Greeke saith yee sate downe and wept heard not Chaldee accepted not your praier This figured how Israel following the Law of justice could not attaine unto it because they sought it not by faith but as it were by the works of the Law Rom. 9. 31 32. Verse 46. Kadesh a large wildernesse where Israel abode long as appeareth by Num. 13. 27. and 20. 1. 14 21. Iudg. 11. 17. Deut. 2. 14. CHAP. II. 1. The storie is continued that the Israelites were not suffered to meddle with the Edomites 9. nor with the Moabites 19. nor with the Ammonites 24. but with Sihon the Amorite who refusing peace and
usually is to be understood when the Hebrew nameth silver only see the notes on Gen. 20. 16. where also it is shewed what a shekel was An hundred shekels was the double dowrie of virgins see after in vers 29. unto the father and if she were fatherlesse then he gave them unto her selfe saith Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 3. sect 1. a virgin of Israel in Greeke a virgin an Israelitesse Hereupon the Hebrewes say that if she were an heathen that was become a Proselytesse or a bondwoman that had her freedome c. hee that brought forth an evill name upon her was free both from the mulct and from beating They have also other like exceptions which seeme not approveable as that if she were a girle under yeares or an ancient maid that had past the floure of her age though such maids for playing the whoreafter they were betrothed were to die yet the man that brought an evill name upon them was free from the mulct and from beating Maimony in Nagnarah chap. 3. sect 2. 8. he may not or he cannot send her away to wit by a bill of divorce as other men were permitted to put away their wives Deut. 24. 1. It is commanded by the Law that the woman upon whom hee hath brought an evill name should abide under him for ever Deut. 22. 19. and if he put her away he transgresseth against a prohibition HE MAY NOT PVT HER AWAY and hee is to bee compelled to take her againe And if another doe first betroth himselfe to her or if she die or if he be a priest who may not take a divorced woman Lev. 21. 7. then he is to bee beaten for putting her away Maimony in Nagnarah chap. 3. sect 4. As it was a greater sinne for a man to defame his wife than another person so the punishment is greater for they that defamed their neighbours were but beaten but hee that defamed his wife was beaten and amearsed and never suffered to put her away which was permitted to other men Deut. 24. 1. 2. Vers. 20. be truth so proved by certaine evidence or by witnesses as before is shewed and agreeable to the Law in Deut. 17. 4 5 6. For the Hebrewes acknowledge that those tokens might sometime be wanting in virgins and yet they not defiled and therefore the Iudges were to examine whether her progenitors wanted their fluors or she herselfe had not had some great sicknesse or other like accident whereby those signes might faile Maimony treat of Wives chap. 11. sect 12. Vers. 21. her fathers house that where the sinne was done there it might be punished follie in Chaldee ignominie which was not onely evill in her but a reproach to her father and scandall to the whole Church See the notes on Gen. 34. 7. where this phrase is first used whoredome in her fathers house and as the Hebrewes thinke under her betrothed husband for otherwise if her fault had beene done before she was betrothed and it were knowne she was not to die Exod. 22. 16 17. This which is said in Deut. 22. 20. IF THIS WORD BETRVTH she shall be killed is when she hath committed whoredome after the betrothing before witnesses but before the betrothing the Law hath already said of her that she is free from any thing and hee that lay with her is bound to make recompense with goods onely whether he had entised her or forced her Maim in Nagn bethulah c. 3. sect 12. If this punishment were for her whoredome before she was betrothed it sheweth Gods severitie against such as deceive their husbands in such sort and dishonoured their fathers house So a priests daughter playing the whore is said to prophane her father Levit. 21. 8. Vers. 22. they shall die in Greeke yee shall kill them both The manner of their death was either by stoning as may be gathered by Ioh. 8. 4 5. or as the Hebrewes say by strangling see the Annotations on Levit. 20. 10. Vers. 23. betrothed or espoused which was by mutuall promise in the presence of witnesses before mariage Matt. 1. 18. It might bee done in Israel as the Hebrewes write three wayes by a peece of money or by a writing or by copulation By a peece of money though it were but a farthing or the worth thereof and the man said be thou betrothed unto me or mine espoused wife by this and he gave it her before witnesses By Bill and then he wrote bee thou betrothed unto me or the like and he gave it her before witnesses and it must be written with her name in it and with her knowledge and consent else it was no betrothing By copulation and then hee said loe thou shalt be betrothed unto me by this copulation and so he was united unto her before two witnesses and after copulation she was his betrothed wife If he lay with her by way of fornication and not by the name of betrothing or if it were by themselves without witnesses it was no betrothing And hee might not lie with her the second time before they were maried And though the betrothing might bee any of these three waies yet usually it was by a peece of money and if they would they might doe it by writing but betrothing by copulation was forbidden by the wise men of Israel and who so did it was chastised with rods howbeit the betrothing stood in force And it was required that they should blesse God before the contract was made as is shewed at large by Maimony treat of Wives chap. 3. and 10. and Ios. Karo in Shulehan aruch treat or Espousals chap. 1. in the citie or towne or any place of resort of people where shee might cry out and bee reskued The citie is named for an instance because therein are store of people Vers. 24. she cried not as is presumed because she was in the citie and so consenting to the sinne she is gniltie of death The Hebrewes say Whosoever is lien with in the citie it is certainly presumed that she was intised because she cried not out unlesse witnesses doe testifie that she was forced as that the man drew a sword at her and said If thou crie I will kill thee Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 1. sect 2. humbled that is defiled as Gen. 34. 2. neighbours wife so shee is called after her betrothing as here so in Gen. 29. 21. Matt. 1. 20. Vers. 25. in the field or any solitary place where if she crie she cannot be heard opposed to the citie in vers 23. take strong hold on her or as the Greeke translateth force her Vers. 26. thou shalt not in Greeke yee shall not speaking to Israel any thing Hebr. a word sinne of death that is sinne worthy of death killeth him in soule that is so as that hee taketh away his soule or life In Greeke killeth his soule this matter Heb. this word Vers. 27. cried out as is presumed in charitie unlesse the contrary be proved as vers 24. Whosoever is
Burnt offerings of marrowed rammes I will offer up to thee with incense I will make ready beeves with goat-bucks Selah Come heare ye and I will tell all ye that feare God what he hath done to my soule Vnto him I called with my mouth and he was extolled under my tongue If I had seene in my heart painfull iniquitie the Lord would not have heard But surely God hath heard hath attended to the voice of my prayer Blessed be God which hath not turned away my prayer and his mercy from me Annotations SHout to wit with a joyfull or triumphant noise see Psal. 41. 12. all the earth or all the land that is the inhabitants thereof as the Chaldee explaineth So vers 4. and Psal. 98. 4. and 100. 1. and often in the Scripture Vers. 2. put glorie in Greeke give glory to his praise that is make his praise glorious and honourable A like phrase is in Ios. 7. 19. put glory to Iehovah that is give him glory Vers. 3. fearefull is every c. or fearefull art thou in thy works One word singular and another plurall meaneth exactly all and every one as Psal. 57. 2. and 62. 5. falsly deny or l. e that is fainedly submit See Psal. 18. 45. Vers. 4. Let all or All shall Vers. 5. in his doing or in practise the Greek translateth in counsels See Psal. 9. 12. Vers. 6. sea to dry land the red sea God turned to dry land by a strong east wind dividing the waters that Israel might goe thorow it Exod. 14. 21 22. thorow the river Iarden when the banks thereof were full was dried the waters stood still on an heape till all the people went thorow it Ios. 3. 13 14 17. So the Chaldee explaineth it ãâã the river ãâã the sonnes of Israel went on their feet there did we rejoyce he teacheth them to apply their fathers deliverances to themselves for all things fore-written are for our learning and use Rom. 15 4. Alike speech another Prophet useth he found him in Rethel and there he spake with us Hos. 12. 4. The Chaldee paraphraseth I will lead them to the mount of the house of the Sanctuary there we will rejoyce in his Word Vers. 7. espie that is watchfully view in the nations that is as Solomon expoundeth it in every place both the evill persons and the good Prov. 15. 3. the rebellious or the off-fallen froward and refractarie persons which exasperate and provoke the Lord to bitternesse as the Greeke here translateth exalt or be exalted puft up in themselves Vers. 8. peoples tribes of Israel called also peâples Act. 4. 27. make to bee heard or cause men to heare sound forth audibly See Psal. 26. 7. Vers. 9. That putteth our soule in life that is first giveth then preserveth life and finally restoreth our dead soules unto life Saving from dangers of death Psal. 30. 4. quickning them that were dead in sinnes Ephes. 2. 1. The Chaldee expounds it the life of the world to comâ given ouâfoot to be moved that is suffered our estate to be changed to our ruine So Psal. 38. 17. and 121. 3. See Psal. 15. 5. Vers. 10. as silver is tried Hebr. as to try silver and this meaneth sore afflictions as at large is shewed Ezek. 22. 19 20 21 22. wherefore when God mentioneth lesser trialls he saith Loe I have tried thee but not as silver Isa. 48. 10. Hereby also is meant a purifying from drosle and corruption by afflictions See Mal. 3. 3. Zach. 13. 9. 1 Pet. 1. 7. Vers. 11. straightnes or affliction as the Greek also turneth it but hereby a strait chaine or wringing girt may bee meant such as burthens are tied with to beasts backs Vers. 12. upon our head to use us as beasts for to carry them it meaneth servile subjection See the like in Isa. 51. 23. came into fire and into waters that is passed thorow afflictions of sundry sorts Psal. 32. 6. Ezek. 15. 6 7. Also in Num. 31. 23. those things are said to come into or passe thorow fire which would abide the same without being consumed as metals That sense hath also use here as after is shewed an abundant place or a moist a well watered land where we may drinke our fill The Greeke calleth it a refreshing which well fitteth with the comforts of the Gospell as Act. 3. 29. Vers. 14. opened that is uttered or promised distinctly and seriously as the Greeke saith distinguished for the mouth being opened in vowes signifieth that they may not be called backe Iudg. 11. 35 36. distresse upon me or in my distresse so Psal. 18. 7. and 59. 17. Vers. 15. marrowed rammes that is fat and lusty The word rammes is in Hebrew set after the word incense which may therefore be read the incense or perfume of rams meaning the fat which was burned on the altar And so it may intend peace offerings as before he mentioned burnt offerings See Levit. 3. 9 10 11. compared with Levit. 1. 10 13. The Chaldee expoundeth it incense of spices and sacrifices of Rams make ready or offer as the Greeke interpreteth it The Hebrew word to make or doe is used for dressing or making ready of meat or sacrifices Gen. 18. 8. Iudg. 6. 19. Exod. 10. 25. and 29. 36. Levit. 16. 24. and 22. 23. beeves the Hebrew bakar is the Beefe generally one for many as in Psal. 8. 9. These were the principall sacrifices Lev. 1. 2 10. Ver. 17. under my tongue that is with my tongue or it may be meant of the heart and inward parts which are under the tongue Vers. 18. If I had seene in my heart that is had regarded with it so to see is to behold with a corrupt affection Iob 31. 26. Thus God cannot see evill Habak 1. 13. would not have heard for God heareth not sinners Iohn 9. 31. nor hypocrites Iob 27. 8 9. Prov. 15. 29. The Greeke maketh it a wish Let not the Lord heare me PSAL. LXVII A Prayer for the enlargement of Gods kingdome to the joy of all peoples and increase of Gods blessings To the Master of the Musicke on Neginoth a Psalme a Song GOd be gracious unto us and blesse us he make his face to shine with us Selah That they may know in the earth thy way thy salvation among all the Heathens Peoples shall confesse thee O God peoples all of them shall confesse thee The nations shall rejoyce and shout for thou wilt judge the peoples with righteousnesse and the nations in the earth thou wilt guide them Selah Peoples shall confesse thee O God peoples all of them shall confesse thee The earth yeeldeth her increase God our God will blesse us God will blesse us and all the ends of the earth shall feare him Annotations FAce to shine or to be light that is cheerefull and favourable See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17. Vers. 3. That they may know meaning men indefinitely or that thy way may be knowne Gods way is generally his administration
I am sicke of love Song 5. 8. And that soth is the Churches estate sometimes appeareth by Song 3. 1. 2. c. and 5. 6. And as love is one of the strongest affections Song 8. 6. 7. so the sicknesse which commeth it doth sore afflict and weaken the person as may be seene in that evill example of Amnon sicke of love for his sist ãâ¦ã T ãâ¦ã ar 2 Sam. 13. 1. 2. 4. This sicknesse ariseth in the heart by feeling the wrath of God due to us for finne and curse of his law Psal. 90. 8. and 38. 3. 5. 7. Dan. 9. 11. Rom. 7. 24. whereupon it is said The inhabitant shall not say I am sicke the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity Esay 33. 24. and afflictions laid upon us for our humiliation Mic. 6. 13. Iob. 7. 18. and 30. 15. 1. 10. 6. Lament 3. 17. 18. Amos 6. 6. in which Christ sometimes as it were hideth himselfe from us Iob 13. 24. Psal. 77. 6. 7. 8. and 80. 3. 7. 19. The Church feeling and acknowledging her selfe sick seeking for the Physitian and is in the way to health for they that are whole need not a Physitian but they that are sicke Matt. 9. 12. And such as feele not their death in sin will not come unto Christ that they may have life Iohn 5. 40. who healeth all our sicknesses Psal. 103. 3. as he himselfe was a man of sorrowes and acquainted with sicknesse Esay 53. 3. Vers. 6. His left hand understand is under my head or prayerwise let it be under mine head The Church by faith beholdeth the helpe of Christ himselfe in the ministery of his Word and Spirit sustaining her outwardly and inwardly as with the left and right hand upholding her head folding about and comforting her heart as a loving husband doth his wife in her sorrow and sickness as the Apostle saith the Lord doth nourish and cherish his Church Ephes. 5. 29. The like speech is repeated in Song 8. 3. under my head as a pillow to rest upon By sinnes and afflictions the whole head is sicke and the whole heart faint Esay 1. 5 By the righteousnesse of Christ and consolations of his Spirit our ãâã are forgiven and our consciences comforted 1 Iohn 2. 12. ãâã ãâ¦ã Rom. 14. 17. This grace is felt when by the ministration of the Word the flagons and apples forementioned in vers 5. are applyed to the repentant beleeving sinner who saith when his flesh and his heart is consumed and faileth The Rock of my hart and my portion is God for ever Psalme 73. 26. his right hand which teacheth him fearfull things Psalm 45. 5. so both his hands even all that Christ is his Godhead and Manhood his life death resurrection ascension his weaknesse power and glory are imployed for the comfort and salvation of his Church doth imbrace me or let imbrace me or will imbrace me it is a speech of faith or prayer as in Chap. 1. 2. Let him kisse me concerning the fruition of Christs love and graces For to imbrace or fould the armes about one is as kissing a signe of love Gen. 29. 13. and 48. 10. In this sense we are counselled to imbrace the wisedome of God Prov. 4. 78. This commendeth the love of Christ that leaveth not his Church in her sicknesse sinnes and infirmities but commeth to her comforteth and sustaineth her with his owne hands in manifestation of all love compassion and kindnesse and joyeth in her as the bridegroome rejoyceth over the Bride Esay 62. 5. and keepeth her safe from evill It setteth forth also the Churches faith and thankfulnesse which seeth Christ present in his doctrine and ordinances and his Ministery as if he were crucified before her Gal. 3. 1. and rejoyceth before others for his love and help 2 Cor. 1. 3. 4. 5. c. Vers. 7. I adjure you that is I earnestly charge you with an oath for which if you breake it you shall be guilty of punishment This seemeth to be the speech of the Church here as it is also after in ch 3. vers 5. and ch 8. v. 4. to the daughters of Ierusalem her friends of whom see chap. 1. 5. An adjuration and a curse are much of like nature and one is sometime put for another see Gen. 24. 8. 41. Ios. 6. 26. 1 Sam. 14. 24. 27. 28. So it sheweth the weightinesse of this speech by the Roes here may be understood yee that are by the Roes yee which feed your flockes abroad in the fields where the Roes and Hindes runne or abide with the Roes or with the Hindes of the field Some take it as if the oath were by them which cannot bee but unproper and figurative seeing oathes and adjurations are by the name of God onely Deut. 6. 13. Gen. 24. 3. The Roes and Hinds are wilde beasts of the field and have the notation of their names of armies and powers and by wilde beasts the nations of the world are often signified which were not of the Lords fold among his sheepe so that the daughters of Ierusalem Gods elect being with and among them are charged and it may bee figuratively by them as the instruments by whom God would punish them if they kept not this charge to beware that they troubled not her Love Moreover the Roe and the Hinde are set forth in Scripture for examples of swiftnesse of foot as in 2 Sam. 2. 18. and 22. 34. which being referred to the punishment for breaking this adjuration may signifie the swiftnesse of Gods judgements on them that shall so doe These creatures are also mentioned when speech is of love betweene man and wife as in Prov. 5. 19. Let her be as the loving Hind and as the pleasant Roe c. that as the males and females of these beasts doe dearly love one another so is the unfeigned love betweene man and wife and betweene Christ and his Church And hereunto this speech may have respect the rather for that after in verse 9. shee likeneth Christ to a Roe or a yong Hart. And as the heavens earth stones c. are called to witnesse against men if they sinne Deut. 30. 19. Ios. 24. 27. so the Roes and Hindes shall rise up and condemne such as breake their faith and love unto Christ. if yee stirre and if ye stirre up or if ye awake and if yee wake up they are both words of one signification save that they differ in forme and being both referred to the Love after mentioned they meane a stirring up or disquieting much or little But the former may have reference to the daughters of Ierusalem that they themselves stirre not in this peace and quietnesse of Christ and his Church the latter if ye stirre up is referred to the Love that it be not disquieted And the word If used in oaths and adjurations is a prohibition upon penalty see that ye stirre not as in Gen. 21. 23. sweare unto me here by God if thou
things under the Sun are vanity and vexation of spirit from mans birth to his dying day Ecclesiastes 1. 2. 3. 14. and 12. 7. 8. and an heavenly heritage is to bee sought for immortall and which fadeth not 2 Peter 1. 4. Of ground cursed there followeth barrennesse or unprofitable fruits and desolation Genesis 4. 12. and 3. 18. Esay 24. 6. and the end is to bee burned Hebrews 6. 8. So the earth and the workes therein shall bee burnt up 2 Pet. 3. 10. And as for mans sake this world is cursed and the creature made subject to vanity so it earnestly expecteth the manifestation of the sonnes of God that it may be delivered from the bondage of corruption Rom. 8. 19. 20. 21. in sorrow with painfull labour as Prov. 5. 10. Hereupon the Scripture mentioneth our bread of sorrowes Psal. 127. 2. Adam was to have labored in his innocency Gen. 2. 15. but without sorrow being under the Lords blessing which maketh rich and hee addeth no sorrow with it Prov. 10. 22. Concerning this sorrow or toyle of our hands Noe the figure of Christ was a comforter Gen. 5. 29. Vers. 18. thornes Heb. the thorne Hereby is meant harmfull weeds in stead of wholesome fruits Iob 31 40. Ier. 12. 13. for men of thistles doe not gather figs Mat. 7. 16. Thornes doe choak the good corne as Mat. 13. 7. And spiritually these signifie evill fruits which wicked earthly men bring forth Heb. 6. 8. of the field and so no longer the pleasant fruits of Paradise Gen. 2. 9. 16. But as Nebuchadnezar when he had a beasts heart was driven out among beasts to eat grasse as the oxen Dan. 4. 13. 22. so man not lodging a night in honour nor understanding but becomming like beasts that perish is to eat herbes with them Psal. 49. 13. 21. but by the labour of his hands his diet is bettered Vers. 19. sweat with much labour which Adam and all his posterity was condemned unto that this is a generall rule if any will not worke neither should he eate 2 Thess. 3. 10. The sweat of the face though it is to be distinguished from the care of the ãâ¦ã d which Christ forbiddeth Mat. 6. 25. 34. yet it doth imply all lawfull labours and industry of body and mind for the good of both Eph. 4. 28. Mat. 10. 10. 1 Cor. 9. 14. so that the giving of the heart also to seeke and search our things by wisedome is a sore occupation which God hath given to the sonnes of Adam to be occupied therein and humbled thereby Eccles. 1. 13. bread that is all food whereof bread is the principall as that which upholds the heart of man Psal. 104. 15. Therefore that which one Evangelist calleth bread Mar. 6. 36 another calleth victuals or meats Mat. 14. 15. the ground or the earth called elsewhere our earth Psal. 146. 4. and our dust Psal. 104. 28. meaning till man returne to the dust of death the grave and there the wearied be at rest from their labours Iob 3. 17. Rev. 14. 13. dust thou art or thou wast to weet concerning the body as Gen. 2. 7. not the spirit which being immortall goeth unto God for eternall joyes or torments Luke 16. 22. 23. and 23. 43. This difference Solomon teacheth And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. Here God condemneth mankind to death which is the wages of sinne Rom. 6 23. and to the grave the house appointed for all living Iob 30. 23. where they must wait till their change come Iob 14. 14. for it is appointed to men once to dye and after this is the judgement Hebr. 4. 27. Otherwise the life eternall could not bee obtained for flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdome of God neither doth corruption inherit incorruption therefore we must all either dye or be changed and this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortall must put on immortality and then shall Death be swallowed up in victory 1 Cor. 15. 50. 51. 53. 54. So the Hebrew Rabbines also taught saying that unto this world there cleaveth the secret filthinesse of the Serpent which came upon Eve and because of that filthinesse Death is come upon Adam and his seed For when God saw how uncleannesse cleaved and spred it selfe abroad in the world continually he intended to consume it and to root out the power of it and therefore the bodies doe consume and corrupt and have no continued life But when the filthinesse is consumed and the spirit of uncleannesse taken out of the earth behold God will renew his world without any other filthinesse and will wake up by his power those that dwell in the dust c. and the Lord will reioyce in his workes as the intendment of the creation was at the first R. Menachem on Gen. 3. The Greeke Philosophers have observed that some dead men putrified turne to Serpents Plutarch in vita Cleomenis If so it is a notable memoriall of mans first poysoning by the Serpent Vers. 20. Eve in Hebrew Chavah which is by interpretation Life as the Greeke also translateth it or Living Adam first called her Woman Gen. 2. 23. God called her Adam Gen. 5. 2. and now the man calleth her Eve Life by which new name he testifieth his faith in and thankfulnesse for Gods former promise in vers 15. In which he also trained up his children teaching them to sacrifice and serve the Lord. Gen. 4. 3. 4. So the Hebrew Doctors reckon Adam as a repentant sinner and by Wisdome that is faith in Christ brought out of his fall Ioseph Antiq. b. 1. c. 4. and the Author of the Booke of Wisedome c. 10. v. 1. all living that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth of all the sonnes of man meaning this both naturally of all men in the world and so of Christ the promised seed and spiritually of all that live by faith in which sense Sarah is also counted the Mother of the faithfull 1 Pet. 3. 6. Gal. 4. 22. 28. 31. V. 21. coats to cover the body from shame and harme and for a memoriall of mans sin a further signe of those garments of justice and salvation which men have of God that their filthy nakednesse doe not appeare Rev. 3. 18. 19. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 2. 3. 4. The Chaldeâ calleth these here garments of honor of skin that is in likelihood of the skins of beasts which God taught him to kill for sacrifice Which offerings were even from the beginning of the Gospell preached as appeareth Gen. 4. 3. 4. 8. 20. And after by the Law the Skinnes of the sacrifices were given to the Priests Lev. 7. 8. And the sacrifices being all figures of Christ Heb. 10. 5. 10 the Skins were fit to resemble mans mortification as the girdle of skin which Iohn Baptist wore Mat. 3. 4. and new life by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 13. 14. and the garments of
Enoch were three hundred yeeres and sixtie and five yeeres And Enoch walked with God and he was not for God tooke him And Mathusala lived a hundred yeeres and eightie and seven yeeres and begat Lamech And Mathusala lived after he begat Lamech seven hundred yeeres and eighty and two yeeres and begat sons and daughters And all the dayes of Mathusala were nine hundred yeres and sixty and nine yeres and he died And Lamech lived a hundred yeeres and eighty and two yeeres and begat a son And called his name Noe saying This shall comfort us from our worke and from the sorrow of our hands because of the earth the which Iehovah hath cursed And Lamech lived after he begat Noe five hundred yeres and ninety and five yeeres and begat sons daughters And all the dayes of Lamech were seven hundred yeeres and seventy and seven yeeres and he died And Noe was five hundred yeres old and Noe begat Sem Cham and Iapheth Annotations THe booke that is the narration or rehearsall generations of Adam the Greeke translateth generation of men it meaneth both the children which Adam begat and the events that did befall them as the word generation is used for all accidents in times and ages whatsoever the day may bring forth as Solomon speaketh Proverb 27. 1. So Genesis 2. 4. and 6. 9. and 25. 19. And here are tenne generations reckoned from Adam to Noe the chiefe end whereof is to shew the genealogy of Christ the promised sâed according to the flesh and so of his Church Luk. 3. 23. 38. 1 Chron. 1. 1. c. likenesse of God See Gen. 1. 26. Vers. 2. their name so Adam was the common name of man and woman which were one flesh Gen. 2. 23. 24 and of all their posterity Gen. 9. 6. for we are all of one blood Act. 17. 26. Vers. 3. and begat to weet a sonne as the sequell sheweth The Scripture often omitteth such words and sometime sheweth they must be understood as David put in Syria 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is he put garisons in Syria 2 Sam. 8. 6. See before the note on Gen. 4. 20. in his likenesse namely that which he now had in his sinfull state for the first likenesse and image of God in him was by sinne corrupted Gen. 3. wherupon all men now are conceived in sinne Psal. 51. 7. and are by nature children of wrath Eph. 2. 3. Seth that is Set or Appointed in stead of Abel see Gen. 4. 25. onely his posterity were reserved when all the world was drowned And from him the genealogy is rekoned both in the Old and New Testament 1 Chr. 1. 1. c. Luke 3. 38. Vers. 6. yeeres Hebr. yeere sometime the Originall useth indifferently one for another as eight yeeres 2 Chron. 34. 1. for which in 2 King 22. 1. is written eight yeere It is also the property of the Hebrew to set the least number for most as here Seth lived five yeeres and an hundred yeere and so after which because it differeth from our manner and in the order there is no speciall weight is changed according to our speaking because the Hebrew it selfe in repeating matters doth often change the order of words as 2 Chron. 23. 7. when he commeth in when he goeth out which in 2 Kin. 11. 8. is when he goeth out and when hee commeth in So great and small 2 Chron. 34. 30. or small and great 2 King 23. 2. And in translating the holy Ghost often also changeth the order of words as Ioel 2. 28. your old men shall dreame dreames your young men shall see visions which in Act. 2. 17. is placed thus your young men shall see visions and your old men shall dreame dreames So in 1 King 19. 10. they haue broke downe thy Altars and killed thy Prophets which Paul rehearseth thus they have killed thy Prophets and broke downe thy Altars Rom. 11. 3. and sundry the like Enos or as the Hebrew pronounceth it Enosh but because our language and custome rather followeth the Greeke which is more easie the names are expressed as the New Testament doth in Luke 3. lest the Reader should mistake and thinke them diverse persons Verse 9. Kainan so Luke 3. 37. in Hebrew Kenan Verse 12. Maleleel Hebr. Mahalalel Vers. 15. Iared Hebr. Iered Vers. 18. Enoch in Hebrew Chanoch that is Dedicated or Catechised he is said to be the seventh from Adam and a prophesier of Gods judgement upon wicked men for their impious deeds and hard speeches against God Iude ver 14. 15. So hee is distinguished from Enoch the Kainite the third from Adam Gen. 4. 17. and seven being the number of the Sabbath the seventh generation implyed the mystery of rest in Christ. Accordingly the number of all the generations here may be observed which are ten from Adam to Noe as before in Gen. 4. there are seven generations of Kain so Abram the Ebrew was the seventh from Eber Moses the seventh from Abram and in Mat. 1. twice seven generations are reckned from Abram to David and so many from David to the Captivity of Babylon and againe so many from that captivity to Christ Mat. 1. 17. The estate of times for these ten Patriarchs may thus be viewed 1. Adam being 130. yeeres old begat Seth. 2. Seth 105. yeeres old begat Enos In the yeere of the World 235. 3. Enos 90. yeere old begat Kainan in the yeere of the World 325. 4. Kainan 70. yeere old begat Maleleel in the yeere of the World 395. 5. Maleleel 65. yeere old begat Iared in the yere of the World 460. 6. Iared 162. yeere old begat Enoch in the yere of the World 622. 7. Enoch 65. yeere old begat Mathusala in the yeere of the World 687. 8. Mathusala 187. yeere old begat Lamech in the yeere of the World 874. 9. Lamech 182. yeere old begat Noe in the yeere of the World 1056. 10. Noe 500. yeeres old begat Iapheth in the yeere of the World 1556. The lives of these Patriarchs are also to be noted 1. Adam lived 930. yeeres 2. Seth lived 912. y. 3. Enos lived 905. 4. Kainan lived 910. y. 5. Malaleel lived 895. y. 6. Iared lived 962. y. 7. Enoch lived on earth 365. yeeres The shortest liver 8. Mathusala lived 969. y. The longest liver 9. Lamech lived 777. y. 10. Noe lived 950. y. Gen. 9. 29. By this computation it appeareth that Adam lived to see Lamech the ninth generation in the 56 yeere of whose life hee dyed first of all these Patriarchs That Enoch the 7 from Adam after he had lived on earth so many yeeres as there be dayes in the yeere of the Sunne was taken away into Paradise next after Adams death seven Patriarchs remaining witnesses of his translation That all the first nine Patriarchs were taken out of this world before it was drowned by the Flood that came in the 600. yeere of Noes life That Mathusala lived till the very yeere wherein the Flood came as his name
to repent or else then to perish This long-sufferance of God the Apostle mentioneth in 1 Pet. 3. 19. 20. 2 Pet. 2. 5. and sheweth the summe and end of his preaching to be that they might bee judged according to men in the flesh but live according to God in the spirit 1 Pet. 4. 6. that is they repenting and turning unto Christ the body might be dead because of sinne but the spirit be life because of righteousnesse Rom. 8. 10. So the Chaldee here saith A terme shall bee given them of 120 yeares if they will convert So many were the yeeres of Moses life Deut 34. 7. Vers. 4. Gyants in Hebrew Nephilim which hath the signification of falling as being Apostates faine from God and being fierce and cruell to men falling on them as Iob. 1. 15. and whom they made by feare and force to fall before them Such were men of great stature that other men were as grashoppers in respect of them Num. 13. 33. The Chaldee calleth them Gibbaraja that is mighty men and so Nimrod was Gibbor that is mighty on the earth Gen. 10. 8. the Greeke nameth them Giganies whereof our English is derived and the Greeke Poets feyned them to be borne of the earth noting them to be earthly minded not caring for heaven and borne also of such parents after that that is as before so after God had threatned their destruction that they were not bettered or brought to repentance went in namely into the chamber as is expressed Iudg. 15. 1. and consequently companyed with them in like sense as knowing is used before Gen. 4. 1. So David went in to Bathsheba Psal. 51. 2. Abram to Agar Genes 16. 2. Iaakob to his wife Gen. 29. 21. a modest phrase they bare to weet the women last mentioned or they the men begat children to themselves The Hebrew implyeth both mighty men the Greeke translateth this also Giants and it seemeth to bee an explanation of their former name men of name that is of renowm famous and renowmed Contrary hereto is men without name Iob 30. 8. Vers. 5. wickednesse or malice evill every imagination or the whole fiction the word is generall for all and every thing that the heart first imagineth formeth purposeth 1 Chron. 28. 9. and 29. 18. Luke 1. 51. every day or all the day that is continually The Greeke translateth thus and every one mindeth in his heart carefully for evils all dayes Vers. 6. it repented Iohovah This is spoken not properly for God repenteth not 1 Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men for God changing his deed and dealing otherwise then before doth as men doe when they repent So 1 Sam. 15. 11. the earth hereby teaching that there was none on earth whom God respected So that but for the second man Christ the Lord from heaven 1 Cor. 15. 47. whom Noe beleeved in the world had now beene consumed So the Hebrew Doctors as the Zohan upon this place saith man on the earth to except the man above or the superior Adam who was not on the earth it grieved him The Scripture giveth to God joy griefe anger c. not as any passions or contrary affections for he is most simple and unchangeable Iam. 1. 17. but by a kind of proportion because he doth of his immutable nature and will such things as men doe with those passions and changes of affections So heart hands eyes and other parts are attributed to him for effecting such things as men cannot doe but by such members God is said to be grieved for the corruption of his creatures contrariwise when he restoreth them by his grace hee rejoyceth in them Esay 65. 19. Psal. 104. 31. Of these phrases spoken concerning God the Hebrew Doctors write thus Forasmuch as it is cleare that God is no corporall or bodily thing it is also cleare that not any corporall accident or occurrence doth befall unto him neither composition nor division nor place nor measure nor going up nor comming downe nor right hand nor left hand nor face nor back-parts nor sitting nor standing neither beginning nor ending nor number of yeares neither is he chaÌgeable for nothing can cause him to change Neither is there in him death or life as the life of a corporall living thing nor folly nor wisedome according to humane wisedome nor sleepe nor waking nor anger nor laughter nor joy nor griefe nor silence nor speech as the sonnes of Adam speake c. but all these and the like things spoken of him in the Law and Prophets are parabolicall and figurative As when it is said Hee that sitteth in the heaven doth laugh Psalm 2. and the like of all such our wise men have said The Law speaketh according to the language of the sonnes of Adam And so he saith Doe they provoke me to anger Ier. 7. 19. againe hee saith I am the Lord I change not Mal. 3. 6. and if he be sometime angry and sometime joyfull then is he changeable But all these things are not found save in persons obscure and base that dwell in houses of clay whose foundation is in the dust but he the blessed God is blessed and exalted above all these Maimony in Iesud hatorah chap. 1. S. 11. 12. Vers. 7. blot-out that is destroy and abolish from man that is both men and beasts For as the beasts were made for man Gen. 1. 28. so they became subject to vanity and destruction through mans iniquity Gen. 3. 17. Rom. 8. 20. Vers. 8. found grace that is obtained favour or mercies as the Chaldee translateth it So this phrase is interpreted in Greeke sometime finding grace Heb. 4. 16. sometime finding mercy 2. Tim. 1. 18. and grace is opposed unto workes and unto debt Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. And it is a speciall title of God that he is named Gracious Exod. 34. 6. and a speciall prerogative of his people that they find grace in his eyes as after of Lot Gen. 19. 19. of Moses Exod. 33. 12. of David Act. 7. 45. of Marie Luke 1. 30. And the letters of * ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Noes name are the letters of * ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Grace in Hebrew the order being changed ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã These three letters in the Hebrew Bibles do signifie the Parasha or great Section of Moses law which was a Lecture on the Sabbath day read in the Iewes Synagogues as is observed Act. 15. 21. to which was added a Lecture out of the Prophets Act. 13. 15. And the first Paragraph or Section which is from the creation hitherto they call Breshith that is In the beginning this second which reacheth to the twelvth Chapter they call Noe and so the rest There are in all 54. Sections in the Law which they read in the 52 Sabbaths joyning two of the shortest twice together that the whole might be finished in a yeares space Hereof the Hebrew Doctors write thus It is a common custome throughout all Israel that
of a murderer which was guilty of death Num. 35. 31. yea as the Iew Doctors write though he could give all the riches in the world and though the avenger of blood were willing to free him yet hee was to be put to death because the soule or life of the party murdered is not the possession of the avenger of blood but the possession of the most holy God Maimony treat of Murder chap. 1. S. 4. Vers. 11 to destroy Hebr. to corrupt the Greek saith to corrupt all the earth This sheweth that the covenant was against the universall drowning of the world not but that some particular countries may so perish Also by saying a flood he reserveth other meanes to consume the whole world as by fire 2 Pet 3. 7. 10. See the notes on Gen. 8. 21. Vers. 12. is the signe or shall be the token The use of a signe is to confirme mens faith in Gods promises Esay 7. 11. and 38. 7. 22. doe give or am giving that is doe put or set as the holy Ghost translateth giving Esay 42. 1. by putting Mat. 12. 18. So in the Hebrew that is expressed by the word set 1 King 10. 9. which elsewhere is written given 2 Chron. 9. 8. See Gen. 1. 17. And the Chaldee for betweene me and you saith betweene my word and you as oftentimes for the Lord he putteth his Word by which name Christ is called Ioh. 1. 1. in whom al Gods promises are yea Amen 2 Cor. 1. 20 Vers. 13. my bow that which we call the Raine-bow because it is in the cloud in the day of raine Ezek. 1. 28. which God calleth his for the wonderfulnesse thereof and for the sacramentall signe by his speciall ordinance The Heathen Poets therefore called it Thaumantias as being the worke of the wonderfull God It is called a bow for the likenesse and hath many colours partly waterish and partly fiery to put us in mind both of the watry flood whereby the old world perished and of the fire wherewith the world that now is shall bee burnt Iob 22. 15. 16. 20. 2 Pet. 3. 5. 6. 7. 10. And as the bow is an instrument of war and so used in Scripture for a signe of wars Gen. 48. 22. Ps. 7. 13. Lam. 3. 12 Zach. 9. 10. Rev. 6. 2. so the raine-bow naturally signifieth waters in the clouds but is made of God a signe that the waters shall no more drowne us and though he seemeth to bend his bow like an enemy Lam. 2. 4. yet in wrath hee remembreth mercy I have given or doe give for which the Greeke saith I doe put As the covenant made with Noe concerning the waters is applied to the spirituall covenant made with us in Christ Esay 54. 9. 10. so the raine-bow the signe of that covenant is also applyed for the signe of grace from God to his Church Rev. 4. 3. and 10. 1. Ezek. 1. 28 the earth that is all people in the world See Gen. 11. 1. Vers. 14. when I make cloudy the cloud that is when I bring many thicke and watry clouds which naturally signifie store of raine 1 King 18. 44. 45. Therefore clouds are often used in Scripture to denote afflictions and dangers unto men as Ezek. 30. 3. 18. 32. 7. 34. 12. Soph. 1. 15. Ioel 2. 2. the bow shall be seen the use whereof is on Gods part to remember his covenant as the next verse sheweth and on mens part that they rest in faith upon his promise that hee will no more drowne the world Hereupon it is a custome amongst the Iewes that when any seeth the bow in the cloud hee blesseth God that remembreth his covenent and is faithfull therein and stable in his promise Maimony treat of Blessings ch 10. S. 16. So Ben Syrach saith looke upon the Rain-bow and praise him that made it Ecclus. 43. 11. Vers. 18. C ham or Ham Ch is to be pronounced not as we commonly doe in the word chamber but as in the name Christ as if it were written Cam. And so in other proper names written after this manner as Chaldea or Caldea Chanaan or Canaan and the like father of Canaan called in Hebrew Cenaghnan And though Cham was father of many moe sonnes Gen. 10. 6. yet Canaan onely is named because he was cursed as here followeth in vers 25. Vers. 20. began to be This speech doth not necessarily import as if hee had never beene an husbandman before but that now after the Flood he was one as of Christ it is written he began to say Luke 12. 1. that is he said Mat. 16. 6. he began to cast out Mar. 11. 15. that is he did cast out Mat. 21. 12. and of others they began to disdaine Mark 10. 41. that is they disdained Mat. 20. 24. and sundry the like a husband man or lands man in Hebrew a man of the ground that is giving him-selfe to husbandry or tillage as the Chaldee saith working in the earth so a man of warre is a soldjer Ios. 5. 4. a man of blood is a murtherer 2 Sam. 16. 7. a man of cattell is a shepheard or grasier Gen. 46. 32. a man of words Exod. 4. 10. that is eloquent Vers. 21. hee uncovered himselfe that his shame and nakednesse was to be seene which sheweth that wine is a mocker Prov. 20. 1. and to be drunke therewith is a riotous excesse Ephes. 5. 18. This fell out in likelihood some yeeres after his comming out of the Arke as appeareth by the increase of his childrens children after Canaan was borne Noes sinne may be compared with Adams who transgressed by eating as Noe doth by drinking the fruit of a tree upon that Adam saw himselfe naked and was ashamed upon this Noe is naked and his shame discovered Now by drinking the fruit of the vine wee have a signe and seale of the covering of our shame the forgivenesse of our sins in Christ Mat. 26. 27 28. 29. Vpon this similitude of Noes sinne with Adams in part the Rabbines say that Noe found a vine that was cast out of the garden of Eden R. Menachem on Gen 9. Vers. 22. he told it and this as the sequell sheweth with a mockage of his aged father Vers. 23. Sem in that Sem the younger is named before his elder brother Iapheth and after blessed before and above him vers 26. 27. it is most likely that he was principall in this good counsell and worke Vers. 24. his younger son which the Hebrew calleth lesser meaning in yeeres Vers. 25. Cursea be Canaan or Cursed shall hee be It is thought of some that Canaan told Cham his father of Noes nakednesse and therefore had this curse upon him and his posterity rather then the other sonnes of Cham mentioned in Gen. 10. 6. or then C ham himselfe And although by Canaan may be understood or implyed Canaans father as the Greeke translation hath Cham and as elsewhere in Scripture Goliath is named for Goliaths brother 2 Sam.
partly for religion partly for munition in time of war saying Let us build us a City and Tower c. and let us make for us within it a house of worship or Temple lest we c. a feare arising from their owne guilty consciences as is often in the wicked Iob 15. 20. 21. Lev. 26. 36. Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 5. came down that is shewed by his works that he tooke knowledge of this evill to punish it This is spoken of God after the manner of men so Gen. 18. 21. Psal. 144. 5. See the notes on Gen. 6. 6 The Chaldee explaineth it thus And the Lord appeared to take vengeance upon the workes of the Citie and Tower Vers. 6. there will not be cut off from them that is they will not be restrained so noting their wilfull persisting in the evill begun Or question-wise thus should they not be cut off or restrained meaning it was very meet they should Vers. 7. Let us goe downe The holy Trinity here determineth as when in Gen. 1. 26. he said Let us make man against the former determination of vaine men vers 4. So he dissipateth the counsell of the nations Psal. 33. 10. not heare that is not understand so in 1 Cor. 14. 2. hee speaketh not unto men for no man heareth that is understandoth and in Esay 36. 11. Speake Syriacke for we heare that is understand it so a hearing heart for an understanding 1 King 3. 9. Ioseph heard that is understood Gen. 42. 23. and sundry the like Albeit God might at first smite them all with deafnesse that they could not at all heare and then change their tongues A like judgement David wisheth against his enemies Psal. 51. 10. Vers. 8. scattered and so dissolved their communion and brought on them the evill which they sought to prevent vers 4. for that which the wicked feareth shall come upon him Prov. 10. 24. The Hebrew Doctors from hence doe conclude The generation of the division of tongues have no part in the world to come that is in the kingdome of heaven as it is written And the Lord scattered them from thence c. The Lord scattered them in this world and from thence the Lord scattered them in the world to come Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedr ch 10. left off to build the contrary miracle God wrought by the gift of tongues to build up Ierusalem Act. 2. 4. 6. 11. c. Vers. 9. Babel or Babylon in the Greeke translated Confusion because there the Lord Balal that is Confounded their language And Babel is the same that Balbel but for ease of speech the first l is left out and it accordeth with the Chaldee or Baby lonian tongue which soundeth the Hebrew Balal Balbel as the Chaldee paraphrast here hath it lip of all the earth that is language of all people on the earth see verse 1. And here tongues first were for a signe to unbeleevers as 1 Cor. 14. 22. that by this judgement they might be converted unto the Lord though they made no such use thereof as neither did those that mocked at the gift of tongues whereby the heavenly City was builded Acts 2. 4. 13. The Hebrew Doctors say that at this dispersion there were seventy nations with seventy sundry languages R. Menachem on Gen. 11. Vers. 10. old Hebr. sox and so in the rest that follow See the notes on Gen. 5. 32. and compare this genealogy with that there Ten Patriarchs are there reckned from Adam to Noe and ten here from Sem to Abraham both of them proceeding with the linage of our Lord Christ who came of all these fathers according to the flesh Luke 3. There each fathers generation is set down in three verses here but in two and their death is not spoken of Howbeit the lives of men are now shortned to the halfe Vers. 11. 500 yeere By this we may gather that Sem lived till Isaak sonne of Abram was fifty yeres old and saw ten generations after him before hee dyed A singular blessing both to him and them Vers. 12. begat Salah or Shelach and as the holy Ghost counted the time of Arphaxads birth two yeeres after the flood vers 10. so may wee gather it for all the rest as Sala was borne 37 yeeres after the flood and after the creation of the world 1693 The Greek translation inserteth here a man which never was by the Hebrew verity saying that Arphaxad begat Kainan and that Kainan lived 130 yeeres and begat Sala Also the time of each fathers procreation is for the most part changed in the Greeke This seemeth to be done purposely that the true genealogy might not bee knowne to the heathen for whom the Greeke Bible was first translated And because in all Greeke Bibles Kainan was set downe the Evangelist also to beare with the worlds weaknesse or for other causes seeming good to the Spirit of God reckneth Kainan betweene Arphaxad and Sala in Luke 3. 36. But neither here nor in 1 Chron. 1. nor in any Hebrew text in his name recorded See a like thing in Gen. 46. 20. Vers. 14. begat Heber after the flood 67 yeeres in the yeere of the world 1723. Vers. 16. begat Phaleg or Peleg after the flood 101 y. and of the world 1757. Vers. 17. 430 yeere So Heber lived till Abraham was dead Gen. 25. 7. and was the longest liver of all that were borne after the flood and they that came after him lived not past halfe his dayes Vers. 18. begat Ragau or Rehu after the flood 131 y. and of the world 1787. Vers. 20. begat Saruch or Serug after the flood 163 y. and of the world 1819. Vers. 22. thirty yeere at the same age Phaleg and Salah are before noted to have begotten their sonnes begat Nachor after the flood 193. and of the world 1849. Vers. 24. begat Tharah or Terach after the flood 222 y. and of the world 1878. Vers. 26. begat Abram Nachor and Haran that is began to beget and so begat one of these three to weet Haran not all in the same yeere The like was before in Noes begetting Sem Cham and Iapheth Gen. 5. 32. where Sem for dignity was named first as Abram is here and Iapheth the eldest last as Haran is here For Tharah the father dyed 205 yeares old vers 32. then Abram departed from Charran 75 yeere old Gen. 12. 4. wherfore Abram was borne not when Tharah was 70 but when he was 130 yeere old which was after the flood 352 yeere and of the world 2008. Vers. 28. land of his nativity that is his native country or as the Greeke saith wherein hee was borne Vr of the Chaldees that is Vr in the land of the Chaldeans which land Stephen calleth also Mesopotamia Act. 7. 2. 4. for it lay betweene two rivers And Chaldea is by humane writers also called Mesopotamia Plin. hist. b. 6. c. 27. Vr signifieth Light and Fire here the Chaldee paraphrast taketh it to be the name of a
Gen. 20. 16. V. 16. currant or passing to and so allowed of Merchants as the Greek turneth it which the Chaldee amplifieth thus that was taken for merchandise in every Countrey Vers. 17. was made sure the Hebrew is stood up that is was made stable sure and confirmed as the Greek translateth it in the last verse of this chapter And this purchase thus assured to Abraham was a propheticall signe that his posterity should have the inheritance of that land even as Ieremies buying of his uncles field before witnesses was a signe of the Iewes returne into the possession of this land Ier. 32. 7. 9. 10. 15. 43. 44. Vers. 19. in the cave or deâ thus carefully bought and described where it lay for a monument to posterity In this cave also Abraham himselfe was buried with his wife at his death Gen. 25. 9. Likewise Isaak his sonne with Rebekah his wife and Iaakob with Leah his wife Gen. 49. 31. and 50. 13. The Patriarchs hereby testifying their faith in the promises of God for the inheritance of this land and of life eternall figured hereby as before is observed on v. 4. Herewith may bee compared the purchase of the potters field bought with the price of Christs blood to bury strangers in Mat. 27. CHAP. XXIV 1 Abraham sweareth his servant to take a wife for Isaak not of the Canaanites but of his own kinred 8 The conditions of the oath 10 The servants journey 12 his prayer 14 his signe 15 Rebekah meeteth him 18 fulfilleth his signe 22 receiveth jewels 23 sheweth her kinred 25 and inviteth him home 26 The servant blesseth God 28 Laban entertaineth him 34 The servant sheweth his message and what had befalne him by the way 50 Laban and Bethuel acknowledge Gods worke and grant Rebekah for a wife unto Isaak 58 Rebekah also consenteth to goe 62 Isaak walking out to meditate in the field meeteth her 67 She is brought into Sarahs tent and becommeth Isaaks beloved wife ANd Abraham was old was come into dayes and Iehovah had blessed Abraham in all things And Abraham said unto his servant the eldest of his house that ruled over all that he had put I pray thee thy hand under my thigh And I will make thee swear by Iehovah God of the heavens and God of the earth that thou shalt not take a wife unto my son of the daughters of the Canaanite among whom I dwell But thou shalt goe unto my land and unto my kinred and shalt take a wife unto my son Isaak And the servant said unto him If so be the woman will not be willing to goe after me unto this land shal I returning return thy son unto the land from whence thou camest-out And Abraham said unto him Beware thou least thou returne my son thither Iehovah God of the heavens which tooke mee from my fathers house and from the land of my kinred and which spake unto me and which sware unto mee saying unto thy seed will I give this land he will send his Angell before thee and thou shalt take a wife unto my son from thence And if the woman will not be willing to go after thee then shalt thou be cleare from this my oath only thou shalt not returne my son thither And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his lord and sware to him concerning this matter And the servant tooke ten camels of the camels of his lord went and all the goods of his lord in his hand and he arose went to Mesopotamia unto the city of Nachor And hee made the camels to kneele downe without the Citie by a well of water at the time of the evening at the time that women which draw water goe forth And he said Iehovah God of my lord Abraham I pray thee bring it-to-passe before mee this day and doe mercy unto my lord Abraham Behold I stand by the well of water and the daughters of the men of the citie come-out to draw water And let it be that the damsel to whom I shall say bow downe I pray thee thy pitcher and let me drinke and shee shall say drinke thou and I will give thy camels drinke also be the same thou hast evidently-appointed for thy servant Isaak and therby shall I know that thou hast done mercy unto my lord And it was before he had made an end of speaking that behold Rebekah came-out who was born to Bethuel son of Milcah the wife of Nachor Abrahams brother and her pitcher upon her shoulder And the damsell was of a very good countenance a virgin neither had any-man knowne her and shee went down to the well and filled her pitcher and came-up And the seruant ran to meet her and he said let me drinke I pray thee a little water out of thy pitcher And she said drinke my lord and she hasted and let down her pitcher upon her hand and gave him drinke And she made-an-end of giving him drinke and said I will draw for thy camels also untill they have made-an-end of drinking And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough and ran againe unto the well to draw and drew for all his camels And the man wondring at her held his peace to know whether Iehovah had prospered his way or not And it was when the camels had made-an-end of drinking that the man tooke an earering of gold half a shekel was the weight therof two bracelets for her hands ten shekels of gold was the weight of them And he said whose daughter art thou tel me I pray thee is there in thy fathers house place for us to lodge And she said unto him I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah whom she bare unto Nachor And she said unto him with us is both straw and provender enough place also to lodge And the man bended-down-the-head and bowed-himselfe unto Iehovah And hee said Blessed be Iehovah God of my lord Abraham who hath not left off his mercy and his truth from with my lord I being in the way Iehovah led me to the house of the brethren of my lord And the damsell ran and told her mothers house according to these words And Rebekah had a brother and his name was Laban and Laban ranne unto the man without unto the well And it was when he saw the earering and the bracelets upon his sisters hands and when hee heard the words of Rebekah his sister saying thus spake the man unto mee that hee came unto the man and behold hee was standing by the camels at the well And hee sayd Come in thou the blessed of Iehovah wherefore standest thou without and I have prepared the house and place for the camels And the man came into the house and hee ungirded the camels and he gave straw and provender for the camels and water to wash his feet and the feet of the men that were with him And there was set meat before him to eat and he said I
home as Iudg. 5. 24. or being with the sheepfolds as an heirder for shepherds kept in tents Gen. 4. 20. Esa. 38. 12. and such was Iakobs trade and his childrens Gen. 46. 34. Besides that dwelling in tents signified his pilgrimage in the land Heb. 11. 9. Hereupon Iakobs tents are used for the state of the commonwealth of Israel Num. 24. 5. Mal. 2. 12. The Greeke here translateth dwelling in house but the Chaldee saith A minister of the house of doctrine as giving himselfe to religious study and schollership So other of the Hebrew Doctors as in Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 32. it is said After the children were growne the one walked in the way of life the other walked in the way of death Iakob our father walked in the way of life for he dwelt in tents and studied the law all his dayes but Esau the wicked walked in the way of death to kill Iakob Gen. 27. 41. Vers. 28. in his mouth or for his mouth namely his meat as the Greeke explaineth it that is because he delighted to eate of Esaus venison This love for carnall respect continued contrary to the Oracle of God but it was disappointed Genes 27. 4. 33. Vers. 29. pottage or broth Hebr. sod a seething faint with wearinesse as the word implyeth This signified Esaus vaine imployment of his time and strength whereas they that wait on the Lord spiritually faint not Esay 40. 30. 31. but the righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soule Pro. 13. 25. Vers. 30. Let me cast or let me have a draught the Greeke and Chaldee translate it tast It is a word not used but in this place red which in Hebrew is Adom whereupon his name was called Aedom The doubling of the word red and omitting the word pottage noteth Esaus hast and greedinesse increased also by the colour he called or his name was called Aedom that is Red for hee was ruddy when hee was borne vers 25. and now longing for red broth and selling his birthright for it this name was given him as a brand-marke of his greedinesse and profanenesse Vers. 31. this day or even now the Hebr. Cajom As to day is often used for hajom this day as the Greeke here interpreteth it and in vers 23. following So 1 Sam. 2. 16. and 9. 13. 27. 2 Chron. 18. 4. And the Hebrew word for As is often a very affirmation see Gen. 27. 12. firstbirthright The dignity whereof the Law sheweth to be great in that all the first-borne were peculiarly consecrated and given unto God Exod. 22. 29. were next in honour to their parents Gen. 49. 3. had a double portion of their fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. succeeded them in the government of the family or kingdome 2 Chron. 21. 3. and administration of the priesthood and service of God Num. 8. 14. 17. Therefore the first-borne is used for one that is loved and deare to his father Ex. 4. 22. and higher then his brethren Psal. 89. 28. and figured Christ Rom. 8. 29. and true Christians heyres of the kingdome of heaven Heb. 12. 23. This honour Iakob strove to have at his birth but missing then hee seeketh now and obtaineth it The Greeke translateth it plurally firstbirthrights and so doth the Apostle in Heb. 12. 16. Vers. 32. going to dye that is ready or in danger to dye which may bee meant both in respect of his present hunger which could not as he prophanely thought bee satisfied with the title of his birth-right and of his daily danger to bee killed by the wild beasts in the field where hee hunted wherefore serveth or what profiteth as if he should say nothing at all Vers. 33. Sweare to confirme the bargain Heb. 6. 16. and to make it irrevocable Psalm 110. 4. and 15. 4. So by oath he renounced his birthright before God whose name is therfore used in othes Deut. 6. 13. he sold It is recorded in the Iewes canon lawes that the first-borne who selloth the portion of his birthright even before it be parted his sale standeth in force because the firstborne hath part in the birthright before the parting thereof Maimony Treat of Inheritances ch 3. S. 6. Vers. 34. of lentiles a kind of pulse much like to vetches or small pease and but course food so vile an exchange did Esau make of his heavenly dignity that not without cause doth the holy Ghost call him a profane person who for one meales meat sold his first birthrights Heb. 12. 16. It is a tradition of the Hebrew Doctors that Lentiles were wont to be eaten of men in their sorrow and mourning and that Iakob did feed upon Lentiles in mourning and sorrow for that the kingdome and dominion and first-birthright was Esaus Whereupon they also gather that the sonnes of Esau should not fall untill the Remainder of Iakob come and give to the sonnes of Esau food of lentiles with mourning and sorrow and take from them the dominion kingdome and firstbirthright which Iakob bought of him by oath Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 35. eat and drinke This seemeth to intimate not onely a satisfying of his hunger but a carnall secure despising of his honor now sold as in 1 Cor. 15. 32. let us eat and drinke for to morrow wee shall dye went away without shewing any remorse or sorrow for his profane bargaine despised unto this the Ierusalemy Paraphrast addeth that he also despised his portion in the world to come and denyed the resurrection of the dead Thus the Iewes esteemed his fact most irreligious and profane as the Apostle also doth Heb. 12. 16. CHAP. XXVI 1. Isaak because of famine goeth to Gerar 2 God biddeth him not goe into Aegypt but dwell in the land and promiseth him the blessings of Abraham 7 Isaak denyeth his wife 9 Abimelech therefore reproveth him 12 He groweth rich 18 Hee diggeth three wels Esek Sitnah and Rechoboth 23 Abimelech maketh a covenant with him at Beersheba 34 Esaus wives ANd there was a famine in the land besides the first famine which was in the dayes of Abraham and Isaak went unto Abimelech King of the Philistims unto Gerar. And Iehovah appeared unto him and said Goe not downe into Aegypt dwell in the land which I shall say unto thee Sojourne in this land and I will bee with thee and will blesse thee for to thee and to thy seed will I give all these lands and I will stablish the oath which I sware unto Abraham thy father And I will multiply thy seed as the starres of the heavens and will give unto thy seed all these lands and in thy seed all nations of the earth shall blesse themselves Because that Abraham obeyed my voyce and kept my charge my commandements my statutes and my lawes And Isaak dwelt in Gerar. And the men of the place asked of his wife and he said she is my sister for he feared to say my wife left the men of the place should kill mee for Rebekah because shee was of a good
Iosephs good affection and godlinesse And this was one occasion which his brethren tooke to hate him So Christ was hated of the world for testifying that the workes thereof were evill Ioh. 7. 7. Vers. 3. of old-age unto him that is of his old-age borne when his father was old so Gen. 44. 20. The Chaldee applieth this old age to Iosephs manners saying he was a wise sonne unto him And others say was not Benjamin also a sonne of old age But because Iakob saw by the spirit of prophesie that Ioseph should reigne therefore he loved him above all his sonnes Pirkei R. Eliez ch 38. many colours Hebr. passim that is varieties and so the Greeke hath poikilon various or manifold to weer in threeds and colour an embroydered coat such kings daughters used to weare 2 Sam. 13. 18. Such God spiritually clotheth his Church withall Psal. 45. 14. 15. Ezek. 16 10. 13. and thereby is signified the varietie of wisedome and manifold graces given to his people Ephes. 3. 10. 1 Pet. 4. 10. Song 1. 9. 10. And Christ had such above his fellowes Psal. 45. 8. Heb. 1. 9. Vers. 4. with peace or unto peacé that is peaceably gently lovingly for of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh Matth. 12. 34. The Greeke translateth no peaceable thing Vers. 5. dreamed by such meanes God used of old to shew unto men what he was about to doe Gen. 41. 25. Iocl 2. 28. Numb 12. 6. 1 King 3. 5. Such dreames were to bee regarded as oracles of God other have their deceits and vanities see Gen. 20. 3. And God sent dreames to his people sometime to comfort sometime to chasten and afflict the ãâ¦ã Matt. 2. 19. 22. Iob 7. 13. 14. the more Hebr. they added yet to hate him So Christ and his disciples for declaring Gods word were hated of men as Ioh. 17. 14. I have given them thy word and the world hath hated them This storie of Ioseph is a patterne of afflictions which the godly suffer in this world for Christs sake and for the word of their testimony and it ministreth comforts to the distressed V. 7. binding Hebr. sheaving or sheaf-binding This being harvest worke and harvest usually signifying the latter time or end Psal. 126. 5. 6. Matt. 13. 39. Rev. 14. 15. God foreshewed not the present but future honour which Ioseph should have after many dayes of sorrow Also when his brethren went into Egypt for corne this dreame was fulfilled Gen. 42. 6. within or in the midst of a field compassed or stood-round about and this is a signe of honour to him that is compassed Therefore the testimoniall of Gods glorious presence usually is in the midst and others stand about Num. 2. 17. Rev. 4. 3. 4. So Exod. 18. 13. Ps. 7. 8. 142. 8. bowed downe or did obeysance as was fulfilled in Gen. 42. 6. Vers. 8. reigning reign that is in deed reigne so after in deed rule and in verse 10. in deed come They apply this dreame unto themselves as did also the Madianites Iudg. 7. 13. 14 which aggravated their sinne in resisting Gods manifested will Ioh. 15. 22. The manner of speaking is also a denyall shalt thou reign that is thou shalt not see Gen. 18. 17. Thus Moses and Christ himselfe were refused by their people Act. 7. 27. 35. Luk. 19. 14. Vers. 10. brethren Abrahams seed were likened to starres for multitude Gen. 22. 17. here Iakobs children are likened to starres for glory shining as lights in the world Phil. 2. 15. and in Dan. 8. 10. they are also the host of heaven Iakob and his wife are here the sunne and moone such honour God vouchsafeth to his contemned servants And Ioseph in this as in many other particulars may resemble Iesus at whose name all knees must bow Phil. 2. 10. Vers. 11. observed laid it to heart howsoever for the present he gave his sonne a light rebuke not fully perceiving the end of the thing Thus is it spoken also of Mary the mother of Christ Luke 2. 19. 51. Vers. 14. the peace that is the welfare or how they prosper as the Greeke explaineth it if they be well See Gen. 41. 16. As Ioseph here so Christ was sent to the lost sheepe of the house of Israel not onely to know but to procure their peace Matt. 15. 24. Luk. 19. 42. to Sechem which was about 60. English miles distant from Chebron There also was that great massacre committed a while before by Iakobs sonnes Gen. 34. The danger of the place might make Iakob more careful to inquire of their welfare V. 15. a man The Hebrew Doctors understand this of the Angel Gabriel called in Dan. 9. 21. the man Gabriel Pirket R. Eliez ch 38. but this is uncertain Vers. 16. seeking my brethren this setteth forth Iosephs care diligence So the Sonne of man came to seeke and save that which was lost Luk. 19. 10. Vers. 17. Dothan or Dothain for both waies it is written The Greeke calleth it Dothaim It was a place about 8. miles from Sechem In this towne was Elizeus the Prophet 2 King 6. 13. Vers. 18. craftily conspired or malignantly as the Greeke translation saith This word is also used in Psal. 105. 25. and Num. 25. 18. of the Egyptians and Madianites craftily plotting against the Israelites So the husbandmen conspired the death of the Sonne of God Luk. 20. 14. This is the heire come let us kill him Vers. 19. master of dreames this they speake in mockage the Greeke translateth it a dreamer The Hebrew phrase meaneth one that hath great skill in dreaming or a captaine dreamer as his brethren are after called masters of arrowes that is cunning archers for their malicious practises against him Gen. 49. 23. and a master of anger is an angry furious man Prov. 22. 24. and 29. 22. Vers. 20. one of the pits or some pit this setteth forth their inhumane cruelty that would kill their brother and not vouchsafe him honest buriall to which they next adde a lye to dissemble their murder and a contempt of the oracles of GOD which they sought and thought to defeat So running headlong together into a world of wickednesse envie carying them Acts 7. 9. Gen. 49. 23. Vers. 21. delivered him to weet in respect of death which they intended against him in soul that is so as to take away his life smite him dead A like phrase is in Ier. 40. 14. Deut. 19. 6 11. for which in Numb 35. 11. 15. is said to smite a soule so also in Levit. 24. 17. 18. where soule is put for the life of man or beast See Gen. 19. 17. Smiting is used for killing Gen. 4. 15. Vers. 22. that or to the end that The Greeke addeth sor he sought that he might deliver him It appeareth by Gen. 42. 22. that Ruben exhorted them to more then they would yeeld unto Vers. 23. stript Ioseph so Iesus also was stripped by the wicked Mat. 27. 28. Here Ioseph in the
Hebrew and behold but the word and sometime is redundant in that tongue as is observed on Gen. 36. 24. Vers. 10. as though or when it budded shot-up Hebrew ascended Vers. 12. they are that is they signifie three dayes So in Gen. 41. 26. Vers. 13. within three dayes which is explained vers 20. to be in the third day see a like phrase in Gen. 7. 4. and of the mysticall number three See Gen. 22. 4. lift up this phrase sometime signifieth to promote unto honour as Ier. 52. 31. sometime head is used for summe and it meaneth to take the summe or to reckon as Exod. 30. 12. which may also be intended here The Greeke translateth shal remember thy principality the Chaldee shal remember thee place or base seat meaning his office of butlership as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it and is confirmed by verse 21. Vers. 14. this house this prison so the Greeke saith this hold Ioseph though patient in adversitie yet useth all good means to procure his liberty Vers. 15. stollen by stealth or indeed stollen Hebrew stealing stollen The Hebrews the land of Canaan wherein the children of Abraham dwelt who was called an Hebrue Gen. 14. 13. Thus Ioseph calleth it by faith in Gods promises In Zach. 2. 12. it is called the holy land dungeon or pit in Chaldee the house of prisoners Thus Ioseph pleadeth his innocency as Daniel also did Dan. 6. 22. and Paul Act. 24. 12. 13. 20. and 25. 10. 11. Vers. 16. saw this word the Greeke addeth I saw a dreame white or with holes for the Hebrew word signifieth both and may meane baskets made of white rods with holes as net-worke But the Greeke and Thargum Ierusalemy doe understand it of white bread or meats in them Vers. 19. lift-up or as the Greeke translateth it take away thine head in a contrary meaning to the former vers 13. but it may be understood of reckoning as before and putting this man out of the number of his officers a tree the Chaldee translateth it a Gallow tree or gybbet crosse such as that whereon Christ was crucified called sometime onely a tree as Act. 5. 30. and 10. 39. 1 Pet. 2. 24. After by the law such as dyed on tree had the curse of God upon them Deut. 21. 23 Vers. 20. a banquet Hebrew a drinking This custome to keepe banquets on birth dayes appeareth to be most ancient and it continued till Christs time on earth Mat. 14. 6. and so till this day lifted up the Chaldee translateth he remembred the head c. Vers. 22. hanged As Ioseph was in prison with these two malefactors and according to his word the one was restored to his former honour the other put to death so Christ was in the middest of two malefactors who one of them was restored to eternall life the other left to dye in his sinnes Luk. 23. 33. 39. 43 Vers. 23. forgat him which was both great unthankfulnesse and unto Ioseph a further exercise of faith and patience from the hand of God two yeares longer untill the time his word came Ps. 105. 19. So the scripture elsewhere taxeth forgetfulnesse of benefits and of the affliction of Ioseph Eccles 9. 15. 16. Amos 6. 6. CHAP. XLI 1 Pharaohs two dreames of seven kine and seven eares of corne 8 The wise men of Egypt could not interpret them 9 The Butler remembreth Ioseph and mentioneth him to Pharaoh 14 Who sendeth for Ioseph out of prison and propoundeth to him his dreames 25 Ioseph interpreteth them 29 Seven yeares of plenty are fore told and seven yeares of famine 33 Pharaoh is counselled to provide against the dearth 39 Ioseph is advanced to bee over Pharaohs house and over al the land of Egypt 45 He marieth Asenath 49 gathereth up much corne 50 begetteth two sons Manasses and Ephraim 54 The famine beginneth in Egypt and all lands ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ANd it was at the end of two yeeres of dayes that Pharaoh dreamed and behold he was standing by the river And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine faire in sight and fat in flesh and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them out of the river ill in sight and leane in flesh and they stood by the other kine upon the brinke of the river And the kine that were ill in sight and leane in flesh did eat-up the seven kine that were faire in sight and fat and Pharaoh awoke And he slept and dreamed the second-time and behold seven eares of-corn came-up in one stalke fat and good And behold seven eares of corn thinn blasted with the east-wind sprang-up after them And the thinn eares swallowed-up the seven fat and full eares and Pharaoh awoke and behold it was a dreame And it was in the morning that his spirit was striken-amazed and he sent and called all the magicians of Egypt and all the wise men thereof and Pharaoh told them his dreame and there was no interpreter of them to Pharaoh And the chiefe of the butlers spake to Pharaoh saying I doe remember this day my sinnes Pharaoh was wroth with his servants and committed me into ward in the house of the Provost Marshall both mee the chiefe of the bakers And wee dreamed a dreame in one night I and he we dreamed each man according to the interpretatioÌ of his dreame And there was there with us a yong man an Hebrew servant to the Provost Marshall and we told him and hee interpreted to us our dreams to each man according to his dreame did he interpret And it was as he interpreted to us so it was me he restored unto my place and him he hanged And Pharaoh sent and called Ioseph and they brought him hastily out of the dungeon and he shaved himselfe changed his garments and came-in unto Pharaoh And Pharaoh said unto Ioseph I have dreamed a dreame and there is no interpreter of it and I doe heare say of thee thou wilt heare a dreame to interpret it And Ioseph answered Pharaoh saying It is not in mee God will answer the peace of Pharaoh And Pharaoh spake unto Ioseph In my dreame behold I was standing upon the brinke of the riuer And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine fat in flesh and faire in forme and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them poore and very ill in forme and lean in flesh I have not seene their like in all the land of Egypt for evilnesse And the leane and evill kine did eate up the first seven fat kine And they came into the inward-parts of them and it was not knowne that they were come into their inward-parts and their sight was evill as at the beginning and I awoke And I saw in my dreame and behold seven eares of-corne came-up in one stalke full good And behold seven eares of corne withered thinn blasted with an east-wind sprung up after them And the thinn ears
his feet and said Surely a husband of bloods art thou to me And he let him goe then shee said a husband of bloods for the circumcisions And Iehovah said to Aaron Goe to meet Moses into the wildernesse and hee went and met him in the mountaine of God and kissed him And Moses told Aaron all the words of Iehovah who had sent him and all the signes which he had commanded him And Moses went and Aaron and they gathered together all the Elders of the sons of Israel And Aaron spake all the words which Iehovah had spoken unto Moses and he did the signes in the eyes of the people And the people beleeved and they heard that Iehovah had visited the sonnes of Israel and that hee had seene their affliction and they bended downe the head and bowed themselves Annotations BVt beheld Hebr. and beheld or and if as the Greeke translateth it adding this question what shall I say unto them So hên behold is used for im if in Ier. 3. 1. Moses having experience of former refusall Exod. 2. 14. feareth the like againe and maketh exceptions Vers. 2. a rod or a staffe as in Gen. 38. 18. Aâ instrument which shepherds used to guide their sheepe with Lev. 27. 32. with it Moses now fed Iethroes flocke but God sanctified it to work ãâ¦ã miracles by and to feed his people Israel Therfore it is after called the rod of God v. 20. and many great things were effected by it To this the Prophets after have reference as feed thy people ãâã thy rod c. Mich. 7. 14. Vers. 3. was turned to or became a serpent ãâã the word turned is expressed in Exod. 7. 15. and the Greeke here addeth it in verse 17. As the shining of Moses face and veile put upon it Exod. 34. 30. 33. signified the glory of his ministerie and the hiding of the end thereof from unbeleeving Israelites 2 Cor. 3. 7. 13. 16. so his rod turned to a serpent was here for a signe to such as would not otherwise beleeve him verse 5. 8. 9. signifying that his ministery should become deadly to all that by faith saw not the end of the same to be theredemption of Abrahams seed by Christ Luk. 1. 68. 74. Rom. 10. 4. Gal. 3. The feeding of Gods people with his rod was a signe of life and grace and comfort Mith. 7. 14. 15. Psal. 23. 4. the rod turned to a serpent was a signe of death Gen. 3. Num. 21. 6. Esa. 14. 29. Ierem. 8. 17. from before or from the face of it for feare because all serpents are odious to man and this was terrible called a dragon in Exod. 7. 10. So the woman fled from the face of the serpent Revel 12. 14. Vers. 4. by ãâã taile which was dangerous to d ãâ¦ã n lest hee ãâã be bitten thereby howbeit Moses obeying in faith had no hurt but the serpent was turned to a rod againe so that ministration of Moses which turneth to the unbeleevers unto death is to the obedient become an instrument of guiding them as a flocke unto life and salvation by Christ Mark 16. 18. 2. Cor. 2. 15. 16. and 3. 6. 16. Gal. 3. 24. The Hebrew Doctors barely apply it to the present case thus as the serpent biteth and killeth the sonne of Adam so Pharaoh and his people did bite and kill the Israelites but hee was turned and made like a drie sticke âinkei R. Eliezer c. 40. Vers. 5. That they may this sheweth the end of the former signe was to worke faith and it is an unperfect speech as if he should say Doe this before them that they may beleeve Such wants the holy Scripture of ãâ¦ã supplieth in the beginning or end of speeches as in Mar. 14. 49. but that the scriptures might be fulled which another explaineth thus but all this is done that the scriptures of the Prophets might be fulfilled Matth. 26. 56. So in 2 Sam 5. 8. these words are wanting hee shall be chiefe and Captaine which are afterwards supplied in 1 Chron. 11. 6. and sundry the like See Exod. 13. 8. and 16. 8. and 18. 11. and 3â 32. Verse 6. leprous as snow that is white as snow as the Chaldee translateth The leprosie was a sore contagious disease and by man incurable and God laid it sometime suddenly upon persons for their great sinnes as upon Mary the sister of Moses Num. 12. 10. upon Gehazi 2 King 5. 27. and lepers were shut out of other mens company See the law hereof Levit. 13. And they that were thus leprous as snow were as dead their flesh halfe consumed Numb 12. 10. 12. Vers. 7. as his flesh that is ruddy and lively the Greeke translateth into the colour of his flesh A thing done in the bosonte signifieth secrecie and effectualnesse Prov. 21. 14. Psalme 29. 12. So by this plague of leprosie on Moses hand in his bosome and healing it againe God seemeth to threaten unto Moses himselfe if he refused and to all that should disobey the word of the Lord by his ministories sudden secret and terrible judgement but upon their returne unto him to cure them for hee ãâã undeth and boaleth Deut. 32. 39. Compare Ex ãâ¦ã 25. 26. Deut. 28. 27. 35. 59. 60. 61. And Moses hand signifieth his ministerie unto the sonnes of If ãâã Psal. 77. 21. The Hebrew Doctors apply it thus As the Lapet is uncleane and maketh others ãâã so were Pharaoh and his people unleane and ãâã Israel uncleane And when hee made his band ãâã hee find unto him thus shall Israel bee ãâã the uncleannesse of the Egyptian Pirkâi ãâ¦ã c. 40. Vers. 8. the ãâ¦ã ice or at the voice which is here given ãâ¦ã signe as in Gen. 4. 10. it is unto blood because God by ãâã signes speaketh unto men and an ãâ¦ã word with the signe that it may be heard and understood as ãâã ãâã 30. Ezek. 1. â9 ãâã ãâã 16. So ãâã calleth them the words of his signââ Psal. 10â â7 Vers. 9. to blood This third signe was for like end as the former to signifie unto Israel if they beleoved not that God would bring upon them yet more bloody afflictions and they beleeving hee would avenge them on their enemies Of the Egyptians waters turned to blood see after in Exodus 7. 19. c. V. 10. Oh in Gr. v I pray thee Lord see this word in Gen. 43. 20. so after in v. 13. man of words that is eloquent so a man of ãâã that is talkative Iob 11. 2. a man of arme that is mighty Iob 22 8. a man of tongue that is a pratler Ps. 140. 12. The Gr. here translateth Iam not sufficient So Paul saith and who is sufficient for these things 2 Cor. 2. 16. from daies heretofore Heb. from yesterday or from the day before used for al daies past see Gen. 31. 2. of an heavy or heavy of mouth that is slow or troubled in speaking hard to be understood of the hearers as the latter of
of the sides of ãâã three branches of the Candlesticke out ãâã the one side of it and three branches of ãâã Candlesticke out of the second side of ãâã Three bowles made like almonds in ãâã branch a knop and a flower and th ãâ¦ã bowles made like almonds in the other b ãâ¦ã h a knop and a flower so in the sixe branches that come out of the Candlestick And in the Candlestick shall be foure bowles made like almonds his knops his flowers And there shall be a knop under two branches of the same and a knop under two branches of the same and a knop under two branches of the same to the six branches that come out of the Candlestick Their knops their branches shall be of the same all of it shall be one beaten worke of pure gold And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof and hee shal cause the lamps therof to ascend up and shal cause to give light over against the face of it And the âongs thereof and the snuffe-dishes thereof shall be of pure gold Of a talent of pure gold shall hee make it with all these vessels And see that thou make them according to their patterne which thou wast shewed in the mount Annotations ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Here beginneth the 19. Section or Lecture of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. TAke for me or take unto me that is take give or bring unto me See the notes on Gen. 15. 9. The Gr. translateth and say thou take ye unto me first fruits offring or heave offring an oblation which was taken up and separated out of a mans goods and usually in the sacrifices was heaved or lifted up when it was presented unto the Lord Exod. 29. 27. but generally the word is used for all things separated and given unto God even land it selfe Ezek. 48. 8. 9. 10. 20. The Chaldee translateth it a separation so doth the Gr in many places but here the Greeke is first-fruits make him willing or moove him to willingnesse and liberalitie The Gr. interpreteth it of all to whom it shall seeme good in their heart That which is here spoken of the heart is also said of the spirit Exod. 35. 21. And a like willing offring was by David and the princes for the matter of the Temple 1 Chro. 29. ãâã 5. 9. 14. c. And so all the ministration of Gods people ought to be of ãâã ready and willing minde Ezra 2. ãâã and 3. 5. Neh. ãâã 1. 2. 2 Cor. 8 11. 12. Ver. 3. and brasse These three are the richest purest and most glorious metals they come out of the bowels of the earth Iob 28. 1. 2. Deut. 8. 9. The scripture useth them to signifie persons kingdomes and other things that are most precious pure durable I am 4. 2. Dân 2 32. 38. 39. Rev. 1. 20 ãâ¦ã and 19 10. Prov. 8. 19. Ezek. 40. 3. Zach ãâ¦ã and 6. 1. And God promising to erect the glorious Church of the Gospell saith For brass I will bring gold and for iron silver and for wood brass ãâã ãâã 60. 17 The Iewes as R. Menachem upon his place observe how no Iron was in the stuffe ãâ¦ã and doe compare 1 King 6. 7. where no toole of iron was heard in the house of Solomon while it was in building Iron is often used to signifie warres and hard affliction Iudg. 4. 3. Dan. 2. 40. and 7 7. 1 King 8. 51. Psal 107. 10. Howbeit for Solomons temple iron also was prepared 1 Chron. 29. 2. 7. 2 Chron. 2. 7. V. 4. Blew or hyacinth as the Gr. translateth Although the blew purple scarlet here are colours only and Moses expresseth not the stuffe coloured yet Paul affirming that scarlet wooll was used in sprinkling of the blood Hebr. 9. 19. seemeth to teach that the scarlet spoken of in the Law was wooll dyed and the like we may say of the other colours Thus also the Hebrew Doctors explaine them The blew spoken of in any place was wooll dyed like the body of the heavens that is skie colour The purple was wooll died red and the scarlet was wooll died in scarlet saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the sanctuary c. 8. s. 13. The blow was a thing used and worne of Princes and great personages the nations clad the images of their gods with it âer 10. 9. Esth. 1. 6. Ezek. 23 6. and 27. 7. 24. The same was also in Solomons teÌple 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14. purple so we call it of the Gr. porphura the name of a shel-fish called the purple it is like an oââter and hath in it a liquor which is used to make the purple die of great esteeme as Plinie sheweth in his nat hist. b. 9. ch 36. The Hebr. is Argaman and as Ezta wriâeth it after the Chal. manner Argevan 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14. from whence it seemeth the Gr. have borrowed Amorgis the name of an herbe or reed which is used to die purple This also is a Princely colour and used both for civill and religious honor Dan. 5. 7. 29. Esth. 8. 15. Ier. 10. 9. Luk. 16. 19. Rev. 18. 12 scarlet or scarlet twise died as the Heb. tolagnathshani importeth That which was answerable to this in Solomons Temple is called by another name Carmil that is crimson 2 Chro. 2 7. 14 and 3. 14. but the Greek there and here translateth alike coccinon scarlet This also is a glorious colour Ier. 4. 30. Lam. 4. 5. Purple and scarlet are put somtime one for another as they clothed him with purple Maâ 15. 17 they put on him a scarlet robe Mat. 27. 28 for which another saith they put on him a purple râbe Ioh. 19. 2. These three dyed colours represented blood of all sorts and so figured unto the Church how both themselves and their actions should be washed dyed in the blood of Christ into whose death they are baptized Rev. 1. 5. and 7. 14. Rom. 6. 3. Christ also himselfe warring against his enemies appeared in garments died red and glorious Esay 63. 1. 2. c. Rev. 19. 13. So the Gr. Latines have applyed the purple colour to blood bloody death as porphureos thanatos purple death in Homer Il. 5. and he vomited his purple soule that is his life blood Uirgil Aen. 9. and the like fine linnen or silken woolls A thing w ch grew in Egypt called Shesh Ezek. 27. 7. of which princely clothing was made Gen. 41. 42. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it Byss and so the âtuâfe used in Solomons Temple is called buts that is Byss 2 Chro. 2. 14. and 3. 14. Likewise the Hebrew Doctors say What place sâevâr in the Law speaketh of Shesh or of Bad a kinde of linnen mentioned in Exod. 28. 42. ãâã ãâã flax and it is byss Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary c. 8. s. 13. Others put a difference betweene that Byss which Solomon used and this Shesh which they thinke was a silken cotten which
according to the greatnesse of thy mercy Nehem. 13. 14. 22. On the contrary the sinne and jealousy offrings had no oile nor incense because they were no offrings of memoriall but such as brought iniquity to remembrance which was not gracious nor sweet smelling before the Lord Num. 5. 15. Levit. 5. 11. of rest the Greeke saith of sweet smell and consequently acceptable as the Chaldee explaineth it an Oblation that shall be accepted with favour before the Lord. See Leviticus 1. 9. Vers. 3. Aarons to eat the same in the sanctuarie Levit. 6. 16. This is to bee understood of the Meat-offrings brought alone but the Meat and drink offrings added to other sacrifices were not to be eaten but burnt and powred all upon the altar see the annotations on Levit. 23. 13. holy of holies Hebr. holinesse of holinesses that is most holy things By this they are distinguished from other things which the Hebrew Doctors call therfore leight holy and which might be eaten out of the sanctuarie but within the host and in ages following within Ierusalem Maimony treat of offring sacrifices chap. 10. Sect. 5. and chap. 11. S. 5. Thus the Meat-offrings were in part for the maintenance and livelihood of Gods Priests Num. 18. 9. 10. and being given unto God were most holy things and figured the graces and good workes wherewith we honour Christ relieve his poore saints which are holy and acceptable sacrifices unto the Lord Phil. 4. 18. Heb. 13. 16. And being referred to Christ himselfe as he by the oblation of his owne body was our Meat-offring Psalme 40. Heb. 10. it figured our communion with him and participation of his death and resurrection by faith whereby he becommeth unto us the bread of God the bread of life that giveth us life for ever Ioh. 6. 33. 35. c. And of him his whole church which are a royall Priesthood 1 Pet. 2. 9. are made partakers Vers. 4. baked in Hebr. a baking or batche of the oven They kneaded and baked it within the sanctuarie though the wheat was ground and sifted without as Maimony in the foresaid treatise sheweth which is confirmed by Ezek. 46. 20. This is the place where the Priests shall boyle the trespasse-offring and the sin-offring where they shall bake the Meat-offring c. See also 1 Chron. 23. 28. 29. where the Levites were assistants to the Priests in preparing the Meat-offrings unlevened Heb. cakes of unlevenings that is altogether unlevened signifying sincerity and truth 1 Cor. 5. 8. see the notes on Exod. 12. mingled The cakes were thus ordered the flowre was mingled with oile and kneaded with warme water and baked and broken in peeces and put into a ministring vessell then frankincense was put upon it but no oile powred on it because it is written mingled with oile Of every tenth part of an Ephah they made ten cakes saith Maimony treat of offring the sacrif chap. 13. Sect. 8. 10. or unlevened Heb. and wafers of unlevenings anoynted c. Of this Maimony in the foresaid place saith And if they were wafers the flowre was kneaded with warme water and the wafers anoynted with oile And it seemes unto me saith he that they were anoynted after the baking There was brought a Log or halfe pinte of oile for every tenth deale of flowre and they were anoynted and anoynted againe till all the oile in the Log was ended This anoynting with oile signified the graces of Gods spirit as before is shewed which the children of God should have within and without so being both tempered and anoynted with the same of which the Apostle saith The anoynting which ye have received of the Holy one abideth in you c. 1 Ioh. 2. 27. and He that establisheth us with you in Christ and hath anoynted us is God 2 Corinthians 1. 21. Vers. 5. on a pan or on a plate or slice flat and smooth Hereof Maimony treat of offring sacrif chap. 13. Sect. 7. saith what differeth Machahath the Pan from Marchesheth the Frying-pan The Frying-pan hath a lip or edge and the past that is baked thereon is soft and for that it hath a lip it runneth not out But the pan hath no lip and the past that is baked thereon is hard so that it runs not off Moreover the Pan and the Frying-pan were in the Courtyard and both of them vessels of ministration of the holy things and the Oven of the sanctuarie was of metall Maimony ibid. chap. 12. Sect. 23. They signified vessels of Christian hearts as My heart hathfryed or boyled a good matter c. Psal. 45. 2. See the annotations on that Psalme Vers. 6. pieces or parts They haked it in the sanctuarie and cut it in pieces and put the pieces into a ministring vessell and then put upon it oile and frankincense and caried it to the Priest and the Priest caried it to the altar and brought it to the southwest horne and did as it before noted on verse 2. And for the manner of cutting he doubled the cake into two and the two into foure and divided it And all the pieces were as big as olives and if they were greater or lesser they would serve Maimony ibidem chap. 13. Sect. 12. 10. This cutting in pieces is to be understood also of the cakes baked in the oven verse 4. and in the Frying-pan verse 7. 8. and signified the same thing that the cutting in pieces of the Burnt-offeing Leviticus 1. 6. 12. Vers. 8. he shall offer that is the man that brings the gift shall present or offer it to the Priest so Sol. larchi expoundeth it the owner thereof shall offer it to the Priest and the Priest shall bring it unto the Altar Or it shall be offred to weet by thee as hee imputed Gen. 15. 6. is translated it was imputed Rom. 4. 3. See also the notes on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14. Vers. 9. take up or lift up which the Chaldee translateth separate the Greeke take-away a memoriall that is an handfull of the pieces thereof see before on verse 6. and 2. All Meat-offrings that are offred upon the Altar he taketh an handfull thereof and burneth it all upon the Altar and the rest is eaten by the Priests Maimony ibidem chap. 12. Sect. 9. See an Exception in Lev. 6. 23. of rest Greek of sweet smell The Chaldee translateth an offring that shall be received with favour before the Lord. Vers. 10. Holy Hebr. holinesse of holinesses that is most holy see vers 3. Vers. 11. with leven except some thank-offrings which were brought with levened bread Levit. 7. 13. Leven and honey are unlawfull to be burnt upon the altar and they are unlawfull every whit of them Levit. 2. 11. But he is not guilty except he burne them for an offring or with an offring and whether he offer them by themselves or burne them mixed hee is to be beaten for each of them by themselves Maimony in Issure mâzheach chap. 5. Sect. 1. old leven
it is a Sin offring And the Priest shall take of the blood of the Sin offring with his finger and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring and shall poure his blood at the bottome of the altar of Burnt-offring And all his fat he shall burne vpon the altar as the fat of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings and the Priest shall make-an-atonement for him concerning his sinne and it shall bee mercifully-forgiven him And if one soule sinne through ignorance of the people of the land while it doth any one of the commandements of Iehovah which should not bee done and bee guilty Or if his sinne bee made knowne unto him which he hath sinned then hee shall bring his oblation a she-goat of the goats perfect a female for his sinne which he hath sinned And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the Sin offring and he shall kill the Sin offring in the place of the Burnt-offring And the Priest shall take of the blood thereof with his finger and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring and all the blood thereof he shal poure at the bottome of the altar And he shall take away all the fat thereof as the fat is taken away from off the sacrifice of Peace-offrings and the Priest shall burne it upon the altar for a favour of rest unto Iehovah and the Priest shall make an atonement for him and it shall be mercifully forgiven him And if he bring a Lambe for his oblation for a Sinne offring hee shall bring it a female perfect And he shall lay his hand up-the head of the Sinne offring and hee shall kill it for a Sinne offring in the place where he killeth the Burnt-offering And the priest shall take the blood of the Sin offring with his finger and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring and shall poure all the blood thereof at the bottome of the altar And he shall take away all the faâ therof as the fat of the lamb is taken away from the sacrifice of the Peace-offrings and the Priest shall burne them upon the altar according to Iehovahs Fire offrings and the priest shall make-an-atonement for him for his sin which he hath finned and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him Annotations A Soule that is a person or man as the Chaldee translateth it when it shall sin or if it sin Whereas he had taught the justification and sanntification of the Church by the former sacrifices and how men ought to walke in newnesse of life now because there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not Eccles. 7. 20. but in many things we offend all Iam. 3. 2. the Lord appointed meanes for the cleansing of his Church and all the members thereof from the infirmities errors and ignorant sins which they fall into But if wee sinne wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes but a certaine fearfull looking for of judgment and fiery indignation which shall devoure the adversaries or enemies of the Lord Heb 10. 26. 27. Esay 26. 10. 11. through ignorance or in errour unawares by unadvisednesse Shegagah the word here used signifieth errour or going astray out of the right way through ignorance or forgetfulnes or unadvisednesse or by being deceived or the like The Greek somtime turneth it Agnoia Ignorance but here and often translateth it Acousios unwillingly which is contrary to that which the Apostle calleth Heconsios willingly or wilfully Heb. 10. 16. contrary also to that which the law calleth sinning with an high hand or presumptuously Num. 15. 27. 30. We may see the meaning openly by Moses in Numb 35. 11. where he speaketh of killing a person by errour or unawares which in Deut. 19. 4. is said to be ignorantly or without knowledge and both are joyned together in Ios. 20. 3. unawares or by errour and without knowledge or unweetingly whereto is opposed a lying in wait that is a purpose and willingnesse to kill him Deut. 19. 11. Exodus 21. 13. The Apostle likewise calleth such sinnes Agnoemata Errors-done-of-ignorance in Heb. 9. 7. and more fully openeth it by two words in Heb. 5. 3. shewing the Priests dutie to have compassion on the ignorant and on them that erre So that these ignorances or errours were misdeeds arising from errour of the mind or of the affections when men did either not know or understand the Law aright or not remember or take heed thereto as they ought when they knew not the nature of sinne or considered not how loathsome it was unto God but were overtaken and miscaried by their errours or lusts such are to be restored in the spirit of meeknesse Gal. 6. 1. for such God appointed sacrifices but for presumptuous wilful malicious sinnes men were to be cut off Numb 15. 27. 30. These Errours or Ignorances are such and so many as no man can understand Psal. 19. 13. and God both cleanseth us of them by the sacrifice of Christ Hebr. 10. 10. 12. and restraineth us from them by afflictions Psal. 119. 67. and warneth us to take heed of them lest he be angry and destroy the worke of our hands Eccles. 5. 6. And whereas there followeth a law in Lev. 5. 17. for sinnes not knowne the Hebrewes put this difference Shegagah an errour or sinne through ignorance is when hee knoweth certainly that hee hath done the thing but he did it in errour or unadvisedly but he that knoweth not is hee that is uncertaine whether hee did the thing or no. Talmud Bab. in Cherethoth and Maimonie in his explanations on the same ch 1. of all understand by doing any one of all the commandements So Moses himselfe explaineth it in the words here following and in ver 13. 22. 27 commandements or charges meaning prohibitions or forbodes For God commandeth both to eschew evill and to doe good and most of the ten commandements Exod. 20. are forbiddings of sinne And thus the holy Ghost useth the word both wayes as Take heed c. lest ye make you the likenes of any thing which Iehovah thy God hath commanded that is forbidden thee Deut. 4. 23. And contrariwise in Deut. 17. 3. hath served other Gods c. which I have not commanded to wit to be done Hereupon the Hebrew Doctors Maimony and others divide the lawes into Commandements to be done and Commandements which should not bee done The Commandements given by Moses they have summed up in all to be six hundred and thirteene of them they make affirmative precepts of things to be done two hundred fourty and eight so many as they say there are bones in a mans body of negative precepts or prohibitions three hundred sixty and five so many as there are dayes in the yeere should not the Greeke translateth it ought not To these prohibitions the Hebrew doctors doe restraine this law saying They bring no Sinne-offring but for ignorance in doing that
accompany him And there remained betweene the last boothe and the rocke in the wildernesse two miles At every boothe they said unto the man loe here is meat and here is water if his strength failed him and hee had need to eat hee might eat but there never was man they say that needed so to doe And without necessitie no man might eat for it was their most solemne Fast. From the last boothe they went not with him to the Rocke but halfe way one mile their sabbath daies journey and stood a farre off to see what he did with the goat When he had put the goat downe the Rocke they at the boothes aforesaid waved with linnen clothes or white flagges to the end that they in Ierusalem might know that the goat was come to the wildernesse Talmud in Ioma chap. 6. and Maimony in his Comment thereon and in his Misneh in Iom hakippurim chap. 3. sect 7. c. Of their sabbath dayes journey see the notes on Exodus 16. 29. Vers. 22. all their iniquities by this it appeareth that as the killed goat figured Christ killed for the sinnes of his people so this living goat figured him also who bare our griefes and caried our sorrowes and on whom God laid the iniquity of us all Esa. 53. 4. 6. And because Christ was not onely to dye for our offences but also to rise againe for our justification Rom. 4. 25. to be crucified through weakenesse yet to live by the power of God 2 Cor. 13 4. to be put to death in the flesh but quickned by the Spirit 1 Pet. 3. 13. and for that these two things could not fitly be shadowed by any one beast which the Priest having killed could not make alive againe therefore God appointed two that in the slame beast Christs death in the live beast his life and victory might be fore shadowed Heb. 9. 23. 24. 28. See the like mysterie in the two birds for the cleansing of the Leper Levit. 14. 6. 7. Or the sending of this goat into the wildernesse as the former was sacrificed in the Sanctuarie might figure out the salvation of Christ communicated with the gentiles and peoples of the world as Esa. 42. 1. 4. 11. and 49. 6. For the wildernesse is sometime used to signifie peoples Ezek. 20. 35. The Hebrewes say The scape goat made-atonement for all the transgressions of the Law both the lighter and the more heavy transgressions whether done presumptuously or ignorantly whether they were knowne unto a man or unknowne all are expiated by the Scape-goat if so be the partie doe repent Maimony in treat of Repentance chap. 1. sect 2. This goat was but a shadow of Christ and unto repentance must be added faith sor God hath set him forth to bee a propitiation through faith in his blood Rom. 3. 25. land of separation or a land cut-off a land separated to weet from other lands or from all people that is as the Chaldee translateth it a land that is not inhabited which the Greeke calleth Abaton waylesse or inaccessibles where no man goeth afterward Moses calleth it a wildernesse Or it may meane a place decreed of and determined whither to send him for the Hebrew word sometime signifieth a decree Iob 22. 28. Dan. 4. 17. Hereby was figured the utter abolishing of our sinnes by Christ both from the face of God that they should not appeare against us before him to be imputed unto us and also from us that sinne should have no more dominion over us nor we serve it any longer but having our consciences purged from dead workes should serve the living God 2 Cor. 5. 19. Heb. 9. 26. 14. Rom. 6. 6. 12. So the Prophet speaking of the like grace saith unto God Thou wilt cast all their sinnes into the depths of the sea Mich. 7. 19. And this word which Moses here useth is not elsewhere used in like sort for a land but for cutting off of other things and in particular is applied to Christ working our redemption that hee was cut-off out of the land of the living Esa. 53. 8. which the holy Ghost expoundeth thus his life was taken from the earth Act. 8. 33. and whereof himselfe speaking said whither I goe ye cannot come Ioh. 13. 33. That eternall Spirit through which Christ offred himselfe without spot unto God Heb. 9. 14. and by which he was made-alive after death 1 Pet. 3. 18. inabled his flesh or manhood to suffer such things as no other creature could come neere unto and thereby Sin is put-away and the body of sinne abolished Heb. 9. 26. Rom. 6. 6. The Hebrewes say of this goat sent away that the man which caried it threw it downe the rocke and so it dyed Thalmud in Ioma chap. 6. Vers. 23. Aaron shall come whiles the goat afore-said was going to the wildernesse these services following began and other after them in this order as the Hebrewes have recorded After he hath sent away the goat by the hand of him that led him hee returneth to the bullocke and goat wholse blood hee had sprinkled within the Sanctuarie and openeth them and taketh out their fat which he putteth in a vessell to burne them upon the Altar And he cutteth the rest of their flesh into great pieces but one cleaving to another and not parted asunder and them he sondeth by the hand of others to be caried out to the place of burning without the campe Levit. 16. 27. When the Scape goat is come to the wildernesse the high Priest goeth out into the womens court to read the Law And whiles hee is reading they burne the bullocke and the goat in the place of the ashes without the citie therefore hee that seeth the high Priest when he readeth seeth not the bullocke and the goat burnt When he readeth all the people stand before him and the minister of the Congregation taketh up the booke of the Law and giveth it to the Chief of the congregation and he to the Sagan or second chiefe Priest and the Sagan giveth it to the high Priest who standeth up when he receiveth it and standeth and readeth the 16. of Leviticus and Levit. 23. 27. 32. c. And when he readeth he blesseth God before and after c. After this hee putteth off his white garments and washeth himselfe and putteth on his golden garments and sanctifieth his hands and his feet and offreth the goat which is for the generall addition to this daies service Numb 29. 11. and offreth his owne ram and the peoples ram as it is said AND HE SHAL COME FORTH AND SHALL MAKE HIS BVRNT-OFFRING AND THE BVRNT-OFFRING OF THE PEOPLE Lev. 16. 24. And he burneth on the altar the fat of the bullocke and of the goat that were burnt without the campe And he offreth the daily evening sacrifice the Lambe Numb 28. 3. and trimmeth the Lempes as on other dayes Exod. 27. 21. After this he sanctifieth his hands and his feet and putteth off the golden
is noted on Exod. 21. 6. tenth day This service being done upon this day every yeere shewed the inabilitie both of this Priesthood and of these sacrifices to make atonement in deed for the people as it is written For the Law having a shadow of good things to come and not the very image of the things can never with those sacrifices which they offred yeere by yeere continually make the commers thereunto perfect For then would they not have ceased to be offred because that the worshippers once purged should have had no more conscience of sinnes But in those there is a remembrance againe of sinnes every yeere For it is not possible that the blood of buls and of goats should take away sinnes Wherefore when Christ commeth into the world hee saith Sacrifice and offring thou wouldest not but a body hast thou prepared me Heb. 10. 1. 5. The commandement of fasting sanctifying this tenthday is againe repeated in Levit. 23. 27. 32. the sacrifices which it should have more then other dayes are expressed in Numb 29. 7. 11. And the Iubilee which was every fiftieth yeere began and was soiemnly proclaimed with trumpet upon this tenth day Lev. 25. 8. 9. a shadow of that acceptable yeere of the Lord the yeere of freedome which Christ hath proclaimed by the trumpet of his Gospell Luke 4. 18. 19. 21. 2 Cor. 6. 2. afflict your soules the Greek translateth humble your soules by the soule the body also is comprehended even the whole person as is noted on Levit. 2. 1. Gen. 12. 5. Affliction or humiliation is inwardly by godly sorrow for sinne which worketh repentance carefulnesse indignation feare vehement-desire zeale and revenge 2 Cor. 7. 10. 11. and a judging of our selves 1 Cor. 11. 31. and loathing our selves for the evils which we have committed Ezek. 6. 9. Outwardly by fasting and abstinence from all fleshly delights By the Hebrew canons they were to abstain this day from five things from meat and drink from washing themselves from anointing from putting on the shooes and all fine apparell and from carnall copulation Maimony in treat of the Rest of the tenth day c. 1. s. 4. 5. The Scriptures confirm these as David afflicted his soule with fasting Psal. 35. 13. Daniel by it and by not anointing Dan. 10. 3. 12. Israel by putting off their ornaments Ex. 33. 4. 6. David by going barefoot 2 Sam. 15. 30. wearing sackcloth Psal. 35. 13. and not washing nor anointing 2 Sam. 12. 20. 21. Vrias by not lying with his wife 2 Sam. 11. 11. But the chiefest of these was fasting and the day is called the Fast in Act. 27. 9. and the time by the law is from evening to evening beginning the ninth day of the moneth at even Levit. 23. 32. by which words the Hebrewes gather that they were to begin to fast and to afflict themselves in the evening of the ninth day next before to the tenth and so in the end of it to tary in their affliction a little of the night after the tenth day and therefore that it was necessary to adde somewhat of the working day unto the holy day both before and after But they exempted from this fast such as were sicke and all children under nine yeeres of age Maimony in treat of the Rest of the tenth day chap. 1. sect 6. and chap. 2. sect 8. 10. Moreover under this name of afflicting themselves and fasting the Lord required the putting away of all sinne and amendment of life as to loose the bands of wickednesse to undoe the heavy burdens and to let the oppressed goe free and to breake every yoke to deale bread to the hungry to cover the naked and the like Esa. 58. 6. 7. And so it figured our mortification with Christ that as in the sacrifices killed his humiliation unto the death was fore-shadowed Phil. 2. 8. so by the humiliation of the Church our suffrings with him were signified our baptising into his death and buriall and our walking in newnesse of life our old man being crucified with him that the body of sinne might bee destroyed Rom. 6. 3. 4. 6. 1 Pet 2. 21. Vnlesse we doe this we may fast but the Lord seeth it not and afflict our soule but he taketh no knowledge neither can wee make our voice to be heard on high Esa. 58. 3. 4. any worke for this was a solemne sabbath verse 31. and by ceasing from worke figured that they which would have expiation and atonement by Christs day must cease from their owne workes to doe the worke of God beleeving in him whom hee hath sent Heb. 4. 10. Ioh. 6. 29. stranger in Greeke Proselyte by the homeborne are meant Israelites borne in that land the stranger was of the heathens joyned to the faith and Church of Israel such were bound to all Israels ordinances See Exod. 12. 19. 48. 49. Vers. 30. he shall that is God by the Priest as verse 32. shall make etonement or expiation to cleanse or purifie you Herein was figured the power and efficacie of Christs Priesthood and sacrifice that he expiateth and maketh atonement for our sinnes with God 1 Ioh. 2. 1. 2. and cleanseth us by his blood and spirit from all sinne 1 Iohn 1. 7. Romans 8. 9. 10. 11. Vers. 31. sabbathisme or rest this word the Apostle keepeth in Heb. 4. 9. and being joyned to the word sabbath it noteth an exact and carefull rest therfore God threatneth to destroy them that did any worke this day Levit. 23. 30. See also the notes on Exod. 16. 23. Vers. 32. whom he that is whom God shall anoint or which shall be anointed as the Greek translateth whom they shall anoint Such words are often used without designing any person as is noted on Genes 16. 14. By this anointed the high Priest is meant Levit. 21. 10. shall fill that is shall consecrate see Exod. 29. 9. The Greeke translateth shall perfect or consecrate his hands Herein he also figured the Sonne of God who is our high Priest perfected or consecrated for evermore Hebr. 7. 28. garments of holinesse the foure forementioned verse 4. called in Greeke a holy stole or robe which word is used in Rev. 6. 11. and 7. 9. 13. 14. where the Saints that came out of their tribulation are arayed in white stoles or robes which they have washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb Christ. The mysterie of these garments is there touched and by it we may learne why the high Priest in the worke of Expiation might have none but white garments this day Vers. 33. the Sanctuarie of holinesse that is as the Greeke translateth the holy of the holy meaning the most holy place into which hee went first with incense and blood verse 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. the Tent the Holy place or first Tabernacle which he secondly expiated verse 16. c. all the people in Greeke all the congregation Because the expiation of the whole Church dependeth thus on the high
when he hath begun the act with his body they are both of them guiltie of death by the Magistrate or of cutting off or of beating or of chastisement Maimony in Issureibiah ch 1. sect 10. Vers. 21. of thy seed that is of any of thy children thy son or thy daughter as Moses expoundeth it in Deut. 18. 10. See also Lev. 20. 2. through the fire this word fire is after expressed in Deut. 18. 10. and in 2 Kings 11. 3. which another Prophet expoundeth burne in the fire 2 Chron. 28. 3. which was the abominable custome of the heathens so dedicating their children unto idols and Devils and the like abomination the Israelites committed in a valley neer to Ierusalem 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ierm 32. 35. which King Iosias abolished when he defiled Topheth which was in the valley of the sons of Hinnom that no man might make his sonne or his daughter to passe through the fire to Molech 2 King 23. 10. This sin is here forbidden amongst whordomes and incests because even it is spiritual whoredome as in Lev. 20. 5. it is called a going a whâring after Molech The manner of doing this wickednesse it not now certainly knowne but is thought to be done two waies some being burned to death othersome made to passe onely betweene two fires for a signe of consecration So of Achaz King of Iudah it is said he burnt his sons in the fire 2 Chron. 28. 3. and of the Iewes that they burnt their sons and their daughters in the fire Ierm 7. 31. and that they burnt their sonnes with fire for burnt offrings unto Bââl Ierm 19. 5. yea they sacrificed their sons and their daughters unto Devills and shed innocent blood the blood of their sonns and of their daughters whom they sacrificed unto the idols of Canaan Psal. 106. 37. 38. R. Bechai on Lev. 18 saith that the parents were perswaded that by this sacrifice the rest of their children should be delivered from death and that they themselves should prosper for it all daies of their life Of the manner of consecrating and not killing their children the Hebrewes write thus There was a great fire kindled and the father tooke some of his seed to deliver the same unto the Priests that served the fire and the same Priests gave the son unto his father after that hee was delivered into their hand to cause him to passe through the fire by his leave and the father of the son was he that made his sonne passe through the fire by the leave of the priests and hee led him through on his feet from one side to another in the midst of the flame but burned him not to Molech after the manner that they burned their sonnes and their daughters to other Idols but this service named Molech was by passing through onely Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 6. sect 3. And for the manner of killing their children in the honor of Molech it is thus recorded in an Hebrew commentary called Ialkut upon âerm 7. sol 61. col 4. Though all other houses of Idolatry were in Ierusalem yet Molechs house was without the city in a place apart How was Molech made It was an Image having the face of a Bullocke and hands spred abroad like a man that openeth his hands to receive somewhat Within it was hollow and for it there were seven chappels builded before which this image was set Who so offââd a foule or dove went into the first chappell if he broght a Lambe he went into the second if a Ramme into the third if a calfe into the fourth if a bullock into the fiât if an Oxe into the sixt and if he offred his son hee went into the seventh He kissea Molech as in Hos. 13. 2. Let the sacrificers of men kiss the calves The son was set before Molech and Molech having fire put under it was made burning hot Then the Priests taking the child put him into Molechs burning bands and to the end that the father might no heare the cry of the childe they did beat upon Tabers thereupon was the place called Tophet of Toph which is a Taber But of these things wee have no certainty save that the scriptures witnesse such impiety to have beene in Israel Molech the name of an Idol or Star which the Ammonites and other heathens worshipped called also Moloch Amos 5. 26. and Milcom 1 King 11. 5. 7. and was so named as being Melech King wherefore the Greeke translateth it Archon a Prince and is thought of some to be the star Saturne the highest of all the Planets unto which the Carthaginians are said to have sacrificed the best of their sonnes Diodor. Sicul. l. 20. and likewise the Phoenicians Euseb. praep Evang. lib. 4. Others thinke it was the Sunne which is as King and chiefe of all the Planets and whom the Phoenicians worshipped by the name of Beâl samen that is Lord of heaven as Sanchonjatho testifieth in Euseb. Evang. praep lib. 1. called in the holy Scriptures Baal And this seemeth probable for whereas in Tophet in the valley of the sons of Hinnom they used to make their children passe through the fire to Molech 2 King 23. 10. Ieremy saith they offred them unto Baal âeâm 19. 5. compared with Ierm 7. 31. and Ier. 32. 35. So either it was a starre as the Prophet saith the starre of your God Amos 5. 26. or the multitude of stars as Stephen saith God gave them up to worship the host of heaven Act. 7. 42. which another Prophet confirmeth saying They shall spread them before the Sun and the Moone and all the host of heaven whom they have loved and whom they have served Ier. 8. 2. Of like sort were Adram melech and Anam-melech the Gods of Sepharvaim unto whom that people burnt their children in fire 2 King 17. 31. Of this Idoll Molech R. Solomon on Ierem. 7. 31. saith there was an Image of brasse set up in the valley of Hinnom neere Ierusalem after the forme before noted out of Ialkut not profane or not pollute not prostitute it is contrary to hallowing or sanctifying Lev. 22. 32. And as Gods name is profaned funday wayes Lev. 21. 6. and 19. 12. so in speciall by idolatry as when they applyed Gods name or word to the service of Molech forementioned or the like The Hebrew doctors among other things doe apply this unto the giving of ones life for the truth and religion of God saying Who so ever ought rather to be killed then to transgresse Gods law if he be killed for that he will not transgresse loe he sanctifieth the name of God and if it be before ten men of Israel loe he sanctifieth the Name publikely as did Daniel Ananias Misael Azarias c. Dan. 3. 6. And of such it is said in Ps. 44. for thy sake we are killed all the day c. But who soever ought to be killed rather then to transgresse and hee transgresseth rathen he will bee killed toe be
the Lord. For as men judge not for man but for the Lord 2 Chron 19. 6. so are they to judge according to his judgements Ezckiel 44. 24. which if they be not manifest are to be inquired the cause being brought unto God Exod. 18. 19. So Moses did in other hard cases Numb 27. 1. â5 and 15. 34. Vers. 14. out of the campe or to a place without the campe because the campe of Israel was holy and all uncleane persons were to be put out of it Num. 5. 2. 3. much more the flagitious lay their hands both to signifie the truth of their testimony and that his blood should be on his owne head Wee finde not this rite of imposing hands commanded for any other malefactors and the Hebrewes hold it to bee peculiar unto this sinne All the witnesses and the Iudges every one lay their hands on the blasphemers head and say unto him Thy blood be upon thine head for thou hast occasioned it unto thy selfe And of all that are killed by the Synedrion there is none upon whom they impose hands save the blasphemer onely Levit. 24. 14. Maimony treat of Idolatrie chap. 2. sect 10. Vers. 15. Anyman or Every man Hebr. Man man which Targum Ionathan expoundeth yong man or old man Vpon this particular occasion a generall law is here given for punishing of blasphemers beare his sinne that is the punishment due for his sinne Vers. 16. blasphemeth in Chaldee expresseth in Greeke nameth see vers 11. ãâã name of Iehovah Hereupon some of the Heb ewes gather that the blasphemer is not to be stoned unlesse he expresse that sacred name IEHOVAH but the wiser of them justly mislike that restraint though themselves doe overmuch restraine it There be some that expound it that he is not guiltie of death save for the name IHVH that is Iehovah but I say that for Adonai âlsa that is LORD he is to be stoned saith Maimony treat of Idolatrie chap. 2. sect 7. And they are long since come unto this that they hold the name of Iehovah unlawfull to be pronounced in ãâ¦ã ading of the scripture or otherwise except in the Sanctuarie when the Priest blessed the people according to the Law in Numb 6. 23. 27. there they say he pronounced the name as it is written with IHVH but out of the Sanctuarie they pronounced it Ad ãâ¦ã for they mentioned not the name as it is written but in the Sanctuarie onely And after that Simeon the just was dead the Priests ceased from blessing by the name as it is written IHVH though it were in the Sanctuarie to the end th ãâ¦ã man should learne it which was not of good esteeme ãâã meet for to learne it And our first wife men ãâã not learne it their disciples or their children ãâã were meet or honest save once in seven ãâã Maimony treat of Prayer chapter 14. section 10. By this it appeareth that this custome was taken up of themselves not commanded of God the sanctifying of whose name standeth not in letters and syllables but in faith and obedience Numb 20. 12. and 15. 30. See the annotations on Exod. 6. 3. and Numb 6. blasphemeth the name see verse 11. the Greeke translateth nameth the name ãâã the Lord meaning with blasphemie and cursing as did this Egyptians sonne Vers. 17. shall smite that is as the Chaldee translateth shall kill See the notes on Gen. 14. 17. soule that is life see Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. and for putting murtherers to death see Exod. 21. 22. shall surely be put to death or shall bee put to dye the death and Targum Ionathan explaineth it ãâã be killed with the sword Vers. 18. the soule of a beast that is the life of it which the Greeke explaineth thus hee that sm ãâ¦ã a beast and it dye soule for soule or life for l ãâ¦ã that is one living beast for another as oxe for oxe sheepe for sheepe and the like Vers. 19. so shall it be done by the Magistrate according to the rigour of justice except he buy it off with money For unlesse it were mu ãâ¦ã which God forbade to bee bought off with any ransome Numb 35. 31. the Hebrewes hold ãâã blemishes and hurts might be redeemed with money Which seemeth also to be warrantable by the Law in Exod. 21. 18. 19 And for that in some cases it could hardly be done or not at all For if a man had smitten his neighbour on the eye and made him lose halfe or a fourth part of his sight ãâã if a blinde man had smitten out another mans eye how should the like bee done againe unto him The Hebrew canons say He that hurteth his neighbour is bound to pay unto him five things to weet ãâã his dammage and for the paine and for his healing ãâã for his resting from his affaires and for the s ãâ¦ã and these five things must all bee recompenced with ãâã best of his goods How for the dammage If he ãâã cut off his neghbours hand or his foot they looke on him as if he were a servant to bee sold in the maâket him much he was worth and how much he is worth ãâã and what is abated of his price hee must pay ãâã ãâã ãâã EYE FOR EYE which wee have b ãâ¦ã ãâ¦ã got to be meant of paying for it with his goods That what is said in the Law Levit. 24. 20. As he hath given a blemish upon a man so shall it be given upon him ãâã not meant that he should be hurt as his neighbour ãâã hurt c. Maimony âom 4. in Chobel chap. 1. sect 1. 2. 3. See also the annotations on Exod. 21. V. 10. Breach for breach Targum Ionathan saith The price of baâach for breach the price of an eye for ãâã eye c. As there are severall sorts and degrees of hurts and blemishes so were the penalties rated which the Hebrewes lay downe thus Her that cutteth off his neighbours hand or foot or finger ãâã smiteth out his eye payeth the five things for his dammage for his paine for his healing for his resting and for his shame If he smite him on the hand and it swelleth after it prove well againe he payeth foure things for his paine for his healing for his resting from his worke and for his shame If he smite him on the head and it swelleth he payeth three things for the paine for the healing and for the shame If hee smite him on a place which is not seene as on his backe he payeth two things for the paine and for the healing If the smite him with a cloth that is in his hand or the like thing he payeth one thing for the shame onely So hee that shaveth off the hayre of his neighbours head payeth but for the shame onely for it will grow againe c. Maim in Chobel c. 2. s. 2. 4. upon a man The Hebrew Adam signifieth man and woman Gen. 5. 2. all man-kinde of what sort soever and so this
sounds or voices meaneth to proclaime publish or declare ãâã the Greeke here translateth it so after and in âzr 1. 1. They caused the trompet to passe throughout all the borders of Israel saith Maim in Iobel ch 10. sect 10. the trompet or the corâât see âev 23 24. The trompet of the Iubilee and of the beginning of the yeer is one in every respect Maim in Iobel ch 10. sect 11. and Talmud in Rosh hasshanath chap. 3. of loud-sound or of alarme as is Englished in Numb 10. 5. See the notes on Lev. 23. 14. It is commanded to blow with the trompet in the tenth day of Tisri that is Sebtember in the yeere of Iubile and this commandement is given to the Synedrion first as it is written And thou shalt cause to sound c. and every particular person is bound to blow as it is written yee shall cause the trompet to sound c. Maimony ibidem ch 13. sect 10. This blowing with trompets figured the preaching of the Gospel Luk. 4. 18. 19. as is shewed also on Levit. 23. day of Atonements or of expiation which was the Fasting day when the whole Church every yeere afflicted their soules and the high priest made atonement for them in the most holy place Lev. 16. ch 23. 27. And though the yeere began tenne dayes before the first of the moneth yet as our spirituall bondage was not done away but by the atonemeÌt made through the death of Christ Heb. 2. 14. 15. so neither was the type hereof performed in Israel till the day of Atonement The Hebrewes say From the beginning of the yeere untill the day of Atonement the servants were not released unto their owne houses nor from being in servitude to their masters Neither were the fields returned to their owners but the servants did eate and drinke and rejoyce weare crownes or garlands upon their heads When the day of Atonement came the Magistrates the Synedrion blew the trompet the servants were released to their owne houses and the lands returned to their owners Maimony in Iobel ch 10. sect 14. Vers. 10. the yeere of fiftie yeeres an Hebrew Phrase meaning the yeere even the fiftieth yeere so that they misse which count every nine and fortieth yeere to be the Iubile that was the seventh seven the ordinarie Sabbath and yeere of Rest and the yeere following was the Iubile even the fiftieth so two holy yeeres came came together Thus the Hebrew canons declare it The yeere of Iubile commeth not in the count of the yeeres of the seven but the nine and fourtieth yeere is the Release and the fiftieth yeere the Iubile and the one and fifteth yeere beginneth the sixe yeeres of the Seven following and so in every Iubile Maimony in Iobel ch 10. sect 7. And againe The nine and fortieth yeere it selfe is the yeere of Release and after it is the Iubile in the fiftieth yeer R. Menachem on Lev. 25. proclaime libertie for Hebrew servants from their Masters Ier. 34. 8. 9. Such as went not out at the seventh yeere of their servitude but were bored through the eare to serve for ever went out at the Iubile for then their ever was at an end as is noted on Exod. 21. 2. 6. as after followeth in this chap. v. 39. 40. 41. Wherefore the other legal ordinances which are commanded to be kept for ever had also their end at the Iubile of the Gospel as the Apostle sheweth Heb. 9. 9. 10. 11. Colos. 2. 14. 16. 17. And the Iewes which urge the obseruation of them may be answered from their owne writers It is a knowne thing that this word legnolam For ever is sometime spoken of a time determined as Hee shall serve him for ever Exod. 21. 6. that is to say unto the ever of the Iubilee And sometime it is spoken of length of dayes without knowledge of their limit but yet they have a limit and an end as Let King David live for ever 1 King 1. 31. And sometimes it is spoken of a time which hath none end as The Lord shall reigne for ever and aye Psal. 10. 16. saith R. Menachem on Lev. 25. This yeere of liberty figured the yeere of grace by Christ who dying in the last Iubile that ever the land had did deliver them who through feare of death were all their life time subject to bondage Heb. 2. 14. 15. such as were the servants of sinne whom the Sonne making free they are free in deed Iohn 4. 34. 36. Of this time of grace Christ prophecying calleth it the yere of his redeemed Esay 63. 4. and the acceptable yeere of the LORD Esay 61. 2. And the Apostle exhorting us that we receive not the grace of God in vaine saith Behold now is the accepted time behold now is the day of salvation 2 Cor. 6. 1. 2. a Iubile in Hebrew Iobel which the Chaldee calleth Iobela the Greeke here interpreteth it a yeere of remission of signification In Ezek. 46. 17. it is called the yeere of libertie The Hebrewes some of them thinke it hath the name from the Arabike of a rammes horne whereof the Cornets sounded this yeere were made so the trompets of Iobelim in Ios. 6. 4. are in Chaldee expounded trompets of rams horne But the Hebrew word signifieth neither ram nor horn but hath the name of carying or leading-aloÌg Iob 10. 19. and 21. 32. Psal. 60. 11. whereupon Iuball is a streame or water course that runneth along and carieth things with it Ier. 17. 8. Esay 44. 4. And thus R. Menachem on Lev. 25. and the Zohar derive the name Iobel from Iubal Streame or water-course according to that phrase in Ier. 17. 8. It seemeth also to have the name of the long-sound of the trompet as in Exod. 19. 13. Iobel is the sound of the trompet and because this yeere was joyfull to servants and poore people of the joyfull shout which they made and sound of trompets the Latines have borrowed the word Iubile which is to make a joyfull shout And in mysterie the Iubile is so named as carying men to Christ by whose redemption all the faithfull have cause to shout and rejoyce When hee sounded the Trompet of his Gospel as God hath sent him to preach the Gospell to the poore to preach deliver a ãâ¦ã to the captives and recovering of sight to the blinde to set at libertie them that are bruised to preach the acceptable yeere of the Lord. then he said This day is this scripture fulfilled in your eares and all bare him witnesse and wondred at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth Luk. 4. 18. 22. his possession his tenement meaning lands and houses which had beene sold and now must be returned to the first owners a figure of our restoring by Christ into Paradise the possession whereof Adam lost by sinne Gen. 3. Luk. 23. 43. So there were three things especiall unto this yeere the sounding of trompets the freedome of servants and the restoring of
life preserved his service is not perfect as Satan said in Iob. 1. 9. 10. doth Iob feare God for nooght Hast thou not made an hedge about him c. He that serveth God because of bodily things on which his service dependeth it shall not be confirmed unto light in the light of the living For when those things cease for which he serveth his love will cease And there is no eating and drinking in the state of death whether thou goest But hee that serveth God out of intire love his love shall be in life everlasting and shall not depart for ever and his reward that loveth God shall be eternall R. Elias in Reshith chochmah treat of Love chap. 2. fol. 77. See also the annotations on Exod. 20. 6. Vers. 11. set my tabernacle Hebr. give that is set and stablish it for both these wayes is giving expounded by the holy Ghost as 1 King 10. 9. compared with 2 Chron. 9. 8. and 2 Sam. 7. 24. with 1 Chron. 17. 22. Gods Tabernacle was a signe of his dwelling in favour amongst them Revel 21. 3. See the annotations on Exod. 25. 8. The ãâã signification was concerning Christ who should dwell in the Tabernacle of our flesh by whom God built againe the Tabernacle of David which was fallen downe Act. 15. 16. and in him God was reconciling the world unto himselfe 2 Cor. 5. 18. and under this figure eternal life in heaven was implied For we know that if our earthly house of this Tabernacle were dissolved we have a building of God an house not made with hands eternall in the heavens 2 Cor. 5. 1. And that the Israelites had of old the true understanding of these promises that they belonged to the dayes of Christ and the end of them was eternall life in heaven it appeareth by the footsteps which yet remaine in their later doctors though they have quenched the light of grace in labouring to have it by the workes of the Law For they say For this cause have all Israel their Prophets and their Wise men desired the dayes of Christ that they might have rest from the kingdomes which will not suffer them to study in the Law c. that they might be worthy of the life of the world to come For in those dayes knowledge and wisedome and truth shall be multiplied as it is written for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the LORD Esa. 11. 9. it is also written And they shall teach no more every man his neighbour c. Ier. 31. 34. againe it is said And I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh Ezek. 36. 26. For that King which shall stand up of the seed of David shall be more wise then Solomon c. and therefore he shall learne all the people and teach them the way of the Lord and all the heathens shall come to heare him Mich. 4. 1. 2. And the end of all the reward and later goodnesse which is without ceasing and diminishing that is the life of the world to come But the dayes of Christ are of this world and the world goeth after the wonted manner save that the kingdome shall be restored to Israel Maimony treat of Repentance chap. 9. sect 2. Thus they speake missing the right way by going about to establish their owne righteousnesse Rom. 10. 3. and mistaking Christs kingdome which though it be in this world yet is it not of the same Ioh. 18. 36. my soule shall not lothe you or not abhorre not cast you away as vile and lothesome Man is by nature lothsome through sinne as it is said Thou wast cast-out into the open field to the loathing of thy soule or person in the day that thou wast borne Ezek. 16. 5. But through the grace of God in Christ our bloods are washed away and we are adorned with the gifts of his spirit Ezek. 16. 8. 9. 10. So this promise concerneth such as keepe the covenant of God that they shall not lothesomly be rejected For my soule the Chaldee translateth my word shall not loath you So in verse 30. Aben Ezra explaineth it thus And I will set my Tabernacle amongst you and ye shall not feare that ever ye shall come into want for my glory resideth with you and it is not as the sonne of man whose soule loatheth to dwell in one place Vers. 12. I will walke among you the Chaldee paraphraseth I will cause my divine majestie to dwell among you that Majestie is Christ who by his spirit is with his church al dayes unto the worlds end Math. 28. 20. who walketh in the midst of the seven golden Candlestickes Revel 2. 1. For his people are his Temple wherein he dwelleth as it is written yee are the Temple of the living God as God hath said I will dwell in them and walke in them 2 Cor. 6. 16. For Gods walking was in his Tabernacle 2 Sam. 7. 6. See also Revel 7. 15. and 21. 3. Vnder this eternall life was also promised in heaven whither Christ went to prepare a place for us and will come againe to receive us unto him selfe that where hee is there we may be also Ioh. 14. 2. 3. a God or for a God that is as the Greeke translateth your God of which blessing see the annotations on Gen. 17. 7. V. 13. from being servants to them under whom all sinfull servitudâ was also signified from which the church is redeemed by Christ as from Sinne Ioh. 8. 34. 36. from Satan Heb. 2. 14 15. and from bondage to men in things concerning God as it is said Ye are bought with a price be not yee the servants of men 1 Cor. 7. 23. slaves of your yoke or barres of your yoke meaning the bondage of Egypt and of sin which they were intangled with there Ezek. 20. 7. 8. For though bonds and yokes signifie civill bondage as in Ier. 27. 2. 3. 6. 7. 2 Chron. 10. 4. yet the wicked is also holden in the cords of his sin Prov. 5. 22. And of this the church complaineth The yoke of my trespasses is bound by his hand they are wreathed they are come-up upon my necke Lam. 1. 14. And from this Christ hath freed us as it was promised his yoke shall be removed from off thy necke and the yoke shall be destroyed because of the Oile that is for Christs sake Esa. 10. 27. So in Ezek. 34. 24. 27. Ier. 2. 20. Contrariwise for their sins God threatneth them with a yoke of yâon Deut. 28. 48. The Hebrew Mât is properly ãâã staffe Numb 13. 23. and so is used for the staves or barres of yokes and for yokes themselves as in Ier. 27. 2. where it is joyned with bonds where with the staves of the yââe are tyed made you goe upright or with upright-stature not stouping as under the yoke to the Chaldee saith I led you forth into freedome and the Greeke I led you with boldnesse This also figured our redemption by Christ whereby the
so Paul useth it in like sense saying hee that ministreth seed to the sower c. multiply your seed-sowne that is your increase 2 Corinth 9. 10. the trees the complement hereof is shewed in Ioel 1. 12. The vine is dried up and the fig tree languisheth the pomegranate-tree the palme tree also and the apple-tree all the trees of the fâld are withered their fruit the fruit which naturally they should bring âorth So another Prophet saith There shall be no grapes on the vine nor ãâ¦ã gges on the fig tree and the leafe shall fade and the things that I have given them shall passe away from them Ier. 8. â3 Verse 21. contrarie Hebr. in contrarietie which word ãâã is added in verse 27. or at all-adventure by chance The Hebrew Keri signifieth both contrarietie and chance or accident the Greeke translateth it contrary or thwart as opposing themselves to God and his commandements the Chaldee expoundeth it if yee walke before mee with hardnesse that is stubbornely If we understand it for chance or adventure the meaning is to walke carelesly come upon it what will and to esteeme the punishments not as from the hand of God for their sins but to come by chance as the Philistines said in 1 Sam. 6. 9. then we shall know that it is not the LORDS hand that smote us it was a chance that happened to us This latter the Hebrewes follow for speaking of tribulations upon them they say If men cry not to the Lord but say this thing happeneth to us according to the custome of the world and this tribulation is a chance that hath befallen us then is this the way of cruelty and occasioneth them to cleave still unto their evill workes this tribulation shall adde other tribulations as it is written in Lev. 26. 27. 28. and if yee walke with me by chance then I will walke with you in wrath or heat of chance as if he should say when tribulation commeth on you to the end you might repent if you say it is a chance I will adde unto you the hot-wrath of that chance Maim in Misn. tom 1. in Taanioth or treat of Humiliation ch 1. sect 3. not willing to hearken or will not obey which the Chaldee expoundeth will not receive my word An higher degree of obstinacie is here foreseene and prophesied of this people the complement whereof the Prophet bewaileth saying Oh Lord thou hast stricken them but they have not grieved thou hast consumed them but they have refused to receive correction they have made their faces harder then a Rocke they have refused to returne Ier. 5. 3. Vers 22. wilde beasts as God sent fierie serpents Num. 21. 6. Lions 2 King 17. 25. Beares 2 King 2. 24. and threatneth other the like Esa. 13. 21. 22. And spiritually these are wicked rulers and tyrants that kill and spoile as Prov. 28. 15. Dan. 7. 3. 4. 5. 6. Psal. 80. 13. and false Prophets that devoure soules Matth. 7. 15. Revel 13. 1. 2. c. So the Prophet speaking of their punishments by Tyrants saith A Lion out of the forrest shall slay them a Wolfe of the evenings shall spoile them a Leopard shall watch over their cities every one that goeth out thence shall be torne in pieces because their transgressions are many c. Ierem. 5. 6. And of their Prophets he saith O Israel thy Prophets are like the Foxes in the deserts Ezek. 13. 4. See also Ier. 8. 17. and 15. 3. desolate or lye-waste because there shall bee none walking in them Esa. 33. 8. Ezek. 14. 15. For this Ieremie lamented The wayes of Sion doe mourne because none come to the solemne-feasts Lam. 1. 4. Vers. 23. by me or to me that is so as to obey me the Chaldee saith to my word contrarie or stubbornely or at all adventures as verse 21. Verse 24. contrarie Hebrew in contrarietie Chaldee in hardnesse the Greeke addeth with contrary wrath as in verse 28. GOD dealeth with men according to their wickednesse and with the froward hee sheweth himselfe wây Psal. 18. 27. Verse 25. a sword the Chaldee explaineth it them that kill with the sword see before on vers 6. vengeance of the covenant meaning the covenant between God and his people which was the Law as the Chaldee expoundeth it and it shall a ãâ¦ã on you the vengeance for that ye have transgressed against the words of the La ãâ¦ã So in Ier. 50. 28. he mentioneth the vengeance of the Lords Temple that is the punishment of the Babylonians for robbing and burning his Temple yee shall be gathered to went for feare of the sword the Greek translateth yee shall flee into your cities the pestilence in Greeke and Chaldee death see the annotations on Exod. 5. 3. It implieth the cutting off by death of man and beast as Ezek. 14. 19. 21. Vers. 26. breake unto you the staffe of bread that is take from you the bread which is the staffe or sustentation of life So the Greeke translateth whân I shall afflict you with penury of bread For as to breake bread meaneth to communicate food Act. 2. 46. so to breake the staffe of bread meaneth on the contrary to take away food and to punish with peâury and famine Psal. 105. 16â Ezek. 4. 16. and 5. 16. and 14. 13. Bread is called a staffe or stay because it upholdeth the heart of man Psal. 104. 15. then ten Hebr. and ten that is many so ten often signifieth many as Gen. 31. 7. Zach. 8. 23. Iob 19. 3. by weight a signe of scarcitie and want Revel 6. 5. 6. So it is said I will breake the staffe of bread in Ierusalem and they shall eat bread by weight and with care and they shall drinke water by measure and with astonishment that they may want bread and water and bâ astonied one with another and consume away for their iniquitie Ezek. 4. 16. 17. nor be satisfied or not have enough either for the small quantitie or for want of Gods blessing on that they eat so in Hos 4 10. Mich. 6. 14. This is opposed to the former blessing in verse 5. And under it a spirituall famine is implied as it is said I will send a famine in the land not a famine of bread nor a thirst for âater but of hearing the words of the Lord and they shall wander from sea to sea and from the North even to the East they shall run to and frâ to secke the word of the Lord and shall not finde it Amos 8. 11. 12. Vers. 27. not ãâ¦ã rken or not obey in Chaldee not receive my Word ãâã in verse ãâã contrarie Heb. ãâ¦ã chance see the notes on v. 21. Vers. 28. in wrath contrary Heb. in wrath or hear of ãâ¦ã riat ãâã oâ of all adventures which the Chaldee ãâ¦ã nslateth in strength or vehementie of anger the Greeke in contrary or ãâã wrath And the word wrath be ãâ¦ã added sheweth the increase of Gods judgements as of the peoples sinnes
4. the holinesseâ of holinesses that is the most holy things as the Arke Table Candlesticke Altar c. which the Kohathites were to beare vers 5. 7. 9. 11. 15. These are generally named the Sanctuarie Num. 10. 21. and 3. 28. Vers. 5. setteth forward or removeth journieth from Mount Sinai towards Canaan and this was when the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle by the Lord Num. 10. 11 12. the veile of the covering called in Greeke the shadowing veile by the Apostle the second veile Heb. 9. 3. which was made of blew purple scarlet and fine linnen with Cherubims and was hanged betweene the holy place and the most holy Exod. 26. 31. 33. This veile figured the flesh of Christ Heb. 10. 20. as the Arke principally signified Christ also Gods presence with his church in him See the notes on Exod. 25. 10. 17. the Testimonie the Tables of Gods law which were in the Arke as in the heart or bowels of Christ Exo. 25. 16. Psal. 40. 8. This Arke of the testimonie was covered with the veile whiles the Tabernacle did stand Exod. 40. 3. and now when the Tabernacle is to be taken down and removed the Arke is covered with the same veile Vers. 6. shall put Hebr. shall giue in Greeke put over to wit over the Arke and veile Tachash skin in Greeke hyacinth or blew colour skin see Exod. 25. 5. This was to cover it from all injury of weather as raine or the like even as the whole Tabernacle when it stood was covered with such Exod. 26. 14. ââai 4. 5 6. It was also to signifie the hiding of these mysteries for a time see after on vers 13. ãâ¦ã a cloth wholly of blew these were those clothes or garments of ministerie mentioned in Exod. 31. 10. above upmost and herein the Arke had the preeminence of glory above all the other holy things for their upmost coverings were of skin but the Arke had above the skinne a cloth of blew or skie colour for the honour of Christ whom it figured the barres thereof made to beare the Arke with them Exod. 25. 14 15. see the annotations there Vers. 7. of Shew-bread Hebr. table of faces or of presence meaning of the bread of Presence or Shew-bread as the Chaldee here explaineth it and Moses elsewhere expresseth They were twelve cakes representing the twelve tribes of Israel or whole church see the annotations on Exod. 25. 30. and Lev. 24. 5. of blew the Greeke âere translateth it purple to cover withall Heb ãâ¦ã of covering or of powring out of these seo the notes on Exod. 25. 29. continuall bread or bread of continuance so called because it was alwaies upon the table and when the old was taken off new was set on every sabbath as is noted on Levit. 24. 8. Vers. 8. sccarlet Onely the Arke representing Christ and the Table with Shew bread representing the church had three coverings all the other holy things had but two And none was covered with scarlet but this Table onely Vers. 9. of the light in Greeke inlightning or shining candlesticke see the notes on Exod. 35. 14. This was a figure of Gods Law Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19. Vers. 10. upon a staffe or upon a leaver or barre such as things are removed and caried with betweene two or moe Num. 13. 23. The Greeke translateth it upon barres so in vers 12. Chazkuni noteth here that it is said upon a staffe and not under a staffe lest that which was caried should bee dragged on the ground Vers. 11. Altar of Gold the Incense altar which stood within the holy place a figure of Christs mediation for his church and of their presenting their prayers unto God by him See the notes on Exod. 30. 1 6. Vers. 12. instruments or vessels of ministerie Censers cups c. or such as are mentioned in 2 King 25. 14 15. Sanctuarie Hebr. sanctitie in Greeke the holies a staffe in Greeke barres as vers 10. Vers. 13. the ashes from the altar This the Greeke translateth They shall put a covering upon the altar The Altar of brasse which stood in the courtyard is heremeant of purple Onely the brazen altar waâ covered with purple as the Table onely with scarlet vers 8. and these two colours are sometime used one for another as They put on him a scarlet robe Mat. 27. 28. for which in Ioh. 19. 2. is written they put on him a purple robe so in Mark 15. 17. they clothed him with purple all these colours signified the heavenly dignity of these holy things by the blood of Christ. And although the Altar of brasse stood in the open court where all might see it yet when they removed it also was covered as the other holy things Vers. 14. Vessels or instruments as vers 12. fire-pans of these and the rest see the notes on Exod. 27. 3. At the end of this verse the Greeke version mentioneth the Laver Exod. 30. 18. which in Moses is here altogether omitted thus And they shall take a purple cloth and cover the Laver and the base or foot thereof and shall put them into a covering of âyâointh skin and shall put them upon barres It seemeth to be not without mystery that Moses mentioning fire-pans flesh-hookes and other lesse things should quite omit the Laver which usually is reckoned among the holy things of the Sanctuarie Exod. â5 16. and 38. 8. and 39. 39. and 40. 30. And as in Melchisedeks history in Gen. 14. he omitted his parentage kindred birth and death from which silence in the holy story the Apostle reasoneth as if he had beene without parents or kindred beginning of dayes or end of life Heb. 7. So here if it may be lawfull to conjecture the like the Laver is left uncovered and alwaies open to the eyes of the people that it might be a lively representation of Gods grace in Christ continuing and opened as an ever-springing fountaine that by the washing of the new birth by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ we may in all our travels at all times cleanse our hands and feet our workes and wayes as the sacrificers did from the Laver Exod. 30 19 20. That albeit the face of the church is sometime hid as the Tabernacle wrapped up and the Light of the Word shineth not nor publike worship performed yet alwaies Gods elect having faith in him may wash and purge themselves in Christ his bloud unto forgivenesse of sinnes sanctification of the spirit and saluation Vers. 15. the sanctuary Hebr. Sanctity or Holinesse that is as the Greeke explaineth it Holy things see Num. 3. 28. This covering of the Sanctuary besides that it was for the honour and defence thereof had also a further mystery For as Moses put a veile upon his face Exod. 34. 33. that the sonnes of Israel could not stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished 2 Cor. 3. 1â so the Tabernacle which our fathers caried with
there come witnesses that she is defiled or if he die or if ãâã die then the Meat-offering is all burnt And if any of these things ãâ¦ã pen after the handfull is offered the ãâ¦ã not eaten If her husband be a priest the ãâã of the Meat-offering is not eaten because her husband hath a part therein c. but the handfull is âffered by it selfe and the remainder is scattered upon the place of the ashes Ibid. c. 4. sect 14 15. That which is spoken of burning it when it is polluted is not meant of burning it upon the altar but in another place where uncleane things were burnt which might neither be offered to God not eaten by men Vers. 26. the memoriall so the handfull is called see the notes on Lev. 2. 2. Vers. 27. to bitternesses with most bitter effect in Chaldee to cursing as vers 24. The Hebrewes say that if she be defiled immediately her face ãâã turne yellowish her eyes will stiâkâ out c. and ãâã carry her out of the womens court wherein shee ãâ¦ã deth and first her belly will swell and ãâ¦ã thigh will fall and shee shall die And in the ãâã houre that she dieth the adulterer ãâ¦ã whose meanes she was made to drinke ãâ¦ã be Maim in Sotah chap. 3. sect 16 17. ãâ¦ã fall or rot see vers 21. This iudgemânt ãâ¦ã ding to the transgression that as with that part ãâã sinned so therein she should bee punished Anâ thus the curse entred into her bowels like water as in Psal. 109. 18. not by any naturall effect ãâã this drinke but by the power of God who often bringeth great things to passe by unlikely meanes as with clay made of spittle Christ opened the eyes of the blinde Ioh. 9. 6 7. Vers. 28. shall be free not haâe any ãâã by the drinke as in vers 19. ãâ¦ã ãâã shal be sowen with sced which the Chaldââ ãâ¦ã deth shall proue with child This setteth forth Gods power goodnesse in effecting such things for clearing the innocent and working by one drinke such contrary effects according to the uncleannesse or cleannesse of the party that receiu ãâ¦ã it Even as his word is to one the savour of death ââto death and to another the savour of life ãâã 2 Cor. 2. 16. The Hebrewes write of this woman When she hath drunke the bitter water if she die ãâã out of hand she is lawfull for her husband tâ ãâã pany with though he be a priest And although ãâ¦ã nesse beginne to come upon her and she haue paiâe in other parts of her body yet for asmuch as her ãâã swelleth not nor her thigh begins to fall she is ãâã but if her belly begin to swell and her thigh to ãâã she is certainly unlawfull And if shee be ãâã when she hath drunke she will wax strong and her face waxeth cleare and if she have any âicknesse ãâã will leave her and she shall concâiue and beare a man childe And if she were wânt to haue hard travel ãâã shall haue speedy travell and of she were wont to bring forth females she shall bring forth males Maim ãâã Sotah chap. 3. sect 21. 22. Vers. 29. under her husband that is being ãâã ââed in Greeke being under an husband sââ ãâã 19 Vers. 20. shall make the woman to stand or ãâã present her The Hebrewes hold that some women might not drinke and that none was euer for ced to drinke except she would her selfe They say A woman of whom her husband is jealous and she hath beene in secret with another man they compell her not to drinke but if shee agree and say I am defiled she is put away without dowry and is unlawfull for her husband ever after and drinketh not Likewise if shee say I am not defiled neither will I drinke they compell her not to drinke but she is put away without dowry Also if her husband say I will not cause her to drinke or if he hath lyen with her after that shee was in secret with another shee drinketh not but takes her dowry and goes her way and is unlawfull for him ever after Some women they say are not meet to drinke though they be willing and their husbands also would have them drinke but are put away without dowries as she that is wife to a man blind or lame or dumbe or deafe or that wants a hand likewise if the woman herselfe be lame or dumbe or blind or wanteth an hand or is deafe or she that is but betrothed and not maried But if a man be jealous of his betrothed wife and she be in secret with another man after she is maried then she drinketh as all other women A woman that standeth to drinke if her husband die before shee doe drinke then she drinketh not neither receiueth she any dowry Maimony in Sotah chap. 2. sect 1 2. c. These and the like exceptions they make some of which seeme to be devised for to favour divorcement whereunto the Iewes have beene overmuch addicted as appeareth by Mal. 2. 16. Matth. 19. 3 8 9. Moreover they say If a woman have drunke of the bitter water and have bin cleared thereby and her husband be jealous againe of her coÌcerning the man for whose sake shee was made to drinke and shee hath beene in secret with him he cannot make her drinke for his sake the second time but she is unlawfull for her husband ever after and is put away without dowry But if he be jealous over her for another man and it bee proved by witnesses that shee hath beene in secret with that other shee is made to drinke the second time yea though it be many times if he cause her to drinke for severall men Maim in Sotah chap. 1. sect 12. Vers. 30. free from iniquitie or guiltlesse innocent from iniquitie by doing what in him lieth for to finde out and purge this sin in his wife and not nourishing jealousie in his minde still Whereas by not doing this he partaked after a sort with his wives sin So Chazkuni on this place saith The man shall be free for that he letteth not his wife alone playing the where under him The Targum called Ionathans translateth it thus And if the man be free from sins that woman shall beare her sin And the same exposition others give of these words saying Any man that hath used unlawfull copâlation in his daies after that he is waxen great the curse-bringing water doth not try his wife Num. 5. 30. When the man is free from iniquitie the woman beareth her iniquitie Maim in Sotah ch 2. sect 8. and ch 3. sect 17. 23. Therefore among the Israelites it is said that no man which had him-selfe beene guilty that way could bring his wife to this triall And of their care about this case of jealousie it is thus recorded On the fifteenth day of Adar which was the Hebrews twelfth moneth Esth. 9. 1. called now February the Magistrates looked unto the necessities of the
thus seeing the Law had twise said that the breaker of the Sabbath should die Exod. 31. 4. and 35. 2. Sol. Iarchi saith it was not declared what manner of death he should die but they knew that hee that prophaned the Sabbath was to die And the Chaldee called Ionathans paraphraseth thus This judgement was one of the foure judgements that came before Moses the Prophet which he judged according to the word of the holy God Some of them were judgements of lesser moment and some of them judgements of life and death In the judgements of lesser moment of pecuniarie matters Moses was readie but in judgements of life and death be made delayes And both in the one and in the other Moses said I have not heard viz. what God would have done For to teach the heads or chiefe of the Synedrions or Assises that should rise up after him that they should be ready to dispatch inferiour causes or money matters but not hastie in matters of life and death And that they should not be ashamed to enquire in causes that are too hard for them seing Moses who was the masteâ of Israel had need to say I have not heard Therefore he imprisoned him because as yet it was not declared what sentence should passe upon him The foure judgements which hee speaketh of were about the uncleane that would keepe the Passeover Num. 9. 7 8. and the daughters of Zelophead that claimed possession in the land Num. 27. 4 5. these were the cases of lesse imporâance about the blasphemer Lev. 24. and the Sabbath breaker here both which hee kept in ãâ¦ã ard till he had answer from the Lord. Verse 35. stone him This was esteemed the heaviest of all the foure kinds of death that malesa ãâ¦ã s suffered in Israel see the notes on Exod. 21. 12. without the campe Hereupon they used to carrie such out of the cities and execute them farre off from the judgement hall as Sâl Iarchi noteth So they dealt with Stephen casting him out of the citie and stoning him Act. 7. 58. likewise with Naboth 1 Kings 21. 13. also with the blasphemer Levit. 24. 14. which was a circumstance that aggravated the punishment being a kind of reproach as the Apostle noteth Heb. 13. 11 12 13. And this severitie sheweth of what weight the commandement touching the Sabbath is the prophanation whereof God would have thus to be avenged And it further signified the eternall death of such as doe not keepe the Sabbath of Christ entring into the rest of God by faith and ceasing from their own works as God did from his Heb. 4. 1 2 3 4 10. 11. Verse 37. And Iehovah said After the violating of the Sabbath and punishment for it God giveth a Law and ordaineth a signe of remembrance to further the sanctification of his people that they might thinke upon his commandements and doe them Vers. 38. sonnes of Israel This Law for Fringes concerned Israel onely not other nations and as the Hebrewes say men onely were bound to weare them not women Women and servants and little children are not bound by the Law to weare the Fringe But by the words of the Scribes every childe that knoweth to clothe himselfe is bound to weare the fringe to the end he may be trayned up in the commandements And women and servants that will weare them may so doe but they blesse not God as men doe when they put them on and so all other commandements which women are not bound unto if they will doe them they doe them without blessing first Maimony tom 1. in Zizith or treat of Fringes ch 3. sect 9. that they make they themselves and not heathens for them a Fringe which is made by an heathen is unlawfull as it is written Speake to the sonnes of Israel that they make unto them Maim in Zizith ch 1. sect 12. a Fringe that is Fringes as in Deut. 22. 12. Moses speaketh of many and so the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here A Fringe is in Hebrew called Tsitsith or Zizith which in Ezek. 8. 3. is used for a locke of haire of the head and is here applied to a Fringe the threds whereof hang downe as locks of haire And the Hebrew Doctors call it also Gnanaph that is a Branch because it hangeth as branches or twigs of a tree The Branch which they make upon the skirt of a garment is called Tsitsith because it is like to Tsitsith a locke of the head Ezek. 8. 3. And this Branch is called White because we are not commanded to die or colour it And for the threds of this Branch there is no set number by the Law And they take a thred of wooll which is died like the color of the Firmament and tye it upon the Branch or Fringe and this thred is called Blew Maim in Zizith ch 1. sect 1. 2. The Fringe is called in Greeke Craspoda and this word is used by the holy Ghost in Matt. 23. 5. and of it the Chaldee also calleth it Cruspedin The word Gedilim used for Pringes in Deut. 22. 12. were the thrums of the cloth which was woven and Tsitsith the Fringe here spoken of were threeds tied unto those thrums with knots on the skirts Hebr. on the wings This is expounded in Deut. 22. 12. on the foure skirts or wings The skirt end or border of a garment is usually called a wing as in Ruth 3. 9. 1 Sam. 15. 27. and 24. 5 11. Deut. 22. 30. Zach. 8. 23. Ezek. 5. 3. Hag. 2. 12. so the foure ends or corners of the earth are called the foure wings thereof Esai 11. 12. Eze. 7. 2. Iob 37. 3. and 38. 13. The garment which a man is bound to make the Fringe on by the Law is a garment which hath foure skirts or more than foure and it is a garment of woollen or of linnen onely But a garment of other stuffe as of silke or cotton or camels haire or the like are not bound to have the Fringe save by the words of our wise men that men may bee admonished to keepe the precept of the Fringe For all clothes spoken of in the Law absolutely are not save of woollen and linnen onely When hee maketh a fringe on a garment that hath five or six skirts he maketh it but on foure of the skirts as it is said UPON THE FOVRE SKIRTS Deu. 22. 12. A garment that is borrowed is not bound to have the Fringe for 30 dayes after and thence forward it is bound A garment of wooll they make the white thereof of threeds of wooll and a garment of flax or linnen they make the white thereof of threeds of flax and so of every garment after the kinde thereof c. Every man that is bound to doe this commandement if hee put upon him a garment which is meet to have the Fringe must put on the Fringe and then put the garment on and if he put it on without the Fringe he breaketh the commandement But
burneth them defileth âis cloathes the time of the burning of them till they be turned to ashes Levit 16. 28. Maim ibidem c. 5. Vers. 9. a man that is cleane this man is said in Targum Ionathan to be a Priest the ashes It is reported that After they had finished the burning of her they beat her with staves her and all the wood of the pile wherewith she was burned and sifted all with sives and whatsoever was blacke which possibly they could pound and make it ashes either of her flesh or of the wood they pounded it till it was made ashes and that which had no ashes in it they left the same and every of her bones that remained unburnt they pounded Maimony in Pharah ch 3. sect 3. As the burning of the heiffer signified the sufferings of Christ Hebr. 13. 11 12. so the ashes were the monument of his most base and utmost afflictions for ashes were used as greatest signes of sorrow and misery 2 Sam. 13. 19. Iob 30. 19. and 42. 6. Ier. 6. 26. and to be brought to ashes upon the earth is noted for the extremity of Gods fiery judgements Ezek. 28. 18. But the memoriall of Christs most ignominious death is to be kept as a most glorious monument of our life justification and sanctification through faith in his name 1 Cor. 11. 24. 26. Gal. 6. 14. Phil. 3. 8 9 10. without the campe to signifie that they which would have part in the death of Christ must goe forth unto him without the campe bearing his reproach Heb. 13. 13. in a cleane place figuring a cleane heart and pure conscience in which only the monuments of Christs death are reserved by faith Act. 15. 9. Heb. 10. 22. Eph. 3. 17. The Hebrews say They gathered not any of her ashes to lay it up in the court of the Sanctuary but they divided all the ashes into three parts One part they put in the place called the Cheil the Fort or Frontier and another part in mount Olivet and the third was parted to all the Wards or Custodies of the Levites That which was parted to all the Wards the Priests sanctified therewith and that which was put in mount Olivet the Israelites sprinkled with it and that which was put in the Cheil was reserved and laid up as it is written AND IT SHALL BE FOR THE CONGREGATION FOR A RESERVATION to teach that they laid up some of it And thus they laid up some of every heiffer which they burned in the Cheil And they did burne nine red heiffers after they were commanded this precept till the desolation of the second Temple The first was done by Moses our Master the second by Ezra and seven after Ezra till the Temple was destroyed And the tenth shall be done by the King Christ who be reveiled with speed Amen So be the good will of God Maimony in Pharah ch 3. sect 4. This last speech of the Iew sheweth their zeale without knowledge for wee know that the Sonne of God is come and hath given us an understanding that wee may know him that is true and we are in him that is true even in his Sonne Iesus Christ 1 Ioh. 5. 20. and by him was this legall type as all other accomplished as it is written If the ashes of an heiffer sprinkling the uncleane sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the bloud of Christ. who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without spot to God purge your conscience from dead workes to serve the living God Hebr. 9. 13 14. Wherefore Christ the King hath been âevealed and they have done unto him whatsoever they would but even unto this day when Moses is read a veile is laid upon their heart so that they cannot stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished neverthelesse when it shall turne to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 15 16. Then shall they looke upon him whom they have pierced and they shall mourne for him as one mourneth for his only sonne and shall be in bitternesse for him c. Zach. 12. 10. And this day God cause to come with speed Amen for a reservation or for an asservation a keeping that is to be reserved or kept See the like phrase in Exod. 16. 32 33 34. Num. 17. 10. Sol. Iarchi here saith That which was in the Cheil or Fort was put there for a reservation according to that sore-noted out of Maimony But this may be understood of all the ashes and not of a third part only which was kept for the use of Israel as after followeth for the congregation Hence the Hebrewes say that all Israelites were sit to keepe it Therefore any of the common people which bringeth a vessell out of his house though an earthen vessell and saith This vessell is cleane for the Sinne water lâe it is cleane they sanctifie in it and sprinkle out of it though that vessell is uncleane for the Sanctuary and for the heave-offering And so any of the common people that shall say I am cleane for the Sin-water or that hath the Sin-water by him and saith it is cleane hee is to be trusted for there is no man of Israel too vile for it Maim in Pharah ch 13. sect 12. water of separation that is water to be sprinkled for separation to be sprinkled on such as are separated and removed because of uncleannesse from other people This appeareth by vers 13. where it is said because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him The Hebrew Niddah which properly signifieth a separation or removall for uncleannesse is sometime figuratively used for uncleannesse it selfe which is to be done away as in 2 Chron. 29. 5. Ezra 9. 11. Whereupon the water which cleanseth it is called the water of separation which the Greeke and Chaldee versions call water of sprinkling because it was sprinkled on the uncleane to purifie him vers 18. 19. According to which phrase Christs bloud is called the bloud of sprinkling Hebr. 12. 24. because it purifieth the conscience and was figured by this sprinkling water Heb. 9. 13 14. a purification for sin Hebr. a sin which word as it is often used for a Sin-offring or sacrifice that expiateth sinne as in Levââ 4. 3 c. so here it is the name of that water which purified sinne as aâter is manifested in vers 12. c. Wherefore the Greeke translateth it is a sanctification or a purification And these two names here given to this water the Prophet useth when he foretelleth the grace of Christ In that day there shall be a fountaine âpened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Ierusalem for Sinne and for Separation Zach. 13. 1. that is for a purification for sinne and for a water of separation for uncleannesse which the Greeke there interpreteth for a removall away and for a sprinkling Vers. 10. shall wash as when any bloud of the Sin-offering was sprinkled on
purification the third day was mysticall having reference to the resurrection of Christ w ch was on the third day after his death 1 Cor. 15. 4. whereof see the annotations on Gen. 22. 4. The seventh day was also mysticall as being the number of perfection of the Sabbath and of accomplishing a work as is noted on Gen. 2. 2. Ex. 12. 15. and Lev. 4. 6. and so it figured our full cleansing and ceasing from our sinfull and dead works after that we are sprinkled with the bloud of Iesus and water of his Spirit Heb. 4. 9 10. and 9. 13 14. wash his cloathes w ch was a common rite for all that were defiled with other uncleannesses wherof see Lev. 11. 25. and 14. 8 9. and 15. 5. bathe his flesh in Greeke wash his body the word flesh is expressed before in v. 7. it is meant of his whole body or all his flesh as Lev. 15. 16. cleane at evening after the Sun is set at what time a new day beginneth and so in mysterie a new life to begin This cleansing of the defiled by the dead figured Christs worke of grace upon dead and sinfull men of him it is prophesied Hee shall sprinkle many nations Esai 52. 15. and of him doth the Apostle open this figure saying If the blend of buls and goats and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the uncleane sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh how much more shall the bloud of Christ who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without blemish unto God purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God Heb. 9. 13 14. The sprinkling of the ashes of the heifer figured the applying unto us of Christs death whereunto he was delivered for our offences and was raised againe for our justification Rom. 4. 25. The living water wherewith the ashes were mixed figured the Spirit of God which they that beleeve in Christ doe receive Ioh. 7. 38 39. of which he gave this promise Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you and ye shal be clean Eze. 36. 25. These being applied unto our consciences by faith as with hyssop w ch purifieth the heart Act. 15. 9. by the preaching therof Gal. 3. 2. doe baptise us into Christs death that like as he was raised up froÌ the dead unto the glorie of the Father even so wee also should walk in newnesse of life Rom. 6. 3 4. And so we draw neere unto God with a true heart in sul assurance of faith having hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience and bodies washed with pure water our robes washed and made white in the bloud of the Lambe Heb. 10. 22. Rev. 7. 14. and cleansing our selves froÌ all filthines of the flesh and spirit we perfect holinesse in the feare of God 2 Cor. 7. 1. Of these mysteries the Hebrew Doctors though estranged from the true life and light of Christ retained some knowledge for they say When the living water is mixed with the ashes it purifieth the uncleane whereas before that while the ashes were alone they defiled all that were imployed about them And behold the living water signified the water that is on high which taketh away uncleannesse from the ashes c. And loe when it is sprinkled on the uncleane the uncleannesse fleeth from him c. and a cleane spirit resteth upon him and purifieth him R. Menachem on Num. 19. Vers. 20. uncleane by any of the things afore-said about the dead not purifie himselfe or not be purified to wit by having the water sprinkled upon him as the Chaldee explaineth it and the latter part of this verse manifesteth that soule in Chaldee that man cut off in Greeke and Chaldee destroyed defiled the Sanctuarie by comming into it before he hath beene purified For such were shut out of the host Num. 5. 3. how much more out of the Sanctuary Therefore Porters were see there at the gates that none which was unclean in any thing should enter in 2 Chr. 23. 19. An unoleane person that commeth into the Sanctuary presumptuously his punishment is cutting off Num. 19. 20. if ignorantly then he is to bring the sacrifice appointed Lev. 7. Maim in Biath hamikdesh ãâã 3. s. 12. See the annotations on Lev. 5. 2 3. Vers. 21. wash his cloathes as being uncleane and so to continue untill evening likewise he that toucheth the water of separation shall wash his cloathes and be uncleane untill evening This interpretation Chazkuni here giveth of it that in the former branch uncleannesse is implied untill evening and in the latter branch the washing of his cloathes also is implied though not expressed This is one of the mysteries of this Law that a clean maÌ as he is called in v. 18 19. was made uncleane by sprinkling or touching the holy water which sanctified those that were uncleane and so it had contrary effects to purifie the uncleane and to poulute the cleane as the Sun melteth wax and hardneth clay Hereby the Holy Ghost seemeth to signifie the imperfection and insufficiencie of these legall rites which in their greatest vertue did but sanctifie to the purifying of the flesh as the Apostle saith Heb. 9. 13. and yet even then also left the purifier himselfe in uncleannesse which hee had not before That by consideration of these effects the people might be led unto Christ and his Spirit who is able to purge the conscience from dead workes and to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him Heb. 9. 14. 7. 25. The Hebrewes understand this of such as sprinkled or touched the water when there was no need as when no unclean person or vessell was to be sprinkled with it Maimony in Pharah ch 15. Vers. 22. whatsoever or whomsoever Hebr. all implying men vessels c. the uncleane to wit by the dead of whom was spoken before shall be uncleane to wit untill evening as the end of the verse sheweth and this is an inferiour degree of uncleannesse for the man or vessell polluted by the dead was uncleane seven dayes vers 11. 14. but that w ch such an unclean man or vessell touched was uncleane till the end of that day So in the Hebrew Canons A man which is defiled by the dead and the vessels which that man toucheth are uncleane seven dayes as it is said And yee shall wash your cloathes in the seventh day and ye shal be clean Num. 31. 24. But a man that shall touch a man which is defiled by the dead whether he touch him after that he is separated from the things that defiled him or touch him whiles he toucheth the dead lo this second man is uncleane till the evening as it is said in Num. 19. 22. And the soule that toucheth shall be unclean untill the evening Mai. in Tumath meth ch 5. s. 2. the soule in Chaldee the man that toucheth to wit him that is defiled as before is noted or it the thing which is defiled by the teâd of an uncleane man
Thus pollution passed from one thing to another and from that other to third whereby God figured the contagioness no spreading abroad and infecting where it goeth leaving uncleannesse till the end of that day and beginning of a new then washing our selves by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ we are cleane For we are buried with him by baptisme into death that like as Christ was raised up from the dead unto the glory of the father even so wee also ãâã walke in newnesse of life Rom. 6. 4. CHAP. XX. 1 The children of Israel come to Zin where Marie dieth 2 They murmure for want of water 7 The Lord biddeth Moses speake to the Rocke and it should give forth water 11 Moses smiâelt the Rocke and water commeth out 12 The Loraâ angry with Moses and Aaron for their unbeleefe 14 Moses at Kadesh desireth passage thorow Edom which is denied him 22 At mount Hor Aaron resigneth his place to Eleazar his sonne and dieth ANd the sons of Israel even the whole congregation came into the wildernesse of Zin in the first moneth and the people abode in Kadesh and Marie died there and was buried there And there was no water for the congregation and they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron And the people contended with Moses and they said saying And oh that we had given up the ghost when our brethren gave up the ghost before Iehovah And why have ye brought the Church of Iehovah into this wildernesse to die there we and our cattell And why have ye made us to come up out of Egypt to bring us in unto this evill place it is no place of seed or of figs or vines or of pomegranates neither is there any water to drinke And Moses and Aaron went from the presence of the church unto the doore of the Tent of the Congregation and they fell upon their faces and the glorie of Iehovah appeared unto them And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take the rod and gather together the Congregation thou and Aaron thy brother and speake ye unto the Rocke before their eyes and it shall give forth his water and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the Rocke and thou shalt give the congregation and their cattell drink And Moses took the rod from before Iehovah as he commanded him And Moses and Aaron gathered together the Church before the Rocke and he said unto them Heare now ye rebels shall we bring forth water for you out of this rock And Moses lifted up his hand and he smote the Rocke with his rod twice and much water came out and the Congregation dranke and their cattell And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron Because ye beleeved not in me to sanctifie me in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel therefore ye shall not bring this Church into the land w ch I have given them This is the water of Meribah because the sonnes of Israel contended with Iehovah and hee was sanctified in them And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh unto the king of EdoÌ Thus saith thy brother Israel Thou knowest all the travell that hath found us And our fathers went downe into Egypt and we have dwelt in Egypt many dayes and the Egyptians did evill to us and to our fathers And we cried out unto Iehovah and he heard our voice and sent an Angell and hath brought us forth out of Egypt and behold we are in Kadesh a citie in the utterrmost of thy border Let us passe I pray thee thorow thy countrey we will not passe thorow the fields or thorow the vine-yards neither will we drinke of the water of the well we will goe by the kings way wee will not turne aside to the right hand or to the left untill we have passed thy border And Edom said unto him Thou shalt not passe thorow mee lest I come out against thee with the sword And the sonnes of Israel said unto him We will goe up by the high-way and if we drinkeÌ of thy water I and my cattell then I will give the price of it onely without doing any thing else I will passe thorow on my feet And he said Thou shalt not passe thorow And Edom came out against him with much people and with a strong hand And Edom refused to give Israel to passe thorow his border and Israel turned aside from him And they journeyed froÌ Kadesh the sons of Israel even the whole congregation came unto mount Hor. And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron in mount Hor by the border of the land of Edom saying Aaron shal be gathered unto his peoples for he shal not enter into the land which I have given unto the sonnes of Israel because ye rebelled against my mouth at the water of Meribah Take Aaron and Eleazar his son and bring them up unto mount Hor. And strip Aaron of his garments and put them upon Eleazar his son and Aaron shall be gathered and shall die there And Moses did as Iehovah commanded and they went up into mount Hor in the eyes of all the congregation And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments and put them upon Eleazar his son and Aaron died there in the top of the mountaine and Moses and Eleazar came downe from the mountaine And all the congregation saw that Aaron had given up the ghost and they wept for Aaron thirtie dayes even all the house of Israel Annotations THe whole Congregation to wit of the next generation of the Israelites when their fathers according to the judgement threatned in Num. 14. 29. c. were for the most part now dead in the wildernesse as appeareth by Deut. 2. 14 15. Zin or Tsin whereof see the notes on Num. 23. 21. Betweene Hazeroth mentioned in Num. 12. 16. and this place in Zin where now they camped there were eighteene other stations or resting places whither the Israelites had come Num. 33. 18. 36. the first moneth to wit of the fortieth yeare after they were come out of Egypt as appeareth by Num. 33. 38. compared with the 28. verse of this chapter and Deut. 2. 1. 7. So this was the last yeare of Israels travel in the wildernesse and from the sending of the Spies Num. 23. unto this time was about 38 yeares Deut. ãâã 22. 23. and 2. 14. In all which space we see how few things are recorded concerning Israel and the things that are mentioned are partly their murmurings rebellions by which they provoked God for which they were punished partly the means of grace reconciliation and sanctification tought them of the Lord to be obtained by Iesus Christ figured by the sacrifices and ordinances which Moses shewed them that it might appeare that where sinne abounded grace did much more abound Rom. 5. 20. abode in Kadesh about foure moneths they stayed here theÌ removing to mount Hor there Aaron died the first day of the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. This Kadesh which the Chaldee nameth
Papinius Thebaid 7. top of the mountaine Things that were very memorable and significative are often noted in Scripture to be done in mountaines as being conspicuous remarkable and implying high and heavenly mysteries So the Arke of Noe rested on mount Ararat Gen. 8. 4. Abraham sacrificed his sonne on mount Morijah Gen. 22. 2. c. as the Sonne of God was sacrificed on Calvary Luke 23. 33. The Law of Moses was given upon mount Sinai Exod. 19. the Law of Christ came from mount Sion Mic. 4. 1 2. and on a mountaine he preached the Gospell and expounded the Law Matth. 5. 1 c. Ezekiel in a vision was shewed the city called The Lord is there upon a very high mountaine Ezek. 42. c. and 48. 35. Iohn was also shewed the same citie upon a great and high mountaine Rev. 21. 10. c. Moses himselfe on the mountaine of Nebo viewed all the promised land and died there Deut. 34. 1. 5. and was with Christ when he was transfigured and spake of his death upon an high mountaine Mat. 17. 1 2 3. Luke 9. 30 31. and now he was with Aaron at his death and translation of the Priesthood from him unto Eleazar where he also beheld the end of the Leviticall Priesthood a farre off and so the translation of it and of the law thereof unto Christ whose day he desired Hebr. 7. 11 12. Vers. 29. saw that Aaron had given up the ghost seeing is here for perceiving by knowledge and understanding as by the relation of Moses and Eleazar as also that Aaron came not downe with them So Iakob saw that there was corne in Aegypt when he heard thereof Gen. 42. 1. Act. 7. 12. The people saw the voices Exod. 20. 18. and sundry the like Here also they might see the hand of God chastifing their sin upon Aaron who died now not only for his own transgression but for their sakes as Moses after speaketh of himselfe The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes Deut. 3. 26. yet in beholding his Priesthood continued in his son they might also behold Gods mercy towards them in Christ who should perfectly reconcile them unto God when the Priesthood of the Law which now began to die away should utterly be abolished they wept that is they mourned For publike persons the whole congregation mourned as here for Aaron so for the death of his sonnes Levit. 10. 6. and for the death of Moses Deut. 34. 8. thirty daies See the Annotations on Gen. 50. 10. Mourning for the dead is honourable and here the people mourne for Aaron thirty daies whom they had dishonoured by rebelling against him forty yeares So long also they wept for Moses Deut. 34. 8. and it is the lot of many of the servants of God to have more honour after their death than in their life As Mary the sister the prophetesse of Israel died in the first moneth vers 1. so Aaron the high Priest died in the first day of the fifth moneth in the fortieth yeare after their comming out of Aegypt when he was 123. yeares old Numb 33. 38 39. His buriall also though here omitted is spoken of in Deut. 10. 6. CHAP. XXI 1 The Canaanites fight with Israel and captive some of them but Israel by a vow obtaine helpe of God and destroy them and their cities 4 The people murmuring because of their wants in the way are plagued with fiery serpents 7 They repenting are healed by a brasen serpent 10 Sundry journeyes of the Israelites 16 Their song at Beer for water which God gave them 21 They requesting passage thorow the Amorites country are denied it 24 Israel vanquisheth them and Sihon their King and possesseth their cities 27 Proverbs or Prophesies of Sihons overthrow 33 Og King of Basan fighteth against Israel and is also vanquished and Israel possesseth his land ANd the Canaanite the King of Arad which dwelt in the South heard that Israel came the way of the spies and he fought against Israel and tooke captive of them a captivitie And Israel vowed a vow unto Iehovah and said If giving thou wilt give this people into my hand then I will utterly destroy their cities And Iehovah hearkened to the voice of Israel and gave up the Canaanite and they utterly destroyed them and their cities and he called the name of the place Hormah And they journeyed from mount Hor by the way of the red sea to compasse the land of Edom and the soule of the people was shortned because of the way And the people spake against God and against Moses Wherfore have ye brought us up out of Aegypt to die in the wildernesse for there is no bread neither is there water and our soule loatheth this light bread And Iehovah sent among the people fiery serpeÌts they bit the people much people of Israel died And the people came unto Moses and said We have sinned for we have spoken against Iehovah against thee Pray unto Iehovah that he take away the serpents from us Moses prayed for the people And Iehovah said unto Moses Make thee a fiery serpent and put it upon a pole and it shall be that every one that is bitten when hee looketh upon it shall live And Moses made a serpent of brasse and put it upon a pole and it was that if a serpent had bitten a man when he beheld the serpent of brasse he lived And the sonnes of Israel journeyed and encamped in Oboth And they journeyed from Oboth and encamped in Ije Abarim in the wildernesse which is before Moab toward the Sunne-rising From thence they journeyed and camped in the valley of Zared From thence they journeyed and camped on the other side of ArnoÌ which is in the wildernesse which commeth out of the border of the Amorite for Arnon is the border of Moab betweene Moab and the Amorite Wherefore it is said in the booke of the warres of Iehovah Vaheb in a whirlewind and the brooks of Arnon And the streame of the brookes which declineth to the situation of Ar and leaneth upon the border of Moab And from thence to Beer that is the Well whereof Iehovah said unto Moses Gather together the people and I wil give them water Then sang Israel this song Spring up O Well answer ye unto it The Well the Princes digged it the Nobles of the people delved it with the Law-giver with their staves And from the wildernesse they journeyed to Mattanah And from Mattanah to Nahaliel and from Nahaliel to Bamoth And from Bamoth to the valley which is in the field of Moab the head of Pisgah and it looketh toward Ieshimon And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon King of the Amorites saying Let me passe thorow thy land we will not turne aside into field or into vineyard we will not drinke of the waters of the well we will go in the kings way untill we be past thy border And Sihon would not grant Israel to passe thorow his border
1 King 9. 8. for this house which is high 2 Chron. 7 21. Otherwise it may be translated How shall I curse God hath not cursed Targum Ionathan explaineth it How shall I curse when the word of the Lord blessed them Here God by Balaams owne mouth reproveth the errour of the King who had sent so farre twice to fetch him that of himselfe was able to doe nothing in this businesse and taxeth the vanitie of this Art of Magicke or divination which is not able either to helpe or hurt any without leave from God So the Babylonian is convinced by the prophet saying Stand now with thine inchantments and with the multitude of thy sorceries wherein thou hast laboured from thy youth if so be thou shalt be able to profit if so be thou mayest prevaile Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels let now the Astrologers the Star-gazârs the monethly Prognosticators stand up and sav thee from those things that shall come upon thee Behold they shall be as stubble the fire shall burne them c. Esay 47. 12 13 14. Vers. 9. For from the top or when from the top Hebr. the head of the rockes I see him meaning the people spoken of as one body I behold him in Greeke I consider him speaking againe of the people as Targum Ionathan explaineth it I consider this people Balak brought him to the mountaines that seeing the people from thence hee might the more easily curse them but the sight of them did so amaze him as he blessed them Thus all occasions and circumstances which the wicked chuse for their advantage God turneth against them and for the accomplishment of his owne wil. shall dwell alone separated from other peoples And this further signifieth how they should be sufficiently provided for of God having neither need nor feare of other peoples for so dwelling alone implieth a security from evill as in Ier. 49. 31. And thus Moses blessing them said Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone Deut. 33. 28. shall not be reckoned or shall not reckon themselves this respecteth their faith in God and service of him whereby they were his peculiar and separated from other peoples as Exod. 19. 5. Lev. 20. 24 26. Ezr. 9. 2. So Christ hath chosen his Church out of the world Ioh. 15. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 9. and this grace the faithful apply unto themselves as it is said We know that we are of God and the whole world lieth in wickednesse 1 Ioh. 5. 19. Vers. 10. Who can count that is None can count they are so many Heb. Who counteth which the Chaldee expoundeth who can or is able to count And thus the Scripture somtime explaineth it selfe as Not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a man Matth. 15. 11. that is can defile him Mark 7. 15. See the Annotations on Gen. 13. 6. So after in vers 20. the dust of Iakob that is the children of Iakob as the Greeke translateth it the seed of Iakob Here Balaams mouth confirmeth the promise which God made of old unto Iakob saying Thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth Gen. 28. 14. and the like was before unto Abraham I will multiply thy seed as the starres of heaven and as the sand which is upon the sea shore Gen. 22. 17. And thus the Chaldee here expoundeth it Who can count the little ones of the house of Iakob of whom it was said they shall be multiplied as the dust of the earth of the fourth part or of a quarter as the Chaldee explaineth it of one of the foure campes of Israel for they camped about the Tabernacle in foure quarters Numb 2. Whereas the promise of the blessing to Abraham consisted of two branches 1. that God would give the land of Canaan to him and to his seed for ever 2. and that he would make his seed as the dust of the earth Gen. 13. 15 16. under which spirituall graces in Christ were also comprehended the Lord causeth Balaam here to ratifie them both for their dwelling alone in the land and for their innumerable increase And whereas Balak envied their multitude and would therefore have them cursed that they might be diminished Num. 22. 3 5 6. Balaam is here forced to utter a blessing for their further increase Thus God resisteth him in all his counsels and enterprises Let my soule die that is Let me die an Hebrew phrase whereby the soule is put for the person I thou or he and death is the departure of the soule from the body Gen. 35. 18. Then dust returneth unto the earth as it was and the spirit returneth to God that gave it Eccles. 12. 7. So Samson said Let my soule die with the Philistines Iudg. 16. 30. the death of the righteous men the Greek translateth with the soules of the just men meaning the righteous of Israel as the Chaldee explaineth it the death of the just men thereof that is of that people Balaam who lived the life of the wicked desireth as many doe to die the death of the righteous but as he lived so he died among the enemies of God by the sword of Israel Numb 31. 8. Howbeit he pronounceth here a greater blessing upon Israel as they that were happie not only in life but in death For righteousnesse which is by faith in Christ Phil. 3. 9. delivereth from death but when a wicked man dieth his expectation perisheth Prov. 11. 4 7. Here also Balaam testifieth of the soules immortality and different case of good bad for otherwise what were the death of the righteous better than of the wicked let my last end or let my posterity The originall word sometime signifieth the end opposed to the beginning as in Deut. 11. 12. Prov. 19. 20. and so the Chaldee translateth it here let my end be like theirs sometime it is the posteritie or children which come after as in Dan. 11. 4. Amos 5. 2. Psal. 109. 13. and in this sense the Greeke Interpreters understood it here saying and let my seed be like their seed thus Balaam prophesieth a blessing also to the seed of every righteous Israelite according to the promise made unto Abraham and his seed after him Gen. 17. 7. And further this word end is often used for reward which is after labours Prov. 23. 18. and 24. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 9. which also may be implied here of a blessed reward which the righteous have after this life in heaven Mat. 5. 12. But Balaam being a minister of Satan though transformed as a minister of righteousnesse his end was according to his workes as the Apostle telleth us of all such 2 Cor. 11. 15. Vers. 11. I tooke thee to curse mine enemies Balak who had before builded altars and offered sacrifices as to serve the Lord with great devotion being now crossed in his purpose manifesteth his hypocrisie pride malice and notorious prophanation of religious exercises in that he regarded not nor rested in the answer of Godby Balaam
of the avenger of bloud Deut. 19. 12. Wherefore the Chaldee in stead of meeteth him saith When he shall be condemned unto him by judgement So in vers 21. Vers. 20. of hatred which is inveterate anger and inward grudge differing from enmitie or open hostility spoken of in v. 21. He that hateth dissembleth with his lips and layeth up deceit within him Prov. 26. 24. The Hebrewes say He that hateth if he kill by errour or unadvisedly he is not kept in the citie of refuge as it is said And he was not his enemy Numb 35. 23. c. And who is he that hateth hee that for enmities sake speaketh not unto him for three dayes space Maim Treat of Murder chap. 6. sect 10. cast upon him to wit any instrument as is expressed in vers 22. and so the Greeke explaineth it here by laying of wait with intent and purpose of evill when occasion is offered so Saul laid wait or hunted for Davids soule 1 Sam. 24. 11. the Iewes for Christ Luke 11. 54. and for Pauls life Act. 23. 21. Vers. 21. enmity or hostility ill will open and professed Vers. 22. suddenly or unawares and as it were by chance Vers. 23. with any stone that is have smitten him with any stone as in vers 17. wherewith he may die in Chaldee which is sufficient that he may die therewith See the notes on vers 18. Vers. 25. of the great Priest a figure of Christ called the great Priest over the house of God Hebr. 10. 21. and the great High-Priest that is passed into the heavens Hebr. 4. 14. who is the Mediator of the new Testament that by meanes of death for the redemption of the transgressions under the first Testament they which are called might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance Heb. 9. 15. As the high Priests whiles they lived by their service and sacrificing made atonement for the sinnes of the people especially one day in the yeare Levit. 16. wherein they figured the worke of Christ for us so at the high Priests death by releasing such as were exiled for unwitting murder there was a shadow of redemption in Israel Vers. 26. going shall goe forth that is shall at any time upon any occasion goe forth So he was not only exiled from his owne citie but confined as a prisoner within the limits of the citie of refuge The Hebrewes say Hee might never goe out of the citie of his refuge no not though it were for a thing commanded as to worship at the solemne feasts or the like or for to beare witnesse whether it were in money matters or to testifie in case of life and death c. Maim Treat of Murder chap. 7. sect 8. Vers. 27. without the border so not the citie onely but the borders and limits of the territories thereof were his refuge Every citie of refuge the borders thereof are a refuge as well as it c. and if the avenger of bloud kill him there he is to be killed for him Notwithstanding though the border be a refuge yet the man-slayer may not dwell in it for it is said in vers 25. AND HE SHALL ABIDE IN IT in it the citie and not in the border of it Maim ibid. chap. 8. sect 11. no bloud shall be unto him that is the avenger shall have no bloud imputed to him or as the Greeke translateth it hee shall not bee guiltie to wit of bloud-shed Vers. 28. into the land of his possession into his owne citie or village that part of the land which he possessed It is holden by the Hebrewes that although by the high Priests death atonement was made for him yet he never returned to the princely state or dignitie that hee had in the citie but was debased from his greatnesse all dis dayes because that great scandall came by his hand Maimon ibid. chap. 7. sect 14. Moreover they say A man-sâayer upon whom sentence is past that he shall be exiâed if he die before he go into exile they carry his bones thither And a man-slayer that dieth in the citie of his refuge they bury him there and when the high Priest dieth they carry the man-slayers bones from thence unto the sepulchres of his fathers Ibid. sect 3. Vers. 30. Every one that smiteth a soule that is who so killeth a person to wit him that is a murderer by the mouth that is by the testimony of witnesses which after is explained of two witnesses or three witnesses Deut. 17. 6. and 19. 15. See the Annotations there not answer that is not testifie as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it meaning to have the sentence of death confirmed against him See Deut. 19. 15. to die that is to cause him to die or that he should die See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. Vers. 31. the soule of the man-slayer that is the life of the murderer to redeeme him from death The Iudges are warned that they take no ransome of the murderer and though he could give all the wealâh that is in the world and though the avenger of bloud should be willing to free him for the soule of him that is killed is not the possession of the avenger of bloud but the possession of the holy blessed God Maimon Treat of Murder ch 1. sect 4. guiltie of death Hebr. which is wicked to die that is as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it guilty or condemned to die According to this phrase David saith When he shall be judged let him goe forth wicked that is condemned Psal. 109. 7. Vers. 32. for him that is fled Hebr. to flee which is explained by Iarchi and others for him that is fled in the land in the land of his possession as in vers 28. Vers. 33. polluteth or impiously staineth foulely deformeth the land This word which Moses here useth of murder and the Prophets after apply unto spirituall whoredome or idolatrie Ierem. 3. 2 9. and âdolatrous bloud-shed Psal. 106. 38. sheweth the hainousnesse of this sinne that defileth not only him that doth it but the whole land if it be not avenged Hereupon the Hebrewes say Thou hast not any thing concerning which the Law giveth such a charge as for shedding of bloud as it is said in Numb 35. 33. And ye shall not pollute the land c. Maimony Treat of Murder chap. 1. sect 4. the bloud of him that shed it if it were wilfull murder or by the death of the high Priest if it were unwilling man-slaughter Hereupon it is said A man that doth violence to the bloud of any person shall flie to the pit let no man stay him Prov. 28. 17. Vers. 34. I doe dwell the land of Israel was the LORDS land Hos. 9. 3. and by his dwelling there among his people was sanctified and called the holy land Zach. 2. 12. and though he dwelt most specially in his Sanctuary there which afterward was in Ierusalem Psal. 74. 2. and 1 35. 21. yet the whole land was sanctified by
opposing himselfe 33. was subdued by them AND wee turned and tooke our journey into the wildernesse by the way of the Red sea as Iehovah had spoken vnto me and we compassed mount Seir many daies And Iehovah spake unto me saying Yee have compassed this mountain long enough turne you northward And command thou the people saying Yee are to passe thorow the coast of your brethren the sonnes of Esau which dwell in Seir and they shall be afraid of you and take ye great heed unto your selves Meddle not with them for I will not give you of their land even to the treading of the sole of the foot because I have given mount Seir for a possession unto Esau. Yee shall buy meat of them for money that yee may eat and yee shall also buy water of them for money that yee may drink For Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee in every worke of thy hand hee knoweth thy walking thorow this great wildernesse these forty yeers Iehovah thy God hath beene with thee thou hast not lacked any thing And wee passed by from our brethren the sonnes of Esau that dwelt in Seir thorow the way of the plaine from Elath and from Ezion-Gaber And we turned and passed by by the way of the wildernesse of Moab And Iehovah said unto me Distresse not Moab neither meddle thou with them in battell for I will not give thee of his land for a possession because I have given Ar unto the sons of Lot for a possession The Emins before time dwelt therein a people great many tall as the Anakims They also were accounted Giants as the Anakims and the Moabites call them Emims And in Seir the Horims dwelt before time and the sonnes of Esau possessed them and destroyed them from before them and dwelt in their stead as Israel did unto the land of his possession which Iehovah gave unto them Now rise up and passe you over the brooke Zered and wee passed over the brooke Zered And the daies in which wee came from Kadesh-Barnea untill we passed over the brooke Zered were thirtie and eight yeares untill all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the campe as Iehovah sware unto them And indeed the hand of Iehovah was against them to destroy them from among the Campe untill they were consumed And it was when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people Then Iehovah spake vnto mee saying Thou art to passe over this day thorow At the coast of Moab And thou shalt come nigh over against the sonnes of Ammon distresse them not neither meddle with them for I will not give thee of the land of the sonnes of Ammon any possession because I have given it for a possession to the sonnes of Lot That also was accounted a land of Giants Giants dwelt therein before time and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims A people great and many and tall as the Anakims and Iehovah destroyed them from before them and they possessed them and dwelt in their stead As hee did to the sonnes of Esau which dwelt in Seir when he destroyed the Horims from before them and they possessed them and have dwelt in their stead unto this day And the Avims which dwelt in Hazerim even to Gaza the Caphtorims which came forth out of Caphtor destroyed them and dwelt in their stead Rise ye-up take your journey and passe over the brooke Arnon see I have given into thy hand Sihon king of Heshbon the Amorite and his land begin possesse it and meddle with him in battell This day will I begin to give the dread of thee and the feare of thee upon the peoples under all the heavens who shall heare report of thee and shall tremble and bee in anguish because of thee And I sent messengers out of the wildernesse of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace saying Let me passe thorow thy land by the way by the way will I goe I will not turne aside to the right hand or to the left Thou shalt sell me meat for money that I may eat and give me water for money that I may drinke only I will passe thorow on my feet As did unto me the sons of Esau that dwell in Seir and the Moabites that dwell in Ar untill I shall passe over Iordan into the land which Iehovah our God giveth us But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us passe thorow him for Iehovah thy God hardened his spirit and made his heart obstinate that he might give him into thy hand as this day And Iehovah said unto me Behold I have begun to give before thee Sihon his land begin possesse it that thou maiest possesse his land And Sihon came out against us hee and all his people to battell at Iahaz And Iehovah our God delivered him before us and wee smote him and his sonnes and all his people And wee tooke all his cities at that time and utterly destroyed of everie citie the men and the women and the little ones wee left none to remaine Onely the cattell wee tooke for a prey unto our selves and the spoile of the Cities which wee tooke From Aroer which is by the brinke of the brooke Arnon and the citie which is by the brooke even unto Gilead there was not a citie that exalted it selfe above us Iehovah our God delivered all before us Onely unto the land of the sonnes of Ammon thou approachedst not nor unto any place of the brooke Iabbok or the cities of the mountaine or whatsoever Iehovah our God commanded us Annotations HAD spoken as is before mentioned Deut. 1. 40. which then the people were unwilling to doe but would needs goe fight till they had learned by their discomfiture what it was to disobey and were enforced to yeeld unto the word of God mount Seir the mountainy countrey of Seir which was Edoms Land Gen. 36. 8 9 20. but they went in the wildernesse and were sore cumbred in the way see Num. 21. 4. Verse 3. Long enough a like speech God used before Deut. 1. 6. so here is mentioned a second calling of Israel from the desarts of Seir to goe northward againe towards Canaan after they had wandred almost thirty eight yeares in Kadesh wildernesse about mount Seir vers 14. by which travell God taught them to mortifie their unruly affections and by the death of so many thousands there ledde them to seeke life by repentance and faith in the heavenly Canaan seeing they could not come into the earthly In the meane while the Amorites Canaanites c. unto whom God gave this long time of repentance were hardened in their sinnes and took occasion to insult over Gods people beholding their afflictions but the posterity of Israel were humbled and prepared for to receive the land promised Northward towards Canaan Not the way they went before by Kadesh Barnea but betweene the coasts of Edom on the one hand and of Moab and
ever Dan. 6. 26. Wherefore that speech of Iob My Redeemer liveth Iob 19. 25. is translated in the Greeke The Eternall is he that shall unloose mee and lived Men till they be redeemed by Christ are through feare of death all their life time subiect to bondage Heb. 2. 15. Though God came not now to judge them neither so much as up braided them with their sinnes past yet could they not heare his voice but as the Apostle noteth they that heard it intreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more for they could not endure that which was commanded Heb. 12. 19 20. Vers. 27. Goe neere thou The people being terrified seeke for a Mediatour and that is the end and use of the Law to drive men unto Christ. Wherefore their affection now pleased God vers 28 29. and he gave them Moses to helpe them for the present and further promised them a Prophet like unto him which was Christ Deut. 18. 15. 18. Act. 3. 22. 26. thou speake unto us The office of a Mediatour as he is a Prophet Deut. 18. 15. is here described which is to goe neere unto God having received the word from him to speake it unto the people This was fulfilled in Christ Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. and 8. 28. Here in the Hebrew doe thou speake the words are in the feminine gender as if they had spoken to a woman which is thought to be a note of the peoples troubled minde see the like in Num. 11. 15. and doc The like they promised before God spake these words Exod. 19. 8. not knowing the impossibilitie of the Law but how farre they were from performing this the golden calfe which they made ere fortie dayes were expired is a witnesse for which sinne Moses brake the Tables of the covenant Exod. 32. Deut. 9. 9. c. yet their good affection pleaseth the Lord. Vers. 28. well said The Greeke translateth they have spoken all things rightly or well Vers. 29. Who will give An Hebrew phrase meaning O that some would give or O that there were and so the Chaldee explaineth it The like is in Iob 6. 8. Psal. 14. 7. and 55. 7. and otherwhere to feare c. The things that God approveth in men are feare humilitie distrust in themselves and a confidence in him with love unto his Law Hereunto God called them by this his covenant drawing them unto Christ. Vers. 31. all the commandement that is the Law in generall or commandements as the Greeke translateth it the singular being often put for the plurall or every commandement So in Deut. 6. 1. and 8. 1. also in 2 Pet. 2. 21. and 3. 2. Vers. 32. observe to doe or and doe as this phrase often signifieth see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. right hand or to the left This signifieth an exact care to walke in Gods Law as in the high way from which men may not turne aside as in Deut. 2. 27. Therefore all aberration from the right way is noted by the turning to the right hand or to the left Esa. 30. 21. So after in Deut. 17. 11. 20. and 28. 14. Prov. 4. 27. CHAP. VI. 1 Moses setting himselfe to explaine Gods commandements exhorteth Israel unto obedience 4 He beginneth with the first and great commandement the love of the Lord 6 and of his Law in their heart 7 and of teaching it to their children 8 and professing it by outward signes 10 He warneth them that they forsake not God by prosperitie 16 nor by adversitie 17 but to keepe his Law for their good 20 and to endevour the continuance and propagation of his religion among their posteritie ANd this is the Commandement the Statutes and the Iudgements which Iehovah your God commanded to teach you to doe in the Land whither yee passe over to possesse it That thou maiest feare Iehovah thy God to keepe all his statutes and his commandements which I command thee thou and thy sonne and thy sonnes sonne all the dayes of thy life and that thy dayes may be prolonged Heare therefore ô Israel and observe to doe that it may be well with thee and that ye may multiplie mightily as Iehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken unto thee in the land that floweth with milke and honey Heare ô Israel Iehovah our God Iehovah is one And thou shalt love Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule and with all thy might And these words which I command thee this day shall be in thy heart And thou shalt whet them on thy children and shalt speake of them when thou sittest in thine house and when thou walkest by the way and when thou liest downe and when thou risest up And thou shalt binde them for a signe upon thy hand and they shall be for phylacteries betweene thine eyes And thou shalt write them upon the doore-posts of thine house and on thy gates And it shall be when Iehovah thy God shall have brought thee into the land which he sware unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaak and to Iakob to give unto thee cities great good which thou buildedst not And houses full of all good things which thou filledst not and wells digged which thou diggedst not vineyards and olive-trees which thou plantedst not and thou shalt have eaten and be full Take heed to thy selfe left thou forget Iehovah which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt out of the house of servants Thou shalt feare Iehovah thy God and serve him and shalt sweare by his name Ye shall not goe after other gods of the gods of the peoples which are round about you For Iehovah thy God is a jealous God in the midst of thee lest the anger of Iehovah thy God be kindled against thee and he destroy thee from off the face of the earth Yee shall not tempt Iehovah your God as ye tempted him in Massah Keeping ye shalâ keepe the commandements of Iehovah your God and his testimonies and his statutes which he hath commanded thee And thou shalt doe that which is right and good in the eyes of Iehovah that it may be well with thee and thou maist goe in and possesse the good land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers To drive out all thy enemies from thy face as Iehovah hath spoken When thy sonne shall aske thee to morrow saying What are the testimonies and the statutes and the judgements which Iehovah our God hath commanded you Then thou shalt say unto thy sonne Wee were servants to Pharaoh in Egypt and Iehovah brought us forth out of Egypt with a strong hand And Iehovah shewed signes and wonders great and evill upon Egypt upon Pharaoh and upon all his house before our eyes And he brought us out from thence that he might bring us in to give unto us the land which he sware unto our fathers And Iehovah commanded us to doe all these statutes to feare Iehovah our God for good unto us all dayes
thee and for to tempt thee to doe thee good at thy latter end And thou say in thy heart my power and the might of my hand hath gotten unto mee this wealth But thou shalt remember Iehovah thy God that it is hee that giveth thee power to get wealth that he may establish his covenant which he sware unto thy fathers as it is this day And it shall bee if forgetting thou shalt forget Iehovah thy God and shalt walke after other gods and serve them and bow thy selfe downe unto them I testifie against you this day that perishing yee shall perish As the nations which Iehovah causeth to perish from your faces so shall yee perish because yee would not heare the voice of Iehovah your God Annotations COmmandement that is as the Greeke translateth commandements See Deut. 5. 31. and 6. ãâã observe to doe or keepe and doe as the phrase sometime signifieth See the notes on Gen. 2. 3. ãâã may lâve that is continue long in a prosperous life for as sorrowes plagues miseries are called deaths Exod. â0 â7 2 Cor. 11. 23. so a quiet and blessed estate is called life as yeeres of life Prov. 3. 2. meane many good yeeres and in Psal. 30. 6. life is opposed unto a moment possesse or inherit the land under which eternall life was figured as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. Vers. 2. all the way that is all the accidents that befell thee in the way which were afflictioÌs wants dangers on the one hand and comforts blessings and deliverances on the other by which as by two walls he kept Israel from going astray Therfore this leading thorow the wildernesse is often mentioned by the Prophets as Amos 2. 10. Psal. 136. 16. and 78. 52 53. Ier. 2. 2. 6. to humble or to afflict as the Greeke translateth that hee might afflict thee and tempt thee So vers 3. tempt or prove to wit their faith and obedience see the notes on Gen. 22. ãâã to know that is to have experiment in practise of that which was in them The like is said of king Ezechias whom God left to tempt him that he might know all that was in his heart 2 Chron. 32. 31. But in respect of himselfe God needeth not that any should testifie of man for he knoweth what is in man and what himselfe will doe Ioh. 2. 25. and 6. 6. A faithfull heart loveth serveth and beleeveth in God as well in adversitie as prosperity Matt. 4. 4. but an unfaithfull murmureth in afflictions Psal. 78. 40 41. Vers. 3. humbled or afflicted as vers 2. So God afflicteth the strength of his people in the way Psal. 102. 24. Hee suffered them to hunger before he gave them Manna so Gods people hunger and thirst after righteousnesse and then he filleth them Matt. 5. 6. Luk. 1. 53. Manna Hebr. Man of this meat see the annotations on Exod. 16. 14 15. c. It was a figure of Christ Ioh. 6. bread onely that is ordinary food such as men live by whereof bread is the principall This sentence Christ alledged against Satan when hee tempted him to unlawfull meanes for satisfying his hunger Matth. 4. 4. word that proceedeth so the Greeke also translateth adding this word as the Apostle also doth in Matt. 4. 4. But another Evangelist saith onely every word of God Luk. 4. 4. The word of God is the ground of faith Rom. 10. 17. which they that have abiding in them shall surely bee fed in time of hunger both soule and body Psal. 37. 3. c. Vers. 4. not old that is was not worne out with age ãâã the Greeke explaineth it so in Deut. 29. 5. Neh. ãâã â1 This was the second meanes of sustentation of life which God also miraculously supplied unto them that they might learne not to seeke as the Gentiles or take thought what they should eat or drinke or wherewith they should be cloathed Mâât ãâã 31 32. swelled not the Chaldee expoundeth it thy shooes were not bare or broken and so the Greeke in Neh. 9. 21. where this is againe mensioned and Moses himselfe in Deut. 29. 5. In this sense it agreeth with the former But it seemeth here to meane the feet properly which swelled not neither were surbated though they travelled so long thorow that dry and âhorny wildernesse and so it meaneth health of body which God also gave them as the third blessing necessary for this present life fortie yeeres the time of their travell in the wildernesse which number fortie is often used for to denote the time of affliction and humiliation See the notes on Gen. 7. 4. Vers. 5. know with thine heart that is know and acknowledge heartily upon thine owne feeling and experience So Iosua said unto them Yee know in all your heart and in all your soule Ios. 23. 14. chasteneth or nurtureth restraineth from the pleasures of the flesh So other Scriptures speak of Gods chastisements like a father Prov. 3. 11 12. Heb. 12. 5. 10. and Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest ãâã Iââ Psal. 94. 12. Vers. 6. his wayes which he hath commanded to ãâã in that is his Law Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth it the wayes that are rightâ before him These are opposed to mens own ââyes Esai 66. 3. and 55 8. 9. They comprehend faith and other duties of the first Table 1 King 11. ãâã 38. Act. 18 25 26. and 22. 4. and vertues of the second Table also 2 Pet. 2. 15. See the notes on Gen. 6. 12. to feare him this is the meanes to keepe men in Gods wayes and is therefore set be ãâ¦ã ãâã 2 Chron. 6. 31. Psal. 128. 1. Vers. 7. good land a fat and fertile soile See ãâã 1â 20. brookes or rivers the Chaldee explaineth it flowing with brookes of foun ãâ¦ã or of springs the Chaldee saith welling out ãâ¦ã aines and depths the Greeke and fountaines of ãâã By deepes are meant store of waters as Gen. 1. ãâã and 7. 11. These brookes and springs figured ãâã plentifull graces of Gods spirit wherewith his Church is watered Ioel 3. 18. Ezek. 47. 1. c. Rev. ãâ¦ã Psal. 65. 10. and 46. 5. vallie put for vallies and mountaines as the Greeke and Chaldee translate One is often used for many See the notes on Gen. 3. 2. God sendeth the springs into the vallies they run among the mountaines they give drinke to e ãâ¦ã y beast of the field the wilde asses quench their ãâã Psal. 104. 10 11. Vers. 8. pomegranates it signifieth both the fruit Num. 13. 24. and the tree that beares them Song 7. 1â Agg. 2. 20. oile olive Hebr. olive-tree of ãâã that is as the Chaldee expounds it olives that ãâã oile With the fatnesse of the olive they honoured God and man Iudg. 9. 9. These earthly fruits figured also the heavenly graces which the faithfull warred with Gods word and spirit are filled and comforted with Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. Song 8. ãâã The trees that beare these fruits
of the Idolaters with the edge of the sword And whether the whole or the most part be thrust away they stone to death those that did thrust them away Maim ibid. s. 6. utterly destroying with a curse or execration after the Greeke version anathematizing Of such the Hebrews say The men of the citie drawne away to Idolatry have no part in the world to come that is in life eternall Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin c. Chelek the cattell and of the cattell that is killed it ãâã forbidden to make any profit or use of them even as of the Oxe that is stoned Maimony in Idolatry c. 4 s. 13. Vers. 16. all the spoile of it This the Hebrews understand largely whether they be the goods of the idolaters or of the other that fell not unto idolatry for so they write The goods of the just men that are within it if they be the rest of the inhabitants of that citie which are not drawne away with the multitude they are burnt with the generall spoile for as much as they dwell therein their goods perish A company of passengers from place to place if they passe thorow a citie so drawne away and be drawne away with it if they have continued in it thirty daies they are killed with the sword and their goods perish if not they are stoned to death and their goods are to their heires The goods of the men of another citie reserved therein are not burned but returned to the owners for it is said The spoile of it and not the spoile of their neighbours The goods of the wicked men of that citie which are reserved in another citie if they be gathered together with it are burnt in the generall if not they perish not but are given to their heires The holy things within it such as are sanctified for the Altar doe die for the sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination Things sanctified to the maintenance of the Temple are redeemed and afterward burnt for it is said the spoile of it not the spoile of heaven The first-borne and the tithe that are perfect are as the holy things of the Altar and dye such as are blemished are as the common cattell and are killed c. The second tithes and the money of the second tithes and the holy Scriptures that are within the citie are laid up in store Maimon in Idolat chap. 4. sect 7. 9 10 15. every whit The Hebrew Calil here used is sometime an whole burnt offering Levit. 6. 22. Deut. 33. 10. Hereupon the Hebrewes say Who so executeth judgment upon the citie drawne away to Idols loe he offereth the burnt-offering Calil as it is written every whit Calil to the LORD thy God neither that onely but turneth away burning anger from Israel Deut. 13. 17. and bringeth a blessing and mercies upon them Maim in Idolat c. 4. s. 16. an heape the Greek translateth uninhabited the Chaldee a desolate heape The Hebrewes say Whosoever buildeth it is to be beaten but it is lawfull to turne it into Gardens or Orchards for it is said it shall not be built againe not built for a citie as it was before Maim ibid. s. 8. Vers. 17. not cleave to thy hand that is thou shalt not make any profit or use to thy selfe of any of the goods of the citie Compare the example of Iericho Ios. 6. 17. c. and see the annotations on Deut. 7. 26. from the burning the Chaldee expoundeth it from the strength the Greeke from the wrath of his anger which oftentimes is kindled not onely against the sinners themselves but all Israel for their sakes as Ios. 7. 1. 11 12. and 22. 17. 18 20. Vers. 18. obey or hearken to the voice in Chaldee shalt receive the word of the Lord. that which is right in the eies which the Greeke expoundeth That which is good and pleasing before the Lord. CHAP. XIV 1 Gods children are not to disfigure themselves in mourning for the dead 3 nor eat any abominable thing 4 What may and what may not bee eaten of Beasts 9 of fishes 11 of sowles 19 Creeping things may not bee eaten 21 nor that which dieth of it selfe 22 Tithes to bee eaten before the Lord 24 or if the way be too long to be turned into money and it to be bestowed on things which they should eat and drinke with joy before the Lord. 27 The Levite may not be forsaken 28 The third yeers tithe for the Levite stranger fatherlesse and widow YEe are the sonnes of Iehovah your God yee shall not cut your selves nor put baldnesse between your eies for the dead For thou art an holy people to Iehovah thy God and Iehovah hath chosen thee to be unto him a people of peculiar treasure above all peoples which are upon the face of the earth Thou shalt not eat any abomination These are the beasts which yee shall eat the Oxe the Lambe of sheepe and the Kid of Goats The Hart and the Roe-buck and the Fallow-deere and the Wild-goat and the Pygarg he Wild-oxe and the Chamois And every beast that parteth the hoofe and cleaveth a sunder the cleft of two hoofes that cheweth the cud among the beasts that yee shall eat But this yee shall not eat of them that chew the cud or of them that part the cloven hoofe the Camel and the Hare and the Conie because they chew the cud but they part not the hoofe they shall be uncleane unto you And the Swine because he parteth the hoofe cheweth not the cud he shall be uncleane unto you of their flesh yee shall not eat and their carkasse yee shall not touch These yee shall eat of all that are in the waters all that hath sinne and scale shall ye eat And all that hath not finne and scale yee shall not eat it shall be uncleane unto you Every cleane bird yee shall eat But these are they of which yee shall not eat the Eagle and Ossifrage and the Osprey And the Vulture and the Kite and the Glede after her kinde And every Raven after his kind And the Owle and the Night-hawke and the Sea-gull and the Hawke after his kinde And the great Owle and the little Owle and the Red-shanke And the Pelican and the Gier-eagle and the Cormorant And the Storke and the Heron after her kinde and the Lapwing and the Bat And every creeping thing that flieth it shall bee uncleane unto you they shall not bee eaten Every cleane fowle yee shall eat Yee shall not eat of any carkasse thou shalt give it unto the stranger that is in thy gates that hee may eat it or thou maiest sell it unto an alien for thou art an holy people unto Iehovah thy God Thou shalt not seeth a Kid in his mothers milke Tithing thou shalt tithe all the revenue of thy seed that the field bringeth forth yeere by yeere And thou shalt eat before Iehovah thy God in the place which hee shall chuse to cause his name to dwell
though it be but an inch if he doe it by force it is rapine and if he remove it in secret it is theft And if in the land of Israel hee remove the marke he transgresseth against two prohibitions against stealth or rapine and against Thou shalt not remove the limit Maimony treat of Theft ch 7. sect 11. Vers. 15. not rise up or not stand not be stablished as the word is Englished in the end of this verse and so the Greeke translateth shall not abide or continue The Hebrewes say They determine not any sentence of matters by the mouth of one witnesse neither money matters nor matters of life and death Deut. 19. 15. In two places the Law maketh one witnesse faithfull for the suspected wife that shee shall not drinke of the bitter waters Num. 5. and for the heifer that it shall not have the neck cut off Deut. 21. Maimony treat of Witnesses c. 5. s. 1 2. at the mouth The Chaldee expoundeth it at the word From hence the lewes gather that by law they may not receive witnesse either in money matters or in matters of life and death but from the mouth of the witnesses Deut. 19. 15. from their mouth and not from a writing of their hand But by the words of the Scribes they determine money matters by witnesse that is in a bill although the witnesses be not alive c. Maim treat of Witnesses c. 3. s. 4. a word or a thing a matter The Greeke translateth every word and so the Apostles alleage this place Matt. 18. 16. 2 Cor. 13. 1. which sheweth that this as many other like Scriptures are to be taken in the largest sense see Deut. 27. 26. be stablished or be confirmed stand as firme and true So our Saviour saith It is written in your law that the testimony of two men is true Iohn 8. 17. Vers. 16. unrighteous so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase witnesse of unrighteousnesse or of violent wrong of injuriousnesse the Chaldee translateth false witnesse So in Exod. 23. 1. to testifie Hebr. to answer which is a generall word for all speaking or testifying as the Chaldee exponndeth it to testifie so in v. 18. See Exod. 20. 16. revolt or apostasie a falling or turning away from the Lord as Deut. 13. 5. The Greeke translateth it impiety Vers. 17. both the men or the two men that is the accuser and the accused So that one witnesse may cause a matter to be inquired into though no sentence may be given upon the testimony of one v. 15. and ch 17. v. 6. before Iehovah before his Arke or Sanctuary in the place which he shall chuse see Deut. 17. 8. 1 King 8. 31. before the priests the Greeke version addeth and before the Priests and before the Iudges See Deut. 17. 9. Vers. 18. make diligent inquisition or inquire well which the Greeke translateth acriboos that is exactly exquisitely or perfectly as Act. 23. 20. false the Greeke translateth this as before unrighteous or unjust testified Hebr. answered as in vers 16. Vers. 19. thought or presumed presumptuously devised and enterprised the Greeke translateth maliciously thought Of the originall word Zamam thought the Hebrewes call the false witnesse Zomem the thinker or presumer and say Who so witnesseth falsly and it bee knowne by witnesses that hee hath witnessed falsly this man is called gned Zomem the false witnesse and it is commanded to doe unto him as he would have done by his testimony unto his neighbour If they have testified falsly of a transgression for which men are guilty of stoning to death they are all to be stoned if of burning they are to be burnt and so for other deaths And if they testifie of crimes worthy beating every one of them is to bee beaten c. If they testifie of things for which money is to be paid they pay the money among them according to the number of witnesses every one shall give the portion that concerneth him c. This is meant of witnesses that are found false but two companies that contradict one another and so there is no testimony they doe not punish the one of them because it is not knowne which company speaketh falsly And what is the difference betweene contradiction and falshood Contradiction is in the testimony it selfe the one saying this thing was and the other saying this thing was not Falshood or forgery is for the testifiers themselves when the false witnesses cannot know whether the thing was done or not As witnesses that come and say We saw this man kill a person or be borrowed a pound of such a man such a day in such a place and after they have thus witnessed and are searched into there come two other and say On this day and in this place wee were with you and with these all the day and there never was such a thing this man killed him not or this man borrowed not of that man loe this is contradiction and all the like But if they say unto them as for us we know not whether this man killed that man on such a day in Ierusalem as you say or no but wee testifie that you your selves were with us on the same day in Babylon loe these are false witnesses or forgers and must be killed or make satisfaction for as much as the witnesses which make them forgers have no respect at all unto the testimony it selfe whether it be truth or falshood And if the first witnesses were an hundred persons there come two prove them forgers saying we testifie that you hundred all of you were with us such a day in such a place ãâã these are punished by the mouth of those two for two are as an hundred and an hundred as two And so in two companies of witnesses that contradict one another they goe not after the greatest number Maimony treat of Witnesses chap. 18. sect 1 2 3. As for witnesses that contradict one another such as are after found faulty though they be not put to death for testifying against a mans life yet are they chastised at the Iudges discretion Maimony ibidem sect 6. the evill that is as the Chaldee saith the evill doer See before on Deut. 17. 7. and 13. 11. Vers. 20. the residue that is all other shall heare and feare Therefore the Hebrewes say Proclamation was made concerning these forgers or false witnesses the Iudges wrote and sent into every citie that such and such men witnessed so and so and were found false and we killed them or they were beaten before us or we set such a fine or mulct upon them Maimony treat of Witnesses chap. 18. sect 17. Vers. 21. not spare or not pittie of this the Hebrewes hold that all hurts may be bought out with money except life for life thereof there may be no ransome Num. 35. 31. See the Annotations on Exod. 21. 25. soule or life to wit shall goe for life See Lev. 24. 17. 20. CHAP. XX. 1
pârtion was that if a man had two sonnes his goods were divided into three parts whereof the eldest had two parts and the youngest the third For the first-borne was to be reckoned as two sonnes as Ioseph who had the first birth-right 1 Chron. 5. 2 was two tribes Ephraim and Manasses The Hebrewes explaine it thus The first-borne is to receive a double portion of his fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. As if he leave five sonnes and one of them is the first-borne he is to have a third of his goods and every of the other foure receiveth a sixt part If he leave nine sonnes the first-borne hath a fiât part and every of the other eight a tenth part And so according to this partition doe they part alwaies Maimony treat of Inheritances ch 2. s. 1. According to this phrase Eliseus desired a double portion of Elias spirit 2 Kin. 2. 9. that he might have so much more as any of his other disciples of all that is found his the word found ofâé signifieth things present as in Ge. 19. 15. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 31. 1. So in this case by the Hebrewes judgement The first-borne had not a double portion of the goods which might come after his fathers death but of the goods which were assuredly his fathers come into his hand or power ss it is written OF ALL THAT IS FOVND HIS As one of the heires of his father that dieth after the death of his father the first-borne and the single brother doe inherit his goods alike And so if his father hath a debt owing him or hath a ship at sea they are heires of it alike Maim treat of Inheritanâââ ch 3. sect 1. It is also said found his he saith ãâã found hers and by the Hebrewes it is holden ââat The first-borne hath not a double portion of his mothers goods but the first-borne and another sonne that are heires to their mother doe share alike whether he be the first-borne for inheritance or the first that openeth the wombe The first-borne for inheritaâce is âe that is first-borne to his father as it is written in v. 17. THE BEGINNING OF HIS STRENGTH and they respect not the ãâ¦ã er though she have borne many sonnes if he be ãâã fathers first-borne he hath a double portion He ãâã ââmmeth into the world after untimely births ãâã were before him is the first-borne for inheriâââce And so one borne at his fulltime if he be borne ãâã he that commeth after him is the first-borne ãâ¦ã ritance If a man have sonnes while hee is an ãâ¦ã en and after becommeth a proselyte he hath no ãâ¦ã borne for inheritance But an Israelite that hath ãâ¦ã by a bond-woman or by an heathen woman ãâ¦ã ch as he is not called his sonne he that com ãâ¦ã after him of an Israelitesse is the first-borne for ãâ¦ã nce and hath a double portion Maim ibi ãâ¦ã ch 2. s. 8 9 10 12. of his strength or of ãâ¦ã our So Iakob said of Reuben his eldest ãâ¦ã 49. 3. The Greeke translateth of his children ãâ¦ã this is the first reason of the Law from nature ãâ¦ã e. the right Hebr. the judgement which ãâ¦ã eeke explaineth thus the first birth-rights ãâ¦ã or belong unto him And this may be un ãâ¦ã ood in respect of the Iudgement or Law of ãâã Lârd which is added unto the former reason ãâã nature and maketh the first-bornes right more firme unto him Wherefore as Esau before-hand sold his birth-right and the sale was confirmed Gen. 25. 33. so generally The first-borne that selleth the portion of the birth-right before it be parted his sale is firme because the portion is his before it is parted saith Maimony treat of Inheritance c. 3. s. 6. And by reason of this right of the first-borne his children after him do inherit also as this Hebrew canon sheweth Who so hath two sonnes a first-borne and another and they die both of them whiles he liveth and leave children behinde them the first-borne leaveth a daughter the single brother leaveth a sonne the sonne of the single brother shall inherit of the old mans goeds a third part which was his fathers portion the daughter of the first-borne shall inherit two thirds which was her fathers portion And such is the right of brethrens children and of the fathers brothers children and of all that doe inherit if the father of one of the heires were a first-borne the heire receiveth the portion of his first birth-right for him Maimony ibidem c. 2. s. 7. By this Law was fore-shadowed how the elect the Israel of God Gal. 6. 16. which are his first-borne Exod. 4. 22. and Church of the first-born which are written in heaven Heb. 12. 23. shall have a double portion and inherit the good things of God as they which have the promise of the life which now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. and are the heires of God and joint-heires with Christ Rom. 8. 17. and being justified by his grace are made heires according to the hope of eternall life Tit. 3. 7. God having begotten them againe to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that fadeth not away reserved in heaven for us 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 18. stubborne or perverse revolting refractarie that turneth away from God and his Law and it implieth the affection of the heart as Ier. 5. 23. and the cariage and action as an untamed heiffer Hos. 4. 16. Neh. 9. 29. And so the Apostle translateth it into Greeke by two words disobedient or unperswaded and gaine-saying Rom. 10. 21. from Esay 65. 2. So here the Greeke expoundeth it disobedient rebellious The Hebrew Moreh signifieth one that changeth or turneth to the worse both in heart and action and in particular turneth from and opposeth the word of God as Deut. 1. 26. 43. and 9. 7 23 24. The Greeke here translateth it Contentious The instance of this rebellion is shewed in v. 20. obeieth not or âearkeneth not the Chaldee translateth receiveth not the word chastened or nurtured which implieth both words and acts as by rebukes stripes and outward punishment Levit. 26. 23 28. and sometime by the hand of the Magistrate Deut. 22. 18. in which sense the Hebrews understand this here And having spoken before of words this therefore is meant of blowes also Vers. 19. and his mother both of them so that one alone was not enough to cause him to be put to death The Hebrew Doctors as they are alwaies warie in cases that concerne the taking away of any mans life so in this above others they set downe many and strange limitations as first they restraine it to those particular sinnes of gluttony and drunkennesse vers 20. and that gluttony to be eating of flesh onely and drunkennesse with wine onely Also that the sonne is not to be put to death unlesse hee have stollen somewhat from his father and bought therewith flesh and wine for riot and eaten and drunke it without his
the Chaldee translateth both Tsitsith and Geddim by the word Cruspedin which is borrowed of the Greeke Craspeda which name the holy Ghost giveth to these Fringes in Matt. 23. 5. where Christ blameth the Pharisees hypocrisie for making their phylacteries broad and craspeda the fringes of their garments large The making of these by the Iewes is shewed on Num. 15. 38. c. Here Moses having repeated the mysteries concerning the Church in vers 9. of the ministerie in vers 10. and of the doctrine in vers 11. addeth to them this law of the fringes which were signes annexed to the word and visible tokens for them to looke upon and remember all the commandements of the Lord and doe them and be holy unto their God Num. 15. 39 40. See more in the Annotations on that place Vers. 13. take a wife that is marrie her for the taking is after the betrothing or espousalls Matt. 1. 18. 20. And before mariage the betrothed persons might not come together as the equitie of this Law following sheweth So by the Hebrewes The spouse is to be restrained from her husband by the doctrine of the Scribes all the while she is in her fathers house and he that lieth with his spouse in his father in lawes house is to bee chastised with stripes Maimony in treat of Wives chap. 10. sect 1. After in the same place he sheweth the manner of mariage among them that it was to be with blessings or thanksgivings unto God in an assembly of ten men at the least and with a dowrâe bill which the Scrivener wrote and the bridegroome paid for whereby he endowed his spouse if shee were a virgin with two hundred dinars that is fiftie shekels and if she had beene maried before with 100. dinars that is 25. shekels and this was called the root or principall of the dowrie the dowrie might not be lesse but more so much as he would though it were to a talent of gold After the dowrie bill was confirmed by witnesses the bridegroome went with his spouse into the privie chamber or closet such as is mentioned in Ioel 2. 16. and this was the consummation of the mariage And who so maried a virgin was to rejoyce with her seven dayes as Gen. 29. 27. Iudg. 14. 10. 12. and with a widow three dayes not doing any worke those dayes but eating drinking and reioycing goe in into the chamber Iudg. 15. 1. and by consequence lie with her The Greeke translateth dwell or house together with her which word the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 3. 7. hate her which ought not to be towards any least of all towards his wife whom hee ought to love as his owne bodie for no man ever yet hated his owne flesh Ephes. 5. 28 29. Vers. 14. lay against her or put upon her occasions of speech or of words that is of evill words or pretenses of words that is pretended words or pretended matters So the Greeke translateth pretended words they are such as have a colour and shew of truth to excuse and hide his hatred as long prayers were a pretense for the covetousnesse of the Pharisees Matt. 23. 14. But pretense and truth are opposed in Phil. 1. 18 So here and vers 20. bring forth whether before the parents and friends or unto the Magistrates accusing her before them Some thinke this latter to be meant and as the Hebrewes describe it when he commeth unto the Court and saith I maried this damosell and I found her not to have virginitie and when I inquired into the matter it was made known to me that shee had played the whore under me after I was betrothed to her and these are my witnesses that for played the whore before them And the Iudges shal heare the words of the witnesses and examine their testimony if the thing be found true she is to be stoned Maim tom 2. in Nagnarah bethulah ch 3. sect 6. But by the order of the text the former seemeth as probable to have virginitie Hebr. I found not to her virginities The Greeke thus and comming unto her I found not her virginitie Vers. 15. the father to whom the injurie extended if she were falsly defamed or if shee had played the whore vers 21. and to whom the defense of the daughter did most fitly appertaine of the damosell The word Nagnarah damosell is properly a maid mariageable which of the Hebrewes is reckoned after twelve yeares of age before that age she is called a little one or childe and after also if she have not signes that she is mariageable such as are mentioned in Ezek. 16. 7. After those signes she is called Nagnarah adamosell till six moneths compleat and no longer from that day and forward she is called Bogereth Maimony treat of Wives chap. 2. sect 1. 3. Both these Nagnarah the damosell and Bogereth are subject to the punishment here appointed if they be not found virgins Maimony in Nagn bethââah chap. 3. sect 7. the virginitie that is the signes of her virginitie in the cloth vers 17. and witnesses also as the Hebrewes say that they are so the Elders in Greeke the senate that is the Magistrates This was the Senate of 23. Iudges for they were to put her to death if she were guilde v. 21. They judge not this judgement but in the Court of three and twentie because there is in the judgement of him that bringeth forth an evill name the judgment of life death for if the thing be found as he saith then she is killed But he that forcâth a maid Deut. 22. 28. and he that intiseth her Exod. 22. 16. they judge of them at all times in the Court of three Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 3. sect 3. the gate the Chaldee addeth the gate of the judgement hall of the place Vers. 17. occasions or pretenses in Greeke pretended words or matters as vers 14 ãâã this is that is these are the proofes or the signes as vers 15. Hebr. these are the virginities the cloth wherein the signes were to be seene Vers. 18. the man the husband of the damosell that is found to have accused his wife falsly chastise him in the Chaldee beat him which was the next punishment unto death The Hebrewes say If the father bring witnesses which doe disprove the witnesses which the husband brought and it be found that they have witnessed a falshood then they are stoned to death according to the law in Deut. 19. 18 19. and he the husband is beaten amersed in an hundred shekels And of this it is said in v. 17. THESE are MY DAVGHTERS VIRGINITIES these are the witnesses that disprove her husbands witnesses If her husband againe bring other witnesses which doe disprove her fathers witnesses then the damosell and her fathers witnesses are stoned vers 20. 21. Maim in Nagn bethulah chap. 3. sect 6. Vers. 19. amerse or mulct fine him hundred shekels the word shekels is added both in the Greeke and Chaldee versions and
and all other like things Particularly it may be applied to Gods counsell concerning the Israelites in punishing and casting them off for their sinnes and afterward calling a remnant of them which the Apostle treating of in Rom. 11. saith O the depth of the riches both of the wisdome and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments and his waies past finding out Rom. 11. 33. The Hebrew Nistaroth here used sometime meaneth secret sinnes as Psal. 19. 13. Vnto which some of the Hebrewes referre this speech that secret sinnes God will punish but open sinnes are for men to punish Chazkuni on Deut. 29. so Ionathan in Thargum explaineth it Hidden sinnes are manifest before the Lord our God and hee will take vengeance on them c. and the things revealed or but open or manifest things belong to us and to our sonnes upon which last words the Hebrew text hath extraordinary pricks to stir up attention to the matter here spoken as it is indeed worthy of all observation for it teacheth the continuall duty of Gods people in all ages to learne his law to doe the same and to have care that true religion may bee continued among their posterity The Hebrewes say Every man of Israel is bound to learne the Law be he poore or rich be he in health of body or under chastisements be he young or old and decrepit though he be so poore that he lives on almes yea though he have wife and children he is bound to set himselfe a time to leanne the Law by day and by night as it is said and thou shalt meditate therein day and night The great wise men of Israel some of them were hewers of wood and some drawers of water and some blinde notwithstanding they imployeth themselves in learning the Law day night How is a man bound to learne the law Vntill the day of his death as it is said and lest they depart from thine heart all the daies of thy life Deut. 4. 9. and all the while that he imployeth not himselfe in learning he forgetteth Maimony in Thalmud Torah chap. 1. sect 8 9 10. CHAP. XXX 1 Great mercies promised to the repentant sinners 11 The commandement is manifest and wordneere 15 Life and death are set before them with an exhortation to chuse life ANd it shall be when all these things are come upon thee the blessing and the curse which I have set before thee and thou shalt cause them to returne unto thine heart in all the nations whither Iehovah thy God hath driven thee And thou returne unto Iehovah thy God and shalt hearken to his voice according to all that I command thee this day thou and thy sonnes with all thine heart and with all thy soule Then Iehovah thy God will returne thy Captivity and have compassion upon thee and will returne gather thee from all the peoples whither Iehovah thy God hath scattered thee If any of thine bee driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens from thence will Iehovah thy God gather thee from thence will he take thee And Iehovah thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and hee will doe thee good and multiply thee above thy fathers And Iehovah thy God will circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy seed to love Iehovah thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maiest live And Iehovah thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies and upon thy haters which persecuted thee And thou shalt returne and hearken to the voice of Iehovah and do all his commandemeÌts which I command thee this day And Iehovah thy God will make thee plenteous in every worke of thine hand in the fruit of thy wombe and in the fruit of thy cattell and in the fruit of thy land for good for Iehovah will returne to rejoyce over thee for good as hee rejoyced over thy fathers If thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to keepe his commandements his statutes that which is written in this booke of the law if thou shalt returne unto Iehovah thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule For this commandement which I command thee this day it is not hidden from thee neither is it far off It is not in the heavens to say Who shall goe up for us to the heavens and take it for us and cause us to heare it that wee may doe it Neither is it beyond the sea to say Who shall goe over to beyond sea for us and take it for us and cause us to heare it that wee may doe it But the word is very nigh unto thee in thy mouth and in thy heart to doe it See I have set before thee this day life and good death and evill In that I command thee this day to love Iehovah thy God to walke in his waies and to keepe his commandements and his statutes and his judgments that thou maist live multiply and Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in the Land whither thou goest in to possesse it But if thine heart turne away and thou wilt not heare but shalt be drawne away and bow downe thy selfe to other gods and serve them I denounce unto you this day that perishing yee shall perish yee shall not prolong your daies upon the land which thou art passing over Iordan to goe in thither to possesse it I take the heavens and the earth to witnesse against you this day life and death I have set before thee the blessing and the curse therefore chuse thou life that thou maist live thou and thy seed To love Iehovah thy God to hearken to his voice and to cleave unto him for hee is thy life and the length of thy daies to dwell upon the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob to give unto them Annotations THese things Hebr. these words that is things before spoken of Here follow promises of grace in Christ to repentant and beleeving sinners the blessing that is as the Chaldee explaineth it the blessings and the curses After the experiment of the Law and weakenesse thereof that it cannot keepe men in the state of blessednesse nor deliver them from the curse they are as by a Schoolemaster brought unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 8. 3 4. have set Hebr. have given So in v. 15. and 19. cause them to returne or reduce bring againe to thine heart that is call to minde consider seriously So in Deut. 4. 39. This is the beginning of repentance and turning to the Lord by calling to minde their sinnes and Gods words and workes as in 1 King 8. 46 47. If they sinne against thee c. and thou bee angry with them and deliver them to the enemy c. If they shall make it returne to their heart in the land whither they were caried captives and returne and make supplication unto
godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. Vers. 9. make thee plenteous or make thee excellent unto which Thargum Ionathan addeth for good that yee may prosper in all the workes of your hands rejoyce over thee This Christ taught in parables of rejoycing for the lost sheepe that was found Luk. 15. 6 7. and of the Prodigall sonne he saith It was meet that wee should make merry and be glad for this thy brother was dead and is alive againe and was lost and is found Luk. 15. 32. So in the other Prophets I will rejoyce in Ierusalem and joy in my people Esay 65. 19. and I will rejoyce over them to doe them good Ier. 32. 41. See also Deut. 28. 63. Vers. 10. that which is written meaning all and every thing written so teaching us exact obedience unto Iehovah in Chaldee unto the feare of the Lord. Vers. 11. this commandement which after in v. 14. he calleth the Word and the Apostle expoundeth it the Word of faith Rom. 10. 8. So this speech is not of the Law onely neither sheweth it what man can doe by the Law much lesse by nature but is the speech of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 10. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also not to blame the Law of hardnesse to bee learned seeing God had now caused it to be written expounded unto them not hidden from thee or not too marvellous and hard for thee to know and so not impossible through faith in Christ as is the Law without faith in that it is weake through the flesh Rom. 8. 3. The Chaldee translateth it is not separated from thee and Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it is not covered or hid from you The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth this word marvellous Matt. 21. 42. from Psal. 118. and unpossible Luk. 1. 37. See the Annotations on Gen. 18. 14. and Deut. 17. 8. By Esaias also God saith I have not spoken in secret in a darke place of the earth Esay 45. 19. Vers. 12. to say that is that thou shouldest say so in v. 13. see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. where sundry like speeches are shewed This saying is meant of the heart also wherefore the Apostle citeth it thus Say not in thine heart who shall goe up into heaven Rom. 10. 6. Who shall goe up for us the Ierusalemy Thargum explaineth it O that wee had one like Moses the Prophet that might goe up into the heavens c. but the Apostle applieth it more heavenly to Christs incarnation Who shall goe up into heaven that is to bring Christ downe from above Rom. 10. 6. Vnto which doubt hee opposeth the confession with the mouth that Iesus is the LORD vers 9. that is that God was manifested in the flesh 1 Tim. 3. 16. for no man hath ascended up to heaven of whoÌ we may learne the true understanding of the Law but hee that came downe from heaven even the Son of man which is in heaven Iohn 3. 13. and cause us to heare it that is preach it unto us that wee may doe it or and we would doe it Vers. 13. beyond the sea Thargum Ionathan explaineth it beyond the great sea and Thargum Ierusalemy addeth Neither is the Law beyond the great sea that thou shouldest say O that we had one like Ionas the Prophet that might goe downe to the bottome of the great sea and bring it to us c. All things hidden from men which they cannot attaine are either in heaven above or beyond sea in the farre places of the earth but the Law of God is in neither of these but neere unto every one to learne and to doe who shall goe over to beyond sea Paul alleageth this place thus Who shall goe downe into the deepe that is to bring up Christ from the dead Rom. 10. 7. unto which he opposeth in vers 9. beleefe in the heart that God hath raised him from the dead Now Ionas the Prophet to whose example the Ierusalemy Thargum applieth this was a figure of Christ as himselfe hath said As Ionas was three daies and three nights in the Whales belly so shall the Sonne of man be three daies three nights in the heart of the earth Matt. 12. 40. And as the Sea in Ionas case is called the Deepe Psal. 104. 6. and 107. 24 26. Exod. 15. 5. so David prophesying of Christ saith that God had brought him up from the deepes of the earth Psal. 71. 20. So the Apostle speaking of Christs rising out of the grave useth the word Abysse or Deepe which is spoken both of earth and sea Vers. 14. But the word This the Apostle expoundeth thus But what saith the righteousnes which is of faith The Word is nigh thee c. that is the word of faith which we preach Rom. 10. 8. By this it appeareth that Moses wrote of Christ Iohn 5. 46. and that he was closely taught in the Law Eâr Christ is the end of the Law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. And the Iewes which cleaving to the Law refused the Gospell or word of faith had a zeale of God but not according ãâã knowledge Rom. 10. 2. in thy mouth or for thy mouth that is for thee to confesse with thy mouth that Iesus is the LORD as Rom. 10. 9. So in is used for for in Deut. 9. 4. and 24. 16. in thine heart or for thine heart that thou maist beleeve in thine heart that God hath raised him Christ froÌ the dead so maist be saved Rom. 10. 9. to do it the Law which is fulfilled by beleeving in Christ as it is said This is the worke of God that âee beleeve in him whom he hath sent Iohn 6. 29. upon which beleefe true obedience followeth Hââ 8. 10. Vers. 15. I have set Hebr. I have given that is proposed and confirmed by my doctrine So in vers 19. life and good life as the end and good as the meanes leading to life or life that is God himselfe of whom hee saith iâ vers 20. hee is thy life and good that is felicity following The Greeke version changeth the order thus life and death good and evill Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it the Law of life which is a good Law and the Law of death which is an evill Law And Thargum Ionathan thus The way of life for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just and the way of death for which an evill reward shall be recompenced to the wicked Vers. 16. to love this is a declaration of the life and good fore-mentioned which they whose hearts God would circumcise vers 6. should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. in his waiâs the Chaldee saith in the wayes that are right before him keepe his commandements which is an effect of love as If ye love me keepe my commandements Iohn 14. 15. and This is the love of God that we keepe
their rebellions and to punish their enemies for abusing them Therefore the Apostle maketh this a generall doctrine and teacheth us to commit our injuries unto God Beloved avenge not your selves but rather give place unto wrath for it is written vengeance is mine I will repay saith the Lord Rom. 12. 19. And by this hee would deterre us from sinne Heb. 10. 29 30. in the time or at the time to wit which I have appointed that is in due time or as the Greeke translateth in the time when their foot shall slide meaning then his vengeance should be seene their foot shall slide or shall bee removed which the Chaldee expoundeth they shall bee caried captive out of their land But it is more generall and signifieth their fall into manifold afflictions against which David praieth and comforteth him-selfe in the mercy of God Psal. 17. 5. and 38. 16 17. and 121. 3. and 94. 18. calamity The originall word properly signifieth a fogge or thicke cloud and is fitly applied to the time of affliction and dismall day which the Greeke translateth day of perdition and the Apostle calleth the day of judgment the day of perdition of ungodly men 2 Pet. 3. 7. that shall come upon them or that are ready for them and for him that is for every of them make haste Hebr. maketh haste a word singular and masculine joyned with the former word plurall and feminine to intimate a particular hastening of every judgment in sore measure This sentence the Apostle hath reference unto when prophesying of false teachers he saith their judgment now of a long time lingneth not and their perdition slumberath not 2 Pet. 2. 1 3. Vers. 36. judge his people that is punish the evill and defend the good against the oppressors So against such as forsake Christ Paul alleageth this sentence The Lord will judge his people and addeth It is a fearefull thing to fall into the hands of the living God Heb. 10. 30 31. And for defence the Psalmist saith Iudge mee O God and plead my cause against an unmercifull nation Psal. 43. 1. repent himselfe change the course of his administration towards his people as a man when hee repenteth changeth his way This is spoken of God not properly for he cannot repent ãâã Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. For this repentance of God concerning his servants Moses praieth in Psal. 90. 13. and God promiseth if a nation turne from their evill hee will repent him of the evill that he thought to doe unto them Ier. 18. 8. and performed it towards the Ninevites Ion. 3. 10. and towards the Israelites Amos 7. 2 3 6. And hereupon men are exhorted to turne unto the Lord For hee is gracious and mercifull slow to anger and of great kindnesse and repenteth him of the evill Ioel 2. 13. the hand of his people that is their strength which the Greeke explaineth thus for he seeth them feeble So hand is for strength or power as the hand or power of the sword Iob 5. 20. the hand of the dog Psal. 22. 21. and there is none shut up or and nothing is shut up or left or and come to nothing consumed is hee that is shut up and that is left And so it may be understood both of persons and of goods that there is none shut up in the enemies hand as captive or prisoner none left untaken by the enemy or none shut up in houses cities towers to escape the enemy none left escaped from destruction It meaneth an utter overthrow of their state and kingdome as the overthrow of Ieroboams house is threatned in these termes I will cut off from Ieroboam him that pisseth against the wall him that is shut up and left in Israel 1 King 14. 10. The like is threatned to Ahab 1 King 21. 21. And this compassion here promised was in some sort shewed to Israel in the daies of Ieroboam sonne of Ioash as it is written For the Lord saw the affliction of Israel that it was very bitter for there was not any shut up nor any left nor any helper for Israel 2 King 14. 26. Vers. 37. And he shall say that is the Lord shall say as the Greeke version explaineth it God here upbraideth the idols which Israel followed as being vaine and unable to helpe them whereby Israel also receiveth a sharpe rebuke and checke of conscience for leaving the Lord to follow such It may also bee referred to the gods of the heathens over whom God thus triumpheth after he hath redeemed his people But Ieremy useth the like speech against Israel Where are thy gods that thou hast made thee Let them arise if they can helpe thee in the time of thy trouble c. Ier. 2. 28. Vers. 38. did eat the fat that is to whom they burned the fat of their sacrifices which therefore are said to be eaten by those gods as the sacrifices to the Lord was called his bread Lev. 21. 6. let him be in Greeke let them be but this hath reference to the Rocke the mighty God forementioned vers 37. in whom they hoped for safety So God said to Israel Goe and cry unto the Gods which yee have chosen let them save you in the time of your tribulation Iudg. 10. 14. It is a sharpe reproofe with an upbraiding of their folly Vers. 39. See now in Greeke See see God having manifested the vanity of false gods provoketh all to come unto him who is himselfe alone eternall powerfull and gracious Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth here thus When the word of the Lord shall be revealed for to redeeme his people hee well say to all peoples See now c. I I am he in Greeke I am it is the more vehement by doubling the word I as the like is found in Esay 43. 25. Hos. 5. 14. it meaneth also I am the same that is eternall and unchangeable so in Psal. 102. 28. Thou art hee which the Apostle expoundeth thou art the same Heb. 1. 12. Ionathan aforesaid openeth it thus I hee that am and have beene and I hee that shall bee This accordeth with Gods describing of himselfe in Revel 1. 4. and 16. 5. And here the mystery of the Trinity is implied as in Deut. 6. with mee in Greeke besides mee and so in Esay hee saith besides mee there is no God Esay 45. 5. I doe kill none but I have power of death and life so Anna in her Song saith Iehovah killeth and maketh alive hee bringeth downe to the grave and bringeth up 1 Sam. 2. 6. Hereby Christ is knowne to be very God For as the Father raiseth up the dead and maketh them alive even so the sonne maketh alive whom he will Ioh. 5. 21. Hee hath the keies of hell and of death Rev. 1. 18 Gods killing and wounding implieth the hatred which he hath in justice against sinne and sinners his reviving and healing sheweth his love out of grace to his
he behaved himselfe wisely and ââospered and was accepted in the eyes of all the people so that the women of Israel ãâ¦ã g of him q Vers. 7. Saul hath slaine his thousands and David his ten thousands But that âaise r Vers. 8 9. procured him envie from Saul ever after and he sought to slay him but s Vers. 16. all Isâael loved him And though he after tooke to wife Michal Sauls daughter yet t 1 Sam. 19. c. Saul âontinued his hatred against his sonne in law and first secretly then openly sought his ãâ¦ã fe so that David was faine to flee and hide himselfe in the land of Israel and in ãâ¦ã range countries to the u Psal. 120. 1 Sam. 26. 19. great affliction of his soule When Saul was dead and David x 2 Sam. 5. 4. thirtie yeares of age the men of Iudah y 2 Sam. 2. 4. anointed him King the second time in Hebron over the house of Iudah Ishbosheth Sauls son resisted him but David waxed stronger and stronger Then z 1 Chron. 11. 1 3. all Israel anointed him King over them and he reigned in Ierusalem So the time of all his reigne was a 2 Sam. 5. 4 5. forty yeares In Hebron he reigned over Iudah seven yeeres and six months and in Ierusalem he reigned 33. yeares over all Israel and Iudah During which space the Lord still exercised him with many b 1 Chron. 14. 18. 19. wars abroad and troubles at home as by the defiling of his daughter c 2 Sam. 13. c. Thamar the killing of his son Amnon the treason and death of his son Absalon the rebellion of Sheba and other like sorrowes which God d 2 Sam. 12. 10. for his sins chastised him with so many and so great that the e 2 Sam. 22. 5 6. pangs of death compassed him about the flouds of Belial the ungodly men made him afraid the cords of hell compassed him the snares of death prevented him his f Psal. 55. 4 5. heart was sore pained within him and the terrours of death fell upon him fearfulnesse and trembling came upon him and horrour overwhelmed him His g Psal. 31. 11. life was spent with griefe his yeares with sighing his strength failed and his bones were consumed But alwaies in his feares h Psal. 56. 3 4. he trusted in God and was not afraid what flesh could doe unto him in his distresse i 2 Sam. 22. 7. he called upon the Lord and cried to his God who heard his voice out of his Temple and drew him out of k Vers. 17 18 c. many waters from his strong enemie and from them that hated him and brought him forth into a large place and delivered him because he delighted in him Hee gave him the l Vers. 36 c. shield of his salvation and girded him with strength to battell and gave him the neckes of his enemies that he destroyed those that hated him Therefore he gave thanks unto the Lord m Vers. 50. among the nations and sang praises unto his name n Psal. 57. 8. awaking up his glory awaking up his Psaltery and Harpe awaking himselfe early to praise the Lord among the peoples and to sing unto him among the nations so he sang of his o Psal. 59. 16. power he sang loud of his mercy in the morning that God had beene his defence and refuge in the day of his distresse And hereof this booke of Psalmes most whereof David made is a glorious testimony wherein by manifold Psalmes and Hymnes and spirituall Songs he set forth the praises of God his owneâaith in his Word exercise and delight in his Law with narrations of Gods former and present mercies and prophesies of future graces to be fulfilled in Christ whom he being a Prophet p Act. 2. 30. knew that hee should be the fruit of his loines concerning the flesh and should sit upon his throne whose incarnation afflictions death resurrection ascension and eternall glorious kingdome and priesthood he sang by the Spirit with such heavenly melody as may not only delight but draw into admiration every understanding heart and comfort the afflicted soule with such consolation as David himselfe was comforted of the Lord. And these his Psalmes have ever since by the Church of Israel by q Maâ â1 16. 42. Rom. 4. 6. 11. 9. Christ and his Apostles and by the Saints in all ages been received and honoured as the oracles of God cited for confirmation of true religion sung in the publike assemblies as in Gods Tabernacle and Temple where they sang praise unto the Lord with the r 2 Chron. 29. 30. words of David and with the instrumeÌts which s 2 Chron. 7. 6. he had made over their t 2 Chron. 29. 25 27 28. burnt-offerings sacrifices Now because many things both for phrase and matter are difficult to such as arâ not acquainted with Davids language I have out of my slender store annexed ãâ¦ã few briefe notes comparing the Scriptures and conferring the best Expositors espe ãâ¦ã ally the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions whereby if any helpe of understand ãâ¦ã may arise the praise be to God the comfort to his people THE BOOKE OF Psalmes or Hymnes PSALME I. 1 The happinesse of the godly whose conversation is described and their prosperitie like a fruitfull tree 4 The contrary course of the wicked for which they and their way doe perish O Blessed is the man that doth not walk in the counsell of the wicked nor stand in the way of sinners non sit in the seat of the scornefull But hath his delight in the law of Iehovah and in his law doth hee meditate day and night And hee shall be as a tree planted by brookes of waters which shall give his fruit in his time and his leafe shall not fade and whatsoever hee shall doe shall prosper Not so the wicked but as the chaffe which the wind driveth it away Therefore the wicked shall not stand up ãâã judgement and sinners in the assembly of the just For Iehovah knoweth the way of the just and the way of the wicked shall perish Annotations THE Booke of Psalmes so our Lord himselfe ãâã ãâã ãâã it Luke 20. 42. but the Hebrew title ãâã signifieth Hymnes or Praises According to the Greeke it is called the Psalter ãâã ãâã Vers ãâã O Blessed or O Happy or Well fares ãâã ãâã ãâã joyfull ãâ¦ã mation for the mans welfâââ and ãâ¦ã cities as going right forward and so having good successe Contrary hereunto is Woe or Alas Eccles. 10. 16 17. Luke 6. 20 24. This word Ashrei in the Hebrew is alwaies applied to men and so differeth from another word Baruc blessed which is ascribed both to God and men Psal. 115. 15 18. the contrary whereto is cursed Psal. 37. 22. doth not walke or hath not walked But the time past and
for the actions So Ioâ 3. 8. Psal. 109. 27. and 78. 42. Vers. 5. that had peace with mee my friend and confederate Such treachery David much blameth in his foes that in time of peace made war Psa. 41. 10. and 55. 13. 15. 21. yea I Hebr. and I which may be resolved yea or when I released my distresser which may have reference to his sparing of Saul delivering him from death 1 Sam. 24. 6 7 8. 11 12. and 26. 9 10 11 c. without cause or without effect and fruit in vaine Vers. 6. my life in Hebrew lives so usually called for the many faculties and operations that are in life the many yeares degrees estates thereof The Apostles in Greeke retaine the singular number life Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. 1 Pet. 3. 10. from Psal. 34. 13. my glory or honour meaning either his honourable estate renowne and posteritie as Hos 9. 11. Iob 19. 9. or his soule as Gen. 49. 6. in the dust that is in base estate and ignominie as Ps. 113. 7. Iob 16. 5. or the dust of death the grave as Psal. 22. 16. Isa. 26. 19. Vers. 7. in the rages or because of the outrages surpassing indignations so called of the passing out of the heat and choler wake up or raise up to wit thy selfe and come unto me for judgement thou hast commanded or appointed It may also be read raise up to me the judgement which thou hast commanded so the Chaldee paraphrase here supplieth the word which saying Hasten unto me or for me the judgement which thou hast commanded the Hebrew it selfe somtime doth the like as 1 Kin. 9. 8. this house is high 2 Chr. 7. 21. this house which is high Vers. 8. for it for the same congregations sake w ch commeth about thee expecting judgement to the high place or to the heigth that is the throne of Iudgement for throns were set high 1 Kin. 10. 19. This word heighth is also used for heaven Psal. 93. 4. and there Gods throne is Ps. 11. 4. The Chaldee saith returne to the house of thy divine habitation or Maiestie Vers. 9. Iehovah The Chaldee translateth it The word of the Lord shall judge c. judge two words are here used in Hebrew for judging 1 Dan 2 Shaphat the first is more speciall to give doom or sentence in controversies the latter more generall for judging or doing right in all causes The Apostles expresse these two by one Greeke word krino judge as Heb. 10. 30. from Deut. 32. 36. Rom. 3. 4. from Psal. 51. 6. my justice the justice and equitie of my cause in respect of my persecutors So Psal. 18. 21 25. Elsewhere he appealeth to Gods justice Psal. 35. 24. my perfection or integritie the simplicitie of my wayes and simplicitie of my heart See Psal. 26. 1. in me or unto me to wit reward thou as the Chaldee explaineth it Vers. 10. for thou triest or he trieth God who is possessor of the reines Psal. 139. 13. doth also trie them as metall in the fire The heart may signifie the cogitations and the reines the affections So Ps. 26. 2. Ier. 11. 20. and. 20. 12. Rev. 2. 23. Vers. 12. angerly threatneth or detesteth disdaineth in wrath namely the wicked and menaceth their destruction So the Chaldee paraphraseth he is mightily angry against the wicked every day Vers. 13. If he that is If the wicked turne not as the Chaldee explaineth it If he turne not unto his feare The Greeke translateth if ye turne not Vers. 14. he worketh for the hot persecutors or polisheth to wit to shoot at them that fervently persecute namely the iust as the Chaldee addeth The Hebrew dalak which signifieth burning Ezek. 24. 10. is applied to hot persecution see Psal. 10. 2. Gen. 31. 35. Lam. 4. 19. Vers. 15. he shall be in travell or continually travelleth that is taketh great paines to accomplish iniquity as a woman with childe to be delivered molestation or moyle miserie The Hebrew ghnamal signifieth toilsome labour and molestation both w ch a man endureth himselfe Psa. 25. 18. and 73. 5. and which he causeth another to endure Psal. 94. 20. and 55. 11. And thus it is here meant as the 17 verse sheweth bring forth a lie or falshood meaning either calumnie and slander of others which in verse 17 seemeth to be called violent wrong or a deceit of himselfe frustrating his owne expectation This similitude of the conception travell and birth of sin is memorable mentioned also in Iob 15. 35. Isa. 59. 4. Iam. 1. 15. much like another similie of ploughing sowing and reaping iniquitie Iob 4. 8. Vers. 16. is fallen to wit unto his owne perdition as Prov. 26. 27. Eccles. 10. 8. or to lurke there for the perdition of others See Psal. 10. 10. the corrupting ditch he wrought or pit of corruption which he made The originall Shachath signifieth corruption Psal. 16. 10. and is applied to any pit or ditch where one perisheth and corrupteth Psal. 57. 7. and 94. 13. and sometime the word pit is plainly added as in Psal. 55. 24. the pit of corruption Vers. 17. his crowne the scalp or heads top meaning also abundantly and apparantly in the view of all See Esth. 9. 25. Violent wrong The word Chamas signifieth injurie done by force and rapine violation of right and justice Vers. 18. sing Psalme to or praise with Psalme and this importeth a song artificiall and skilfully composed See Psal. 3. 1. PSAL. VIII Gods glorie is magnified by his works 6 A prophesie of Christ his humiliation glorie and dominion To the master of the musicke upon Gittith a Psalme of David IEhovah our Lord how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth which hast given thy glorious Majestie above the heavens Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings thou hast founded strength because of thy distressers to make cease the enemie and selfe-avenger When I behold thy heavens the worke of thy fingers the moone and the stars which thou hast stably constituted What is sorry man that thou remembrest him and the son of Adam that thou visitest him For thou hast made him lesser a little than the Gods and crowned him with glory and comely honor Thou gavest him dominion over the works of thy hands all thou didst set under his feet Sheep and oxen all of them and also the beasts of the field The fowle of the heavens and the fishes of the sea that which passeth thorow the paths of the seas Iehovah our Lord how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth Annotations GIttith or the Gittith which title is also given to the 81 and 84 Psalmes Gath in Hebrew is a wine-presse Isa. 63. 2. It is also the name of a citie of the Philistims 1 Sam. 17. 4. A citie also of the Levites was called Gath-rimmon Ios. 21. 25. whereupon Obed-Edom the son of Ieduthun a Levite and singer in Israel was called a Gittite 2 Sam. 6. 10. So
man that hath life and sense Psal. 105. 18. and 35. 13. and finally it is sometime a dead body or corps Numb 5. 2. and 9. 10. and 19. 11. 13. though this bee figurative and very unproper for at ones death the soule goeth out Gen. 35. 18. The word being thus largely used is to be weighed according to the matter and circumstances of each text For this here in the Psalme compare it with the like in other places Psalm 30. 4. and 116. 8. and 89. 49. and 88. 4. and 94. 17. Christ gave his soule for the ransome of the world and powred it out unto death Isa. 53. 12. Matth. 20. 28. Ioh. 10. 11 15 17. and 15. 13. to hell or in hell in deaths estate or deadly-hed This word hell properly signifieth deepe whether it be high or low and though by custome it is usually taken for the place of devils and damned wights yet the word is more large and as heaven is not only the dwelling place of God and his Saints but generally all places above us where the stars the clouds the winds the birds c. are as is shewed Psal. 8. 9. so hell is all places beneath Wherefore it may in this large sense serve to expresse the Hebrew word Sheol here used which Sheol is a deepe place Iob 11. 8. Prov. 9. 18. and said in Scripture to be beneath Psal. 86. 13. Deut. 32. 22. Isa. 14. 9. as heaven is above and it with the Greeke word haides is opposed to heaven Psal. 139. 8. Amos 9. 2. Mat. 11. 23. it commeth of Shaal to crave aske or require because it requireth all men to come unto it and is never satisfied Psal. 89. 49. Prov. 30. 15 16. and 27. 20. It is a place or estate which all men even the best come unto for Iakob made account to go thither Gen. 37. 35. and Iob desired to be there Iob 14. 13. for he knew it should be his house Job 17. 13. and our Lord Christ was there as this Psalme with Act. 2. 31. sheweth and Solomon telleth that all goe thither Eccles. 9. 10. It is usually joyned with grave pit corruption destruction and the like words pertaining to death with which Sheol or haides is joyned as a companion thereof Rev. 1. 18. and 6 8. Dathan and Abiram when the earth swallowed them up are said to goe downe quicke into Sheol Numb 16. 30 32 33. Ionas in the Whales belly was in the belly of Sheol Ion. 2. 3. and other holy men that were delivered from great miseries and perils of death are said to be delivered from Sheol or hell Psal. 86. 13. and 30. 4. and 18. 6. and 116. 3. and those that are dead are gone to Sheol Ezech. 32. 21. 27. And as death is said figuratively to have gates Psal. 9. 14. so Sheol haides hell hath gates Isa. 38. 10. Mat. 16. 18. and a soule Isa. 5. 14. and a hand Psal. 49. 16. and 89. 49. and a mouth Psal. 141. 7. and a sting which by Christ is done away 1 Cor. 15. 55. so that as hee was not left to Sheol but rose from death from the heart of the earth Matth. 12. 40. the third day so all the Saints shall likewise be delivered from Sheol or haides Psal. 49. 16 Hos. 13. 14. and it with death shall be abolished Rev. 20. 14. So by the Hebrew word Sheol the Greeke haides and our English hell we are to understand the place estate or depth of death deadlihed See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. And these words thou wilt not leave my soule to hell teach us Christs resurrection as if he should say thou wilt not leave me to the power of death or grave to be consumed but wilt raise me from the dead as the words following and the Apostles explanation doe manifest Act. 2. 24. 31. and 13. 34 35. thou wilt not give not grant or suffer An Hebrew phrase often used as I gave thee not to touch her Gen. 20. 6. God gave thee not to hurt me Gen. 31. 7. he will not give you to goe Exod. 3. 19. So Psal. 55. 23. and 66. 9. and 118. 18. and many the like to see corruption that is to feele corruption or to corrupt to rot As to see death is to die Psal. 89. 49. Luke 2. 26. Joh. 8. 51 52. so to see evill Psal. 90. 15. and to see good Psal. 34. 13. is to feele and enjoy it and to see the grave Psal. 49. 10. corruption the Hebrew Shachath properly signifieth corruption or rottennesse and is so to be taken here as the Apostle urgeth the force of the word Act. 13. 36 37. David saw corruption but hee whom God raised up saw not corruption Yet often the word is used for a pit or ditch wherein carkasses doe corrupt See the note on Psal. 7. 16. Vers. 11. Thou wilt make me know or hast made me know as Act. 2. 28. that is givest me experience of the way of life or journey of lives the way or course to life from death and to continue in life eternall the Apostle saith wayes of life Act. 2. 28. And hereby life in heaven with God is implied as to enter into life Matth. 18. 9. is to enter into the kingdome of God Mark 9. 47. before thy face or with thy face that is in thy presence I shall have fulnesse of joyes The Greeke which the Apostle followeth Act. 2. 28. saith Thou wilt fill me with joy with thy face The Hebrew eth penei and liphnet with or before the face are both one and sometime put one for another as 1 King 12. 6. with 2 Chron. 10. 6. Gods face or presence as it is our greatest joy in this life Exod. 33. 14 15 16. so shall it be in the next Psalm 17. 15. Wherefore the wicked shall then be punished from his presence 2 Thess. 1. 9. pleasures or pleasantnesses that is pleasant joyes at thy right hand the place of honour delights and joyes eternall Matth. 25. 33 34 46. PSAL. XVII David in confidence of his integrity craveth defence of God against his enemies 10 He sheweth their pride craft and eagernesse 13 He prayeth to be delivered from them who have their portion in this life but his hope is for the life to come A Prayer of David HEare thou Iehovah justice attend to my shrill crie hearken to my prayer without lips of deceit From before thy face let my judgement come forth let thine eyes view righteousnesses Thou hast proved my heart hast visited by night thou hast tried me but hast not found I have purposed my mouth shall not transgresse For the workes of men by the word of thy lips I have observed the paths of the breaker thorow Sustaine thou my steps in thy beaten paths that my foot-steps be not removed I call upon thee for thou wilt answer me O God bow thine eare to me heare my saying Marvellously separate thy mercies O Saviour of them that hope for safety from them that
secret in the secret place of his tent on a rocke he will exalt me And now shall mine head be lifted up above my enemies round about me and I will sacrifice in his tent sacrifices of shouting I will sing and sing Psalme to Iehovah Heare Iehovah my voice when I call and be gracious to me and answer me To thee said my heart seeke yee my face thy face Iehovah I doe seeke Hide thou not thy face from me turne not aside in anger thy servant thou hast been my succour leave me not neither forsake me O God of my salvation Though my father and my mother should forsake me yet Iehovah would gather me Teach me Iehovah thy way and lead me in the path of righteousnesse because of my enviers Give me not to the soule of my distressers for witnesses of falshood doe stand up against me and he that breatheth violent wrong Except I had beleeved to see the goodnesse of Iehovah in the land of the living Earnestly expect thou for Iehovah be confirmed and let thine heart wax strong and earnestly expect thou for Iehovah Annotations OF David the Greeke addeth before hee was anointed my light that is my comfort joy c. So God and Christ are often called the light or illumination of his people Mic. 7. 8. Esas 16. 19 20. and 10. 17. Luk. 1. 79. and 2. 32. Rev. 21. 23. Ioh. 1. 4. and 8. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it The word of the Lord is my light the strength or strong fort fortification see Psal. 28. 8. Vers. 2. made battell or came neere against me to wit in fight So this word is used for battell Psal. 55. 19 22. my enemies to me a vehement manner of speech as 2 Sam. 22. 2. my deliverer to me noting against whom in speciall their hatred was bent Vers. 3. if war that is warriers or an-armie as the word is used Iosh. 8. 11. See also Psal. 76. 4. Vers. 4. One thing or One request as is expressed 1 King 2. 20. 1 Sam. 2. 20. For such want of words to be supplied see the notes on Psal. 10. 10. that I may sit that is dwell or abide to view the pleasantnesse to see the pleasantnesse or amenitie of Iehovah and consequently to enjoy it The Tabernacle had the figure and patterne of heavenly things in Christ Hebr. 8. 5. which David in spirit here desireth to contemplate The Hebrew phrase is view in the pleasantnesse and after in the 13. vers see in the goodnesse which signifieth to have the fruition use and enjoying of pleasure and goodnesse Eccles. 2. 1. And as to seeke in Iehovah 2 Chron. 34. 26. is to seeke Ichovah 2 King 22. 18. so to see in the good is to see the good and enjoy it So in Psal. 106. 5. and 128. 5. and 50. 23. to inquire or seeke early that is diligently Vers. 5. will keepe privily or hide me that is keepe me safe as in the most holy of his Sanctuary into which none might enter Levit. 16. 2. called therefore Gods hidden place Ezek. 7. 22. and his Saints are his hidden ones Psal. 83. 4. Vers. 6. sacrifices of shouting or of triumph of joyfull sounding and alarme This hath respect to the law which appointed over the sacrifices trumpets to be sounded Numb 10. 10. whose chiefest most loud joyfull and triumphant sound was called Trughnah Triumph alarme or Iubilation Numb 10. 5 6 7. So to other instruments this triumphant noise is adjoyned Psal. 33. 3. and is applied sometime to mans voice or shouting Ios. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 4. 5. Ezra 3. 11. See also Psal. 89. 16. and 47. 6. and 81. 2. and 100. 1. Vers. 8. seeke yee my face an unperfect speech which wee may supply and explaine thus thou saidest seeke yee my face and this thy commandement my heart minded and spake of to thee in my tentations and I made it a ground of my action and request following See a much like defect of a word in 1 King 20. 34. To seeke the face is of desire to see heare and know 1 King 10. 24. and to pray and aske counsell in doubts and distresses c. 2 Sam. 21. 1. Hos. 5. 15. So Psal. 105. 4. Vers. 10. Though my father c. should see the like in Esay 49. 15. Or For my father c. have forsaken me but Iehovah will gather me that is receive and take me to him So the word gathering is also used Judg. 19. 15. Ios. 20. 4. Mat. 23. 37. He meaneth that God would be a father unto him Vers. 12. to the soule that is to the will lust or desire So Soule is for will Psal. 41. 3. and 105 22. Ezek. 16. 27. and for lust Psal. 78. 18. the Chaldee expoundeth it the will that breatheth or puffeth out See Psal. 10. 5. Vers. 13. Except I had beleeved an unperfect speech where we may understand I should have fainted or They had overthrowne me if I had not beleeved but the Greeke saith I beleeve to see the good things of the Lord. Land of the living that is where men live in this world and in speciall the land of Canaan the seat of Gods Church Ezek. 26. 20. So Psal. 52. 7. and 116 9. and 142. 6. Iob 28. 13. For by death men are said to be cut out of the land of the living Esay 53. 8. and 38. 11. Jer. 11. 19. but the Chaldee expounds it the land of life eternall and that was figured by the land of Canaan Vers. 14. be confirmed be comfortable hold fast as the Greeke hath be manly or quit thee as a man which word the Apostle useth 1 Cor. 16. 13. These are the words of incouragement against remisnesse feare faintnesse of heart or other infirmities as Deut. 31. 6 7. Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. Dan. 10. 19. let thy heart wax strong so also the Greeke turneth it or we may reade it he will strengthen thy heart So after in Psal. 31. 25. PSAL. XXVIII David prayeth for deliverance from his enemies 6 He blesseth God for hearing and helping him 9 He prayeth for the Lords people APsalme of David Vnto thee Iehovah doe I call my rocke cease not as deafe from me lest thou be silent from me and I be made like to them that go downe the pit Heare thou the voice of my supplications for grace when I cry out unto thee wheÌ I lift up my hands unto the oracle of thine holinesse Draw me not with the wicked and with the workers of iniquitie that speake peace with their neighbours and malice is in their heart Give thou to them according to their worke and according to the evill of their practises according to the deed of their hands give thou to them tender their reward unto them Because they will not discreetly attend unto the workes of Iehovah and to the deed of his hands he will breake them down and will not build them up Blessed be Iehovah for he hath heard the voice of my
60. 13. Hos. 14. 6 7 8. It is called Lebanon of whitenesse for the snow that lieth on it Ier. 18. 14. To this mount and to the goodly trees thereon great kingdomes and personages are compared Ezek 31. 3. and 17. 3. Ier. 22. 23. Iudg. 9. 15. 2 King 14. 9. And the just mans estate in special Psal. 92. 14. Vers. 6. Shirjon this is mount Hermon called of the Sidonians Shirjon and of the Amorites Shenir Deut. 3. 9. and by another name Sion not Tsijon spoken of in Psal. 2. 6. Deut. 4. 48. for this Shirjon or Hermon lay without the river Iarden where Ogh reigned Ios. 12. 1 5. 1 Chron. 5. 23. Here also grew goodly trees and many wilde beasts kept in it Ezek. 27. 5. Song 4. 8. Of Hermon see more in Psal. 89. 13. and 133. 3. and 42. 7. a young Unicorne a fierce untamed beast see Psal. 22. 22. The Hebrew phrase is son of the Vnicornes the like is also Psal. 114. 4. All young creatures and things that come of or belong to another are in Hebrew called sons so the sons of the cole are sparkes Job 5. 7. the sons of the quiver are arrowes Lam. 3. 13. the sonne of the morne is the morning starre Isa. 14. 12. the sonnes of S ãâ¦ã are the Citizens there Psal. 149. 2. the sonnes of the wedding chamber are the Bridegroomes friends Matth. 9. 15. and many the like Vers. 7. striketh or cutteth âââmes as the flashes of lightning with the thunder Vers. 8. maketh tremble or quake or paineth the wildernesse that is the wilde beasts there which being frighted by Gods voice or thunder doe travell and bring forth their young with paine and trembling Kadesh called also Paran and Zin a desart thorow which the Israelites passed from Aegypt to Canaan Numb 13. 27. and 33. 36. and had the name of the citie Kadesh by which it lay Numb 20. 1 16. The beasts of this wildernesse were cruell Deut. 8. 15. and 32. 10. Vers. 9. the hindes though of all other creatures they bring forth with great trouble bowing themselves bruising their young and casting out their sorrowes Iob 39. 4 6. maketh bare by driving the beasts with the thunder into their dens as the Chaldee addeth the beasts of the forest or by beating off the leaves and fruits of the trees So the fig-tree is said to be made bare Ioel 1. 7. every one so the Greeke turneth it or it may be read every whit or all of it meaning of his people vers 11. which saith glory to God or all of it that is of his glory he saith that is God declareth in his Temple The Chaldee saith and in the Temple of the house of his Sanctuary which is above all his ministers doe say his glory Vers. 10. at the floud meaning Noahs floud Gen. 6. and 7. for to that onely both the Hebrew and Greeke word is applied And here the Chaldee paraphraseth thus The Lord at the generation of the sâoud sate on the seat of judgement to take vengeance on them he sate also upon the seat of mercies and delivered Noah and reigneth over his sonnes for ever and ever Vers. 11. with peace or in peace which word betokeneth integrity perfection a making whole and absolute opposed both to warre and sword Psalm 120. 7. Matth. 10. 34. and to division consusion and âumuââuous disorder Luke 12. 51. 1 Cor. 14. 33. It denoteth all prosperitie safety and welfare of soule and body and specially that spoken of in Eph. 2. 14 15. where Christ is our peace which hath made of both one and hath broken the stop of the partition wall c. to make of twaine one new man in himselfe so making peace PSAL. XXX David praiseth God for his deliverance 5 Hee exhorteth others to praise him by example of Gods dealing with him APsalme a song of the dedication of the house of David I will exalt thee Iehovah for thou hast drawne up me and hast not made my enemies to rejoyce at mee Iehovah my God I cried out unto thee and thou healedst me Iehovah thou hast brought up my soule from hell thou hast kept me alive from them that goe downe the pit Sing Psalme to Iehovah yee his gracious Saints and confesse yee to the remembrance of his holinesse For a moment is in his anger life in his favourable acceptation in the evening lodgeth weeping and at the morning shouting joy And I I said in my safe quietnesse I shall not bee moved for ever Iehovah in thy favourable acceptation thou hast setled strength to my mountain thou didst hide thy face I was suddenly troubled Vnto thee Iehovah I called and unto Iehovah supplicated for grace What profit is in my bloud when I goe downe unto corruption shall dust confesse thee shall it shew forth thy truth Heare thou Iehovah and be gracious to me Iehovah be thou an helper to me Thou hast turned my mourning to a dance to me thou hast loosed my sackcloth and hast girded me with joy That my glory may sing Psalme to thee and not be silenced Iehovah my God I will confesse thee for ever Annotations DEdication or initiation which is when a new thing is first imployed and put to that use for which it was made It is applied to houses as here and Deut. 20. 5. to altars as Num. 7. 84 88. to walls as Nehem. 12. 27. to images as Dan 3. 2. and to men and then it meaneth instruction or training up as Prov. 22. 6. Gen. 14. 14. It is recorded by the Hebrewes that when the Israelites brought their baskets of first-fruits into the Sanctuary according to the Law in Dent. 26. and came thither in companies as their manner was they sang by the way the 122. Psalme and when they came to the Sanctuary with every man his basket on his shoulder they sang the 150. Psalme and when they were come into the court-yard the Levites said this 30. Psalme I will exalt thee c. Maimony in Misn. tom 3. in Biccurim or Treat of First-fruits chap. 4. sect 17. And the Chaldee expoundeth this title For the dedication of the house of the Sanctuary an Hymne of David Vers. 2. hast drawne up me as out of a pit of waters for this word is used for drawing of waters Exod. 2. 16 17. waters signifying troubles at me or over me for my ruine Or my enemies to me that is my utter enemies as Psal. 27. 2. Vers. 3. healedst me that is helpedst me out of trouble So Psal 41. 5. and 60. 4. Hos. 7. 1. 2 Chron. 7. 14. my soule from hell me or my life from the perill and state of death So Psal. 86. 13. Ionas meant the same when he said thou hast brought out my life from the pit Ion. 2. 6. Of hell See Psal. 16. 10. them that goe downe that is which die that I should not be among them The Hebrew also hath another reading that I should not goe downe the pit The meaning is
be translated vile matter meaning a vile or loathsome disease full of burning paine The Greeke turneth it mockings Vers. 9. the groâing or rumbling roaring noise Vers. 11. panteth throbbeth beateth about through trouble and distemperature able strength force and abilitie that is in the heart and bowels as elsewhere he saith my heart forsaketh me Psal. 40. 13. are not with me that is I have no use of them I cannot see Psal. 40. 13. Through faintnesse oft times the eye-sight faileth 1 Sam. 14. 28. 29. Psal. 13. 4. Vers. 12. my plague or stroke touch hurt The Hebrew useth touching for striking or hurting any manner of way Psal. 105. 15. Vers. 13. seeke my soule to kill me See Psal. 35. 4. wofull evils in Greeke vanities in Chaldee falshood Vers. 15. no reprehensions no arguments or convictions Vers. 16. thou wilt answer or that thou make answer that is heare and deliver me Psal. 3. 5. Vers. 17. I said lest or I say I thinke it is to be feared lest c. An unperfect speech through passion my foot is moved that is slip This is alwayes in the evill part when ones state is changed to worse Deut. 32. 35. Psal. 66. 9. and 94. 18. and 121. 3. A like phrase is of moving of the hand Lev. 25. 35. magnifie vaunt themselves in Greeke speake great things See Psal. 35. 26. Vers. 18. to halting to shew my infirmitie in my trials and afflictions as Iaakob halted after his wrastling with God Gen. 32. 31. See Psal. 35. 15. In the Greeke I am ready for scourges that is to suffer correction and punishment for my sinnes so the Chaldee saith for calamitie Vers. 19. am carefull or will shew care taking thought as for feare of some evill or danger to come So the originall word importeth Iosh. 22. 24. 1 Sam. 9. 5. and 10. 2. Isa. 57. 11. Vers. 20. are alive or living that is lively lusty chearefull haile and sound Or rich as the word seemeth to meane in Eccles. 6. 8. are mightie or strengthened compacted by power riches number c. See Psal. 35. 18. falsly or in falsitie that is for a false untrue and unjust cause Ps. 35. 19. So the Greek translateth it unjustly Vers. 21. my adversaries or are adverse to me opposite to let and hinder me The Hebrew Satan is hereupon applied to the Devill who is an adversary to hinder all goodnesse Zach. 3. 1. Mar. 1. 13. Rev. 12. 9. So after Psal. 71. 13. and 109. 4. 6. 20. 29. PSAL. XXXIX Davids care of his words 5 his consideration of the brevitie and vanitie of life 8 his hope in God 10 patience and prayer in affliction 12 He confesseth mans weaknesse and in respect of his short pilgrimage desireth refreshing To the master of the musicke to Ieduthun a Psalme of David I Said I will take heed to my waies from sinning with my tongue I will keepe a bridle on my mouth while the wicked is before me I was dumbe with stilnesse I was silent from good and my paine was troubled Mine heart was hot within mee in my meditation the fire burned I spake with my tongue Iehovah make mee to know mine end and the measure of my daies what it is let me know how soone ceasing I am Loe thou hast given my dayes of hand bredths and my worldly time is as nothing before thee surely all vanitie is every man though setled Selah Surely in an image walketh each man surely in vanitie doe they make a stirre hee heapeth up and knoweth not who shall gather them And now what expect I Lord my hopefull expectation it is for thee Deliver me from all my trespasses put me not the reproach of the foole I am dumbe I will not open my mouth because thou hast done it Turne away thy plague from mee by the striking of thine hand I am consumed With reproofes for iniquitie thou chastisest a man and makest that which is to be desired of his to melt away as a moth surely vanitie is every man Selah Heare my prayer Iehovah and mine out-cry give eare unto my teares cease not as deafe for a stranger I am with thee a sojourner as all my fathers Stay from me and let me refresh my selfe before I goe and I be not Annotations TO Ieduthun or for him and it may be meant not onely for his person but for his posteritie as Aaron is put for the Aaronites 1 Chron. 12. 27. This Ieduthun and his sonnes were singers in Israel with the harpe hee prophesied for the confessing and giving praise to Iehovah 1 Chron. 25. 3. So Psal. 77. 1. The Chaldee addeth to the title thus To praise for the keeping of the house of the Sanctuarie by the mouth of Ieduthun Vers. 2. take heed or beware observe The like speech is used 1 King 2. 4. from sinning that is as the Greeke translateth that I sin not or misse not If any man sinne not in word he is a perfect man and able to bridle all the bodie Iam. 3. 2. a bridle or mousell the Greeke turneth it a ward by this the untamednesse of the tongue is noted which must by force and watchfulnesse be restrained See Iam. 3. 3 8. Vers. 3. with stilnesse or silentnesse tamed subjection as the word often signifieth Psal. 4. 5. Wherefore the Greeke here turneth it I was humbled from good in Greeke from good things which the Chaldee explaineth the words of the Law my paine was troubled my sore was exulcerate renewed as the Greeke saith and increased Vers. 4. fire burned with this speech of David we may compare that of Ieremie And I said I will not mention him nor speake any more in his name but it was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones and I was weary with forbearing and could no longer Ier. 20. 9. Vers. 5. how soone ceasing how temporary fraile brittle and short-lived as the Chaldee expoundeth it when I shall cease out of the world or how defective I am so the Greeke saith what I lacke to wit of the end of my dayes what is the terme and period of my life Vers. 6. of hand bredths that is thou hast exactly measured them out and they are but short A hand bredth is a short measure the bredth of foure fingers my worldly time my life-time my temporary age The Greeke translateth it my substance the Chaldee my bodie The Hebrew Cheled is the world Psal. 17. 14. used here for mans life-time in this world So Psal. 89. 48. Iob 11. 17. surely or but onely all vanitie or a meere vapour all manner vanitie and nothing else Whatsoever vanitie is in the world may all be seene in man The Hebrew Hebel is a soone-vanishing vapour as the breath of ones mouth To this the Apostle hath reference saying What is your life it is even a vapour that appeareth for a little time and afterward vanisheth away Iam. 4. 14. every man or all mankinde Hebr. all Adam Adam called his second
62. 11. the fort or strong frontier âkonce rampart made for strength and safegard of the citie 1 King 21. 23. 2 Sam. 20. 15. So Psal. 122. 7. The Chaldee understands it of the strength of people the multitude distiââtly view or lift up meaning the eyes to behold or reare up the bankes of buildings The Hebrew Pasgu is here only used of it is Pisgah the name of an hill or mount Numb 21. 20. and 23. 14. Deut. 3. 17. and 34. 1. The Greeke translateth here distinguish or distribute following the Chaldee Passeg which is to distribute or divide Vers. 15. ever and aye ever and yet to eternitie and perpetuitie will guide us or lead us to wit as a flocke of sheepe Psal. 78. 52. 72. therefore the Greeke turneth it poimanei he will fââd or rule as a shepherd A like phrase is also used in speech of defence from enemies 2 Chron. 32. 22. untill death in Greeke for ever The Chaldee paraphraseth thus For this God is our God his divine Majestie is within it and his dwelling is in the heavens for ever and ever he will lead us in the daies of our youth PSAL. XLIX All are exhorted to heare Christs wisdome and parables 7 To build the faith of Resurrection from the dead not on worldly power but on God 17 Worldly prosperity is not to be admined for man without understanding perisheth like the beast To the Master of the Musicke to the sons of Korach a Psalme HEare ye this all peoples hearken yeâ all inhabitants of the transitorie world Both sons of base man and sons of noble man together rich and poore My mouth shall speake wisdomes and the meditation of my heart prudencies I will incline minâ eare to a parable I wil open with harpe mine hidden matter Why should I feare in the daies of evill when the iniquitie of my foot-steps shall compasse me They that trust in their wealthy power and glory in the multitude of their riches A man shall not redeeming redeeme his brother shall not give to God his ransome So precious shall be the redemption of their soule and it shall cease for ever That he may live yet to continuall aye may not see the pit of corruption For he seeth the wise doe die together the unconstant foole and brutish doe perish and leave to others their wealthy power Their inward thought is that their houses shall be for ever their dwelling places to generation and generation they proclaime their names on lands But man in honour doth not lodge a night he is likened to beasts that are silenced This their way is unconstant folly to them and their posteritie like well of their mouth Selah As sheepe they are put in hell death shall feed them and righteous men shall have rule over them at the morning their forme weare away in hell from his dwelling place But God will redeeme my soule from the hand of hell for he will receive me Selah Feare thou not when a man shall grow rich when the glory of his house shall be multiplied For he shall not when he die take any thing his glory shall not descend after him Though in his life he blesseth his soule and they will confesse thee when thou doest good to thy selfe It shall come unto the generation of his fathers unto continuall aye they shall not see the light Man in honour and understandeth not he is likened to beasts that are silenced Annotations THe transitory world see Psal. 17. 14. Vers. 3. base man in Hebrew Adam who was so called of Adamah the earth whereupon this title is given to the baser sort of people The Greek translateth it here earth-borne So the Apostle saith the first man of the earth earthly 1 Cor. 15. 47. noble man in Hebrew Ish which is the name of man in respect of heat valour noblenesse and dignitie whereby man is and excelleth and in opposition to the former word Adam it meaneth the great or nobler sort of people The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Both sons of Adam the first and sons of Iakob together righteous and sinner Vers. 4. wisdomes that is excellent and manifold wisdome so after prudencies for very excellent prudence and of sundry sorts So Solomon calleth the chiefe and most excellent wisdome wisdomes Prov. 1. 20. and 9. 1. Vers. 5. a parable or a proverbe in Hebrew Mashal which denoteth rule superiority or excellencie because such speeches prevaile much in the mindes of men and are in esteeme The new Testament in Greeke translateth it a parable Matth. 13. 35. from Psa. 78. 2. of the Latine we name it a Proverb in old English or Saxon it was called a big-spel Sometime it is used in the evill part for a by-word Psal. 44. 15. and 69. 12. mine hidden matter my darke question or grave doctrine my riddle The Hebrew Chidah riddle hath the name of sharpnesse as proceeding from a sharpe wit and needing the like to expound it See Iudg. 14. 12 18. Num. 12. 8. 1 King 10. 1. Prov. 1. 6. The holy Ghost expresseth it in Greeke by hidden things Matth. 13. 35. from Psal. 78. 2. Vers. 6. Why should I feare This is the hidden doctrine or riddle which the Prophet propoundeth as in his owne name and therefore also called it a parable By feare he meaneth dismay or discouragement See vers 17. the iniquitie that is punishment or death which is the wages of sinne see Psal. 31. 11. and by foot-steps or foot-soles he meaneth his waies or workes Or he may call death the punishment of his heeles or feet because the Serpent bruiseth Christ and his people but in the heele Gen. 3. 15. the sting of death being done away and it made a passage into life and glory 1 Cor. 15. 55. 57. Vers. 7. their wealthy power their riches which are thus called because they are gotten by power given of God Deut. 8. 18. with labour and industry and to the rich their goods are their strong citie Prov. 10. 15. therefore here they are said to trust in them contrary to 1 Tim. 6. 17. Iob 31. 24. Mark 10. 24. glory or praise themselves vaunt contrary to Ier. 9. 23. Vers. 8. not redeeming redeeme that is shall in no wise or not at all redeeme The Chaldee expoundeth it a wicked man cannot redeeming redeeme his captived brother Vers 9. So precious shall be or And deare costly is and consequently rare and hard to obtaine as Dan. 2. 11. 1 Sam. 3. 1. of their soule that is of their life So Exod. 21. 30. cease for ever that is it shall never be accomplished So ceasing is used for the not doing of a thing Deut. 23. 22. Zach. 11. 12. Vers. 10. That he may live this is referred to the end of the eight verse not give his ransome and so live And is here for That see Psal. 43. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth live to be the life eternall the piâ to be the judgement of Gehenna or hell Vers. 11. the wise The
Chaldee saith For hee shall see wicked wise men that die the second death and are adjudged to Gehenna unconstant foole and brutish these two names are often joyned together as Psal. 92. 7. and 94. 8. the one noting ficklenesse and mutabilitie called Cesil which is both the name of a foole and of a starre that causeth change of weather and tempests whereupon Solomon speaketh of the restlesnesse of this kind of folly Eccles 7. 27. and of the tumultuousnesse and light behaviour of such fooles as having their eyes wandring unto the ends of the earth Prov. 9. 13. and 17. 24. the other noting want of discretion at brute beasts led with sensuality and carried with ardent furious affections 2 Pet. 2. 12. Iude 10. See Psal. 73. 22. Vers. 12. Their inward thought or their meaning purpose This word signifieth the nearest and most secret thought or purpose the heart See Psal. 5. 10. and 55. 5. and 64. 7. their houses for ever to wit shall continue by houses meaning their children or posteritie as Psal. 115. 12. which they that want are said to be barren of house Psal. 113. 9. they proclaime their names on lands or they call lands their lands as the Greeke explaineth it by their owne names As the land of Canaan of Mitsraim that is Aegypt of Asshur c. So Absalom called his pillar by his owne name 2 Sam. 18. 18. Cain his citie by his sonnes name Gen. 4. 17 thus thinking to make their memorie everlasting Or they proclaime their names seeking to be famous thorowout the lands or countries The Chaldee expoundeth it they were proud and got themselves an evill name on earth Vers. 13. But man or And Adam and this may be minded both for the first man Adam who continued not in his dignity so for all his children as the Chaldee saith And the sonne of man a sinner abideth not in honor in honor being in honour dignitie or estimation not lodge a night or not continue The word though it properly signifieth a nights lodging or abiding Gen. 28. 11. Exod. 23. 18. yet is used also for longer continuance Psal. 25. 13. and 55. 8. Zach. 5. 4. The Greeke translateth understandeth not as the Hebrew also is in vers 21. are silenced that is are cut off die or perish the Greeke translateth are like unto them The Hebrew word signifieth silence or stilnesse not onely in speech but in motion as the Sunne was still or silent when it moved not Ios. 10. 12 13. and people destroyed are said to bee silenced Isa. 15. 1. and the grave or death is called silence Psal. 115. 17. and things without life are in the Hebrew phrase dumbe or silent Hab. 2. 19. Exod. 15. 16. Vers. 14. unconstant folly to them that is is their folly or a constant hope to them that is is their confidence The originall word hath contrary significations unconstant folly Eccles. 7. 27. and constant hope Psal. 78. 7. Iob. 31. 24. both wayes it may here be taken confident hope in their owne conceit but indeed folly The Greeke turneth it a seandall or stumbling blocke to them and their posteritie or yet those after them their successors their mouth that is their words doctrine counsell precepts The mouth is figuratively used for whatsoever commeth out of the same as word or commandement 1 Sam. 12. 15. Iob 39. 30. Num. 9. 20. Deut. 1. 26. Mat. 18. 16. Luke 19. 22. The Chaldee here differeth much saying This their way occasioneth folly to them and in their end with their mouth they shall manifest their sinnes to the world that is to come Vers. 15. they are put or laid or they put that is men put them An Hebrew phrase as Luke 12. 20. they shall fetch away thy soule that is it shall bee fetched away The like is often used Psal. 105. 28. and 141. 6. The Hebrew Text it selfe sometime explaineth this as they had anointed David 2 Sam. 5. 17. that is David was anointed 1 Chron. 14. 8. Howbeit the Chaldee taketh it actively saying Like sheepe they put the just to death and kill them and crush the Saints c. in hell into a ditch to the lowest grave or state of death called Sheol See the notes on Ps. 16. 10. death shall feed them as a shepherd shall feed and rule them as Psal. 78. 72. or death shall feed on them to devour them as Ier. 50. 19. at the morning the last day of judgement for then all that sleepe in the dust of the earth shall awake and rise and the new day of eternall life shall begin their forme their figure shape or image with all their beauty and proportion or their rocke that is their strength or as the Greeke saith their helpe that wherein they trust in Chaldee their bodie The Hebrew Tsur is usually a rocke here it seemeth to be all one with Tsurah a forme or figure and this is confirmed by the writing for though by the vowels and reading it is Tsur yet by the letters it is Tsir which is an image Isa. 45. 16. And Tsurum is for Tsuratham as tebunam is for tebunatham in Hos. 13. 2. weare away in hell or wax old in the grave understanding the word in which is expressed in the Greeke or without it thus Hell the grave shall weare away shall consume their forme The Hebrew leballoth being indefinite to weare out with age is here of like signification as that which went before shall have rule The like Hebraisme is in Ier. 14. 5. Zach. 12. 10. and 3. 4. See also Psal. 65. 11. and 56. 14. and by this their affliction in hell is meant as that which one Prophet calleth wearing out or wasting 1 Chron. 17. 9. another calleth afflicting 2 Sam. 7. 10. from his dwelling place that is every of them comming from or being thrust out of his dwelling or home as the Greeke saith they are thrust from their glorie It may also be Englished for his dwelling place and so the Chaldee understood it saying Therefore their bodies shall wax old in Gehenna because they stretched out their hand and destroyed the dwelling place of the house of his divine Majestie Vers. 16. from the hand of hell that is from the power of the grave death and damnation So of all the faithfull he saith I will redeeme them from the hand of hell Hos. 13. 14. but so can no man redeeme himselfe Psal. 89. 49. Hand is put for power as Ps. 22. 21. And this is meant of the resurrection and redemption of body and soule from damnation by Christ. for he will receive me or when he shall receive or take me meaning up into heaven where God himselfe is 1 Thess. 4. 14. Ioh. 14. 3. This manner of speech is used in Gen. 5. 24. Henoch was no more for God received him The Chaldee explaineth this verse thus But God will redeem my soule from Gehenna for be will teach me his Law and will lead me to his portion in the
death make them guiltie upon them and on him as the Hebrew forme noteth that is on every of them to hell to the place and state of death Psal. 16. 10. as the conspirators with Korah went downe quicke into hell Numb 16. 30 33. in their dwelling place or in their ââjourning place for this life is a pilgrimage where men are but guests in their inmost part or within them in the midst of them meaning their heart Vers. 18. and at noone These three times in the day they used to pray in Israel as David here practised and Daniel afterwards Dan. 6. 10. and at the sixt houre which was their âoone tide Peter ãâã to prayer Act. 10. 9. Though the day was then divided into twelve houres Ioh. 11. 9. yet of old they had but these three times or houres meditate or pray see the note on verse 3. and Psal 77. 4. Vers. 19. from the battell against me from the ãâã sighâ the conflict with me the Greeke saith from them that ãâã neere to me meaning his foes as Psal 27. 2. with many or in many were they with me This is doubtfull whether it be meant of foes or friends If of ãâã it may be resolved thus for with many with a great multitude they were fighters with me If of friends it may be understood of Gods Angels that in a great number were with him pitching campe for his aid Psal. 34. 8. as Elishah said many moe are with us than with them 2 Kings 6. 16 17. The Chaldee explaineth it for in many afflictions his word was for my helpe Vers. 20. even he that sitteth that is the eternall that abideth one and the same in counsell power c. no changes or alterations from evill to good and are not bettered Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it of sinners which change not their evillway It may also be meant no alterations of their good estate that is no adversities as Ioâ 10. 17. Vers. 21. He sent forth his hand that is laid violent hands as Nehem. 13. 21. his peaceable friends or them that were at peace with him Vers. 22. drawne swords that is wounding deadly A like similitude Solomon useth Prov. 12. 18. There is that speaketh words like the prickings of a sword See also Psal. 57. 5. Vers. 23. thy carefull burden or thy gift that is whatsoever thou art carefull to have given thee in all thy wants and need or whatsoever âe giveth thee to exercise thy faith patience by adversââies The Greeke well turneth it thy care which phrase the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care upon him c. The Chaldee saith Cast thy hope on the Lord. Compare also herewith Mat. 6. 25. Luke 12. 22. Psal. 37. 5. Sustaine thee or foster and nourish thee with food and all other necessaries The word though it be generall yet is often used for nourishing Gen. 45. 11. and 47. 12. 1 King 18. 4. So the Greeke also turneth it here not give that is not suffer as Psal. 16. 10. Vers. 24. pit of corruption the Chaldee expoundeth it the deepe Gehenna men of blouds c. that is bloudy men as Psalm 5. 7. not live halfe Hâbr not halfen their daies that is not come to halfe the daies of their life but be cut off by untimely death So Job 15. 32. PSAL. LVI David praying to God in confidence of his word complaineth of his enemies 10 Heprofâsseth his confidence in Gods word and promiseth to praise him To the master of the musicke concerning the dumbe dove in faire places Michtam of David when the Philistims tooke him in Gath. BE gracious to mee O God for sory man would swallow me up all the day warring he oppresseth me Mine enviers would swallow mee up all the day for many doâ warte with me O most high In the day I shall feare I will trust unto thee In God I will praise his word in God doe I trust I will not feare what flesh can doe unto mee All the day my words they grievously wrest against me all their thoughts be for evill They draw together they keep close themselves they doe observe my steps because they earnestly expect my soule For painfull iniquitie shall they escape safe in anger cast downe the peoples O God Thou hast counted my wandring put thou my teares in thy bottle are they not in thy register Then shall mine enemies turne backe in the day that I call this I know that God will be for mee In God I will praise the word in Iehovah I will praise the word In God doe I trust I will not feare what earthly man can doe unto me Thy vowes are upon me O God I will pay confessions unto thee For thou hast delivered my soule from death hast thou not also my feet from sliding for to walke on before God in the light of the living Annotations COncerning the dumbe dove or after the Hebrew phrase the dove of dumbnesse thus David speaketh of himselfe as of a dove subject to vexation among the âavenous kites the Philistims which were farre disâoyned from Gods people in faith though neare in habitation as the Greeke translateth it the people farre off from the Saints Or Aelem interpreted dumbnesse may also be turned a Congregation as in Psalm 58. 2. and so the meaning is the dove of the Congregation of them that be farre of that is of the Philistims And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it To praise for the congregation which is like to a silent dove in the time when they are driven farre from their cities c. Michtam a Iewell or golden Psalme See Psalm 16. 1. tooke him in Gath David fleeing from Saul to Achish King of Gath and being there knowne changed his behaviour and fained him-selfe foolish and was so dismissed 1 Sam. 21. 10 c. whereupon he made the â4 Psalme After that he fled againe to K. Achish and dwelt there with him he and his company 1 Sam. 27. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 2. would swallow me up or breatheth after me to take and devâure me The word Shaaph is used for sooping in of drinke Iob 5. 5. also of the wind or breath Ier. 2 â4 and 14. 6. and so for breathing after any thing to come thereto Ioh 7. 2. Eccles 1. 5. So after in Psal 57 4. and 119. 131. O most high O high God as the Chaldee explaineth it The Greeke saith from the height wee may also translate it in height that is highly proudly they warre against me But Marom Height is sometime Gods attribute as Mich. 6. 6. Psal. 92. 9. Vers. 4. In the day or what day that is whensoever I shall be afraid Vers. 5. what flesh can doe or question-wise what can flesh doe unto me by flesh meaning corrupt and weake man as is expressed vers 12. The like title is given to men in Psal. 78. â9 Gen. 6. 3. Esay 40 6. Vers. 6. they grievously wrest they pairfully forme and frame my
Iah God meaning it of the captives Or that thou O Iah God maist dwell to wit in mens hearts by faith Ephes. 3. 17. or in the Church which by those thy gifts the Ministers is builded as a spirituall house for God to dwell in 1 Cor. 3. 9 10 16. 1 Pet. 2 5. So God dwelt among the Israelites Num. 5. 3. and 35. 34. Vers. 20. day by day or daily see Psal. 61. 9. âodeth us to wit with his blessings or gifts verse 19. or with afflictions wherewith the Saints are burdened and yet blesse him for his comforts in them 2 Cor. 5. 4. and 1. 3 4 8. and 6. 4 6. The Chaldee understandeth it of such lâding as is by adding precepts upon precepts Vers. 21. Our God c. or God to us is a God for salvations that is all manner health helpe and deliverance that fully saveth Iehovih so the name of God is written usually when Adonai Lord next followeth it as here and Psal. 109. 21. or goeth before it as Gen. 15. 2. having the vowels of Aelohim God and so is by the Iewes pronounced as other times having the vowels of Adonai it is so pronounced Lord. So for Adonai Iehovaih 2 Sam. 7. 18. is written Iehovah Aelohim 1 Chron. 17. 16. See Psal. 83. 19. issues or passages that is waies and meanes of death or to death meaning that he hath many waies to bring his enemies to death and to deliver his people out of it For he hath the keyes of death Rev. 1. 18. âe killeth and giveth life woundeth and healeth and none can deliver out of his hand Deut. 32. 39. So issues of life Prov. 4 23. Vers. 22. hairie scalpe Hebr. the crowne or scalpe of haire meaning open and inevitable judgement on the chiefest and most fierce enemies guiltinesses guilty sinnes impieties So Psal. 69. 6. Vers. 23. I will bring againe or will returne reduce to wit thee my people as I brought thee from the perill of Ogh in Bashan Numb 21. 23 35. and of Pharaoh at the red sea Exod. 14. 22 23 28 29. Former deliverances are often by the Prophets applied to the times and workes of Christ See Isa. 11. 1 11 15 16. and 51. 10 11. gulfs or deeps bottoms See Psal. 69. 3. Vers. 24. That thy foot may embrew that is âe embrewed or That thou maist embrew thy foot It is the same word which before in verse 22. is Englished wound and signifieth to make gorâ bloudy and is here by consequence put for embrewing or dipping in gorâ bloud as the Greeke turneth it That thy foot may bee dipped And this noteth a great slaughter of the enemies as the dipping of the foot in oile Deut. 33. 24. meaneth abundance thereof in bloud of thine enemies or which floweth from thine enemies from him that is from each of them or from the greatest of them Antichrist or of the same bloud Compare herewith the slaughter of Christs enemies Rev. 19. 17 18 21. Vers. 25. They have seene that is Men have seene not naming any speciall persons thy goings or waies and administration The Chaldee saith The house of Israel have seene the going of thy Majestie upon the Sea O God in the that is which art in the Sanctuarie or into the Sanctuarie referring it to Davids carrying of the Aâke into the holy Tent 1 Chron 13. 6. 8. and 15. 28. Vers. 26. beating on timbrels or on Tabers to wit with the hand so in the triumph at the red sea Mary the sister of Aaron and all the women after her with timbrels and pipâs sung praise to God Exod. 15. 20 21. unto that the Chaldee here referreth it So at the slaughter of the Philistims 1 Sam. 18. 6 7. and at the slaughter of the Ammonites Iudg. 11. 34. A timbrel or taber is in Hebrew named Toph of the like sound that it maketh when it is stricken Vers. 27. In the Churches or congregations see Psal. 26. 12. ye of the fountaine that come out of Israel as out of a well or fountaine a phrase taken from Deut. 33. 28. Esaias hath also one much like it Isa. 48. 1. It seemeth to be meant of the people though it may also be referred to Christ blesse the Lord who is of the fountaine of Israel For of the Israelites concerning the flesh Christ came who is God over all blessed for ever Amen Rom. 9. 5. Vers. 28. There in the Churches be little Benjamin the tribe or posteritie of Benjamin who was himselfe little that is youngest of all Israels children and his tribe little that is few in number being almost all destroied for the sinne of Gibea Iudg. 20. 1 c. their ruler the Prince of that Tribe The Greeke version saith in a trance taking the Hebrew Rodem to be of radam though it be not found elsewhere in this forme yet rare words but once used are sundry times found in this and other Psalmes These things applied to Christs times and after are very mysticall Benjamin the least is here put first so in the heavenly Ierusalem the first foundation is a Iasper Rev. 21. 19. which was the last precious stone in Aarons Brest plate on which Benjamins name was graven Exod 28. 20. 10. 21. In this Tribe Paul excelled as a Prince of God though one of the last Apostles 1 Cor. 15. 8 9 10. who was converted in a trance or extasie Act. 9. 3 4 c. and in exâasies he and other Apostles saw the mysteries of Christs Kingdome Act. 10. 10 11 c. 2 Cor. 12. 1 2 3 4. their assembly in Greeke their governours the Hebrew word Regamah but once used causeth this ambiguitie for comming of Ragam to throw an heape of stones Lev. 24. 14. may either be taken for an heape or assembly or for a stone that is a ruler as elsewhere a stone signifieth Gen. 49. 24. Of this Tribe of Iudah were the Apostle Iames and other our Lords brethren Gal. 1. 19. Act. 1. 14. Zebuluâ Naphtalâ these Tribes were situate in the âarthest parts of Canaan as Iuda and Benjamin were in the first and chiefest parts meaning by these few all other Tribes gathered to praise God In these coasts Christ called to Apostleship Simon Peter Andâew c. fishers of Galilee Vers. 29. commanded thy strength that is powerfully appointed it speaking to the Church See the like phrase Psal. 133. 3. and 44. 5. By strength also Kingdome is often meant strengthen the Chaldee paraphraseth dwell in this house of the Sanctuarie which thou hast made for us Vers. 30. For thy Palace or temple which was after Davids daies to be builââ in the heavenly Ierusalem the Lord and the Lambe are the Temple of it Rev. 21. 22. bring a present or lead along a gift that is gifts or presents So Psal. 76. 12. which presânts are sometimes of the persons of men See Isa. 18. 7. 66. 20. Rom. ãâã 16. 12. 1. Vers. 31. Rebuke that is Destroy See Psal. 9. 6. âompany of speare-men
from the salt Sea the lake of Sodome Gen. 14. 3. to the maine sea See Numb 34. 3 6 c. where the limits of the land are described from the river the great river Euphrates Gen. 15. 18. Deut. 11. 24. In Solomon this was accomplished when hee reigned over all kingdomes from the river to the land of the Philistims and to the border of Aegypt 1 King 4. 21. in Christ when all Nations were brought into his subjection by the Gospell as Mat. 28. 18 19. Act. 1. 8. Col. 1. 5 6. Rev. 11. 15. Vers. 9. in dry places or in desarts which the Greeke explaineth the Aethiopians The Hebrew Tsijim signifieth here and Psal. 74. 14. people that dwell in dry desart places sometime it is used for wilde beasts that haunt such desarts as Esa. 34. 14. and 13. 21. Ier. 50. 39. lick the dust like a Serpent as is expressed in Mic. 7. 16. noting hereby great feare and subjection testified by bowing downe their faces to the ground as is the manner in the Easterne countries In Esa. 49. 23. a like promise is made to the Church of Christ. Vers. 10. Of Tharshish or of the Ocean that dwell by the maine sea See the Note on Psal. 48. 8. Sheba and Seba that is of Aethiopia and Arabia far southerne Countries inhabited by the posterity of Sheba and Seba the Nephew son of Cush the son of Cham the son of Noah Gen. 10. 7. The Queen of Sheba or of the South came from the utmost parts of the earth to heare the wisdome of Solomon gave him much gold sweet odours and precious stones 1 King 10. 1 10. Mat. 12. 42. Vers. 12. hath no helper or to whom no helper See the like by Iob Iob 29. 12. Vers. 14. precious shall their bloud be that is their death meaning that hee regardeth their life and will not easily suffer them to be killed for that it is precious and deare unto him as on the contrary Paul said his life was not deare unto himselfe when hee was willing and ready to lose it for Christs cause Act. 20. 24. See Psal. 116. 15. Vers. 15. he shall give meaning man in generall or each one brought in subjection as the Greeke saith to him shall be given meaning to Salomon gold of Sheba the Greeke saith of Arabia see vers 10. all the day or daily Vers. 16. There shall be a parcell c. where a handfull of corne shall be sowne on the top of the mounts the most barren places there shall be such increase that the fruit shall shake and make a noise like the trees of Lebanon shake or stirre with noise rustle Lebanon that is trees of Lebanon as the earth for the inhabitants of the earth Psal. 66. 1. of this mount see the Note on Psal. 29. 5. they of the City that is the citizens as they of the world are worldlings Psal. 17. 14. ye of the heavens Psal. 148. 1. are the inhabitants there The Chaldee addeth of the City Ierusalem Compare herewith Isa. 27. 6. Vers. 17. continued to wit as a sonne continueth his fathers name for the originall jinnon or janin commeth of Nin which is a Sonne the Greeke also turneth it his name continueth and Christs name is continued in us that beleeve in him called Christians Act. 11. 26. and his children Heb. 2. 13 14. before the sun that is so long as it endureth as vers 5. So Psal. 102. 29. they shall blesse to wit men of all nations shall count and speake of their blessednesse in him So Gen. 22. 18. call him blessed or happy shall beautifie him Vers. 19. name of his glory that is his glorious or honourable name So Lord of glory Iam. 2. 1. for glorious Lord. filled with his glory that is with the manifestation of his glorious workes and praising him for the same See the like speeches Numb 14. 21. Isa. 6. 3. Rev. 18. 1. Ezek. 43. 2. Amen So beat This second booke of Psalmes is concluded with twise Amen as was the former see Psal. 41. 14. Vers. 20. Ended or Compleat are meaning that this Psalme was the last of Davids prayers or hymnes as the Greeke translateth it howsoever it is not set last in order as neither other bee Or that this matter touching Christs Kingdome is the last thing whereof David prophesied and for which he prayed as 1 Pet. 1. 10 11. Iesse or Iishai as the Hebrew soundeth it and sometime Ishai 1 Chro. 2. 12 13. which name signifieth strength and manhood as David amiable The third Booke PSAL. LXXIII The Prophet prevailing in a tentation sheweth the occasion thereof the prosperity of the wicked 13 The wound given thereby diffidence 15 The victory over it knowledge of Gods purpose in destroying of the wicked and sustaining the righteous A Psalme of Asaph YEt surely God is good to Israel to them that are pure in heart And I my feet almost swerved aside my steps had welnigh slipped out For I envied at vain-glorious fools when I saw the peace of the wicked For there are no bands in their death and lusty is their strength They are not in the molestation of sory man and with earthly man they are not plagued Therfore pride compasseth them about as a chaine violence covereth them as a garment Their eyes standeth out with fatnesse they passe the imaginations of the heart They doe corrupt and speake with maliciousnesse of oppression they speak from aloft They set their mouth against the heavens and their tongue walketh thorow the earth Therefore his people turneth hither and waters of a full cup are wrung out to them And they say How doth God know and is there knowledge in the most high Loe these are the wicked and in tranquillity ever they increase wealthy power Surely in vaine have I cleansed mine heart and washed my hands in innocency And am plagued all the day and my rebuke is in the mornings If I say I will tell thus loe I unfaithfully wrong the generation of thy sons And I thought to know this but it was a painfull thing in mine eyes Vntill I entred into the Sanctuaries of God did prudently attend to their last end Surely thou dost set them in slipperie places dost make them fall to desolations How are they brought to wondrous desolation as in a moment are they at an end are they consumed with troublesome frights As a dreame after one waketh O Lord when thou raisest up thou wilt despise their image Surely mine heart was levened and I was pricked in my reines And I was bruitish and knew not as the beasts was I with thee Yet I continually was with thee thou hast holden me fast by my right hand Thou wilt guide mee with thy counsell and after wilt receive me to glory Whom have I in the Heavens and with thee I delight not any in earth Wholly consumed is my flesh and my heart the Rocke of my heart and my portion is God forever For loe they that are
Melchisedek Gen. 14. 18. afterwards called Ierusalem whereof see the notes on Psal. 51. 20. The Greeke translateth it in Peace which is the interpretation of the name Salem as the Apostle sheweth Heb. 7. 2. The Chaldee paraphrase saith Ierusalem his tabernacle or tent pavilion which is both a meane dwelling and a moveable Lev. 13. 42 43. Heb. 11. 9 10. For both Moses Tabernacle and Solomons Temple were meane cottages in respect of Gods glory 1 King 8. 27. Vers. 4. burning arrowes or fiery darts as the Apostle calleth the tentations of that wicked one Ephes. 6. 16. The Hebrew Riââphei is properly burning coles Song 8. 6. figuratively here the glistering brasse-beaded arrowes elsewhere the fiery thunder bolts Psal. 78. 48. and burning plague Deut. 32. 24. Habak 3. 5. likened to arrowes Ps. 91. 5. Here it may leade us to minde this Psalme to celebrate the victories against Satan figured by the vanquishing of the Assyrians and other enemies 2 King 19. 35. The Chaldee explaineth it thus When the house of Israel did his will he placed his divine majesty among them there brake hee the arrowes and bowes of people that warred shield and sword and battle-ray destroyed he for ever and the warre that is the army of warriers the battle-array See Psal. 27. 3. And thus Shalem or Peace is maintained by breaking all warlike instruments as Esa. 2. 4. Vers. 5. Bright made light that is Glorious speaking to God as vers 7. wondrous excellent magnificent see Psal. 8. 2. mounts of prey the mountaines of the Lions and Leopards Song 4. 8. meaning the kingdomes of this world which make prey and spoile one of another like wilde beasts Dan. 7. 4. 5 6 7. whom the Lambe on mount Sion excelleth in power and glory Revel 14. 1. and 17. 14. Or from the mounts of prey that is when thou commest from conquering the enemies which lie in the mountaines to make prey of thy people V. 6. mighty of heart or stout stubborn-hearted a title of the wicked that are farre from justice E ãâ¦ã 46. 12. called here in Greek unwise in heart their sleepe their eternall sleepe Ier. 51. 39 57. the slââpe of death Psa. 13. 4. So in the next verse none of Hebr. all or any have not found that is none found So 1 Ioh. 3. 15. every man-slayer hath not that is none hath life See also Psa. 143. 2. men of power able men for strength courage and riches in which last sense the Greeke taketh it here these did not resist or could not as Psal. 77. 5. They were not able as the Chaldee saith to take their weapons in their hands Vers. 7. thy rebuke that is punishment destruction see Ps. 9. 6. chariot that is Princes and Captaines riding on chariots horses on which they were wont of old to fight Iudg. 4. 3. 1 King 22. 31. 34. These all by Gods rebuke have beene slaine as in the campe of Asshur 2 King 19. 35. and the host of Antichrist Rev. 19. 18 21. Vers. 8. when thou art angry Hebr. from then that is from the time of thine anger after thine anger is once kindled Vers. 9. the earth or the land which the Chaldee understandeth thus the land of the heathens feared the land of Israel was quiet V. 11. shall confesse thee that is shall turne to thy praise when thy people are delivered from the rage of their foes the remnant or the reââunder that is thy people which remaine and perish not in the rages of the wicked thou wilt gird to wit with joyfulnesse that they shall sing praise to thee as the Greek explaineth it shall keepe a feast to thee As in Ioel 1. 13. Gird ye there is understood with sorrow or sackcloth so here seemeth to be understood joy or gladnesse wherewith persons or things are said to be girded Ps. 30. 12. and 65. 13. or thou wilt gird with strength as Ps. 18. 40. Or if we referre it to the hot rage of the wicked the residue thereof thou wilt gird that is binde or restraine from attempting further evill Vers. 12. Vow ye men in danger or deliuered from it were wont to make vowes unto God Genes 28. 20. Iona 1. 16. Psal. 66. 13 14. round about him a description of his people as the twelve tribes pitched round about the Tabernacle Numb 2. 2. and the foure and twenty Elders were round about Gods throne Revel 4. 4. So the Chaldee expoundeth it ye that dwell about his Sanctuary to the feare that is the most fearefull God called Feare or Terrour for more reverence and excellency unto whom all feare is due as Isai. 8. 12. 13. Malach. 1. 6. So Iakob called God the Feare of his father Isaak Genes 31. 53. And this was performed when after Asshurs overthrow many brought offerings to the Lord 2 Chron. 32. 21 23. Vers. 13. To him that gathereth so the Greeke to him that taketh away or wee may reade Hee gathereth or Cutteth off as in vintage a similitude from grape-gatherers which cut off the clusters of the vines applied here to the cutting off the lives of men The like is in Rev. 14. 18 19 20. also in Iudg. 20. 45. The Chaldee explaineth it To him that represseth the pride of the spirit of governours God to be feared above all Kings of the earth ... Governours or Princes Captaines that leade and goe before the people So Gods Angell destroied all the valiant men and Princes and Captaines in the Campe of the King of Asshur 2 Chro. 32. 21. PSAL. LXXVII The Psalmist sheweth what fierce combat hee had with diffidence 11 The victory which he had by consideration of Gods great and gracious workes done of old To the Master of the Musicke to Ieduthun a Psalme of Asaph MY voice was to God and I cried out my voice was to God and he gave eare unto mee In day of my distresse I sought the Lord my hand by night reached out and ceased not my soule refused to be comforted I remembred God and made a troubled noise I meditated and my spirit was overwhelmed Selah Thou heldest the watches of mine eies I was stricken amazed and could not speake I recounted the daies of antiquity the yeeres of ancient times I remembred my melody in the night with my heart I meditated and my spirit searched diligently Will the Lord cast off to eternities and not adde favourably to accept any more Is his mercy ceased to perpetuity is his word ended to generation and generation Hath God forgotten to be gracious hath he shut up in anger his tender mercy Selah And I said doth this make me sicke the change of the right hand of the most high I will record the actions of Iah surely I will remember thy miracle from antiquity And I will meditate of all thy worke and will discourse of thy practises O God thy way is in the sanctuary who is so great a God as God Thou art the God that doest a marvellous worke thou hast
theÌ I am shut up cannot get out Mine eye languisheth through mine affliction I call on thee Iehovah all the day I spread out my hands unto thee Wilt thou doe a miraculous worke to the dead or shall the deceased rise up shall they confesse thee Selah Shall thy mercy be told in the grave thy faithfulnesse in perdition Shall thy miraculous worke be knowne in the darknesse and thy justice in the land of oblivion But I unto thee Iehovah doe I cry out and in the morning my prayer shall prevent thee Wherefore Iehovah dost thou reject my soule doest thou hide thy face from me Iam poore afflicted and breathing out the ghost from my youth I beare thine affrightings I am doubtfully troubled Thy wraths passe over me thy terrours doe dismay me They compasse me about as waters all the day they are gone about against me together Thou hast put far away from me lover fellow friend my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse Annotations MAchalath a kind of wind instrument or by interpretatioÌ infirmitie see Ps. 53. 1. leannoth or to sing by turnes which is when one part answereth another in singing it may also be interpreted to afflict or humble This Psalme is the most dolefull of all the Bible full of complaints even to the end Heman the Aezrachite so the next Psalme is intituled of Aethan the Ezrachite there were two of this name Heman and Aethan sonnes of Zerach the sonne of Iudah the Patriarch ãâã Chron. 2. 4 6. men renowned for their wisedome 1. King 4. 31. also Heman and Aethan singers and musicians of the posteritie of Levithe Patriarch 1 Chr. 15. 17 19. and 16. 42. Heman being son of Ioel the son Samuel the Prophet 1 Sam. 6. 33. himselfe being also a Seer or Prophet in King Davids daies 1 Chron. 25. 5. And of the kingdome promised to David doth Aethan intreat Psal. 89. 4. c. Christs afflictions and kingdome are in these Psalmes fore-told he was the true David Hos. 3. 5. Vers. 4. draweth neere or toucheth hell or the grave So to touch or come neere to the gates of death Psal. 107. 18. Vers. 5. a man Hebr. geber that is a strong man but without abilitie or power to helpe my selfe as the Greeke saith helplesse Vers. 6 free that is acquitted or discharged from the troubles and affaires of this life for in death the prisoners rest together and the servant is free from his master Iob. 3. 18. 19. or free that is sequestred apart from others as King Azariah being leprous dwelt in an house of freedome that is alone apart from other men 2 King 15. 5. from thine hand that is from thy care helpe guidance c. as King Azariah before said was cut off from the house of the Lord 2 Chr. 26. 21. or by thine hand and so understand from the land of the living as Isa. 53. 8. Vers. 7. pit of the lowest places the nether most pit as the Greeke saith w ch the Chaldee paraphraseth thus in captivitie which is like to the nether pit darknesses or darke places so Psal. 143. 3. deepe places or gulses see Psal. 69. 3. Vers. 8. stayeth or is imposed and lieth hard billowes breaking waves of the sea see Psal. 42. 8. Vers. 9. set me abominations that is made me most abominable or loathsome to every of them can not get out so Lam. 3. 7. Iob 19. 8. Of this phrase see the Note on Psal. 77. 5. Vers. 10. languisheth or pineth away the Chaldee saith droppeth teares Compare herewith Lev. 25. 16. Vers. 11. the deceased Hebr. Rephaim dead men are so called as being incurable or unrecoverable to life so Isa. 14. 9 and 26. 14 19. Prov. 2. 18. and 9. 18. and 21. 16. See also Psal. 6. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth shall the bodies which are delivered to the dust rise up Vers. 12. perdition Hebr. Abaddon the grave where bodies perish and seeme to be lost So Iob 28. 22. and 26. 6. Vers. 13. darknesse that is the place and state of the dead called the land of darknesse and shadow of death Iob 10. 21 22. So Eccles. 6. 4. Note here the sundry titles given to the state of death land of oblivion where dead men are as is before noted which also are forgotten out of minde Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 8. 10. and 9. 5. Vers. 16. breathing out the ghost that is ready to dye expiring through continuall miseries The Greeke saith in labours from my youth from the youth or for the shaking off that is the affliction am doubtfully troubled or distracted for feare lest evils should befall me Vers. 17. dismay suppresse or cut me off The Hebrew word is larger than usuall to increase the signification The Greeke turneth it trouble Vers. 19. my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse that is withdraw and hide them from my sight and as Iob complaineth are strangers unto me See Iob 19. 13 14. Or as the Greeke referreth it to the former and my knowne friends to wit thou hast put farre from calamitie or for the calamitie that is upon me Or as the Chaldee paraphraseth and to my knowne friends darke I am in their sight PSAL. LXXXIX The Psalmist praiseth God for his covenant 6 for his wonderfull power 16 for the care of his Church 20 and for his favour to the kingdome of David 39 He complaineth of contrary events 47 expostulateth prayeth and blesseth God An instructing Psalme of Aethan the Aezrachite I Will sing the mercies of Iehovah for ever to generation and generation will I make knowne thy faithfulnesse with my mouth For I said mercie shall be built up for ever the heavens thou wilt stablish thy faithfulnesse in them I have stricken a covenant with my chosen I have sworne to David my servant I will stablish thy seed unto eternitie to generation and generation will I build up thy throne Selah And the heavens shall confesse thy marvellous worke Iehovah also thy faithfulnesse in the Church of the Saints For who in the skie may be compared to Iehovah may be likened to Iehovah among the sons of the mighties God is daunting terrible in the secret of the Saints very much fearefull over all round about him Iehovah God of hosts who is like thee mighty Iah and thy faithfulnesse is round about thee Thou rulest over the swelling of the sea when the waves there of rise high thou stillest them Thou hast beaten down Rahab as a wounded man thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arme of thy strength Thine are the heavens thine also is the earth the world and plenty therof thou hast founded theÌ The North and the right side thou createdst them Tabor and Hermon in thy name they shall shout Thou hast an arme with might strong is thy hand exalted is thy right hand Iustice and judgement are the prepared place of thy throne mercie and truth goe before thy face O blessed are the people that know the shouting sound Iehovah in the light of
and somtime waneth and seemeth to be gone yet is continually renued and so stable a fit resemblaâce of the throne or Church of Christ which hath not alwaies one face or appearance in the world though it be perpetnall and a witnesse the Moone and perpetuitie of it with the successive course of night and day is made a witnesse of Gods faithfulnesse in his covenant Ierem. 33. 20 21. Christ also himselfe is called a faithfull witnesse Rev. 1. 5. Esay 55. 4. and faithfull meaneth Stedfast as 2 Sam. 7. 16. compared with 1 Chron. 17. 14. and that lyeth not Prov. 14. 5. Vers. 39. But thou or And thou a word of grieâe and indignation as Psal. 2. 6. ââthaâ complaineth of the miseries of the Church whereby all the former promises seeme to be frustrated Vers. 40. his crowne or diademe prophaned by casting to the ground Nezer a separation is figuratively used for a crowne or garland such as Kings wore 2 Sam. 1. 10. and high Priests Exod. 29. 6. as being a signe of their separation from others in respect of some dignitie or holinesse and hereof the Nazarites had their name Numb 6. 2 5 7. So Psal. 132. 18 Vers. 42. rob or rifle him meaning Christ in his members for that which is done to any one of them is done unto him Act. 9. 4. Mat. 25. 40 45. Vers. 4â his brightnesse or puritiâ that is the splendent glory and dignitie of the kingdome defiled and prophaned by the enemies Vers. 46. daies of his youth of his strength and vigour hastening old age and misery upon him Hos. 7. 9. See the contrarie Psalm 103. 5. Ioâ ãâã 25. Vers. 48. how transitory or of what worldly time of what short durance See Psalm 39. 6. the Greeke turneth it what my substance is Compare herewith Ioh 10. 9 1â c. Vers. 49. see death that is die So Luke 2. 26. Psal. 16. 10. The Chaldee saith see the Angell of death the hand of hell the power of the grave or of death See Psal. 49. 16. 10. Vers. 51. of all great peoples or of all the many the multitudes of peoples Vers. 52. the foot-steps or foot-soles that is the wayes life actions and sufferings Psal. 56. 7. and 49. 6. This referred to Christ respecteth the oracle Gen 3. 15. that the Serpent should bruise the foot-sole of the womans seed Referred to Christians which follow his foot-steps in sâiffering and dying with him that wee may be glorified with him 1 Pet. 2. 21. Rom. 8. 17. it noteth the scandall of the crosse of Christ to the Iews a stumbling blocke and to the Greekes foolishnesse 1 Cor. 1. 23. 1 Pet. 4. 13 14. The Chaldee understands it of the sâacknesse of the foot-steps Vers. 53. Blessed be These be words of faith and joy as finding an issue out of the temptation and rejoycing in the midst of tribulation as Rom. 7. 24 25. 2 Cor. 1. 3 4 c. and Amen Thus is this third Booke of the Psalmes also concluded See the notes on Psal. 41. 14. and 72. 19. The fourth Booke PSAL. XC Moses setting forth Gods providence 3 complaineth of humane fragilitie 7 divine chastisements 10 and brevitie of life 12 He prayeth for the knowledge and sensible experience of Gods good providence A prayer of Moses the man of God LOrd thou hast beene to us an habitation in generation and generation Before the mountaines were borne and thou hadst brought forth the earth and the world even from eternitie unto eternitie thou art God Thou turnest sory man unto contrition and sayest returne ye sons of Adam For a thousand yeares in thine eyes are as yesterday when it is past and as a watch in the night Thou carriest them away with a floud they are as a sleepe in the morning as the grasse that is changed In the morning it flourisheth and is changed at the evening it is cut downe and witheâeth For we are consumed in thine anger and in thy wrathfull heat wee are suddenly troubled Thou hast set our iniquities before thee our hidden sins to the light of thy face For all our dayes doe turne away in thine exceeding wrath wee have consumed our yeares as a thought The daies of our years in them are threescore and ten yeares and if they be in strengths fourescore yeares and their pride is molestation and painfull iniquitie for it is cut downe speedily and we flie away Who knoweth the strength of thine anger and according to thy feare thine exceeding wrath To number our dayes so make thou us to know that wee may apply the heart to wildome Returne Iehovah how long and let it repent thee concerning thy servants Satisfie us in the morning with thy mercy that wee may shout and rejoyce in all our daies Make thou us rejoyce according to the daies thou hast afflicted us the yeares wherein we have seene evill Let thy worke appeare unto thy servants and thy comely honour into their sonnes And let the pleasantnesse of Iehovah our God be upon us and the worke of our hands establish thou upon us yea the worke of our hands establish thou it Annotations THe man of God that is the Prophet as Deut. 33. 1. For a Prophet a Seer and a man of God were all one 1 Sam. 9. 6 8 9 10 11. The Chaldee Paraphrast sheweth it here saying A Prayer that Moses the Prophet of the Lord prayed when the people of the house of Israel had sinned in the wildernesse This Psalme hath reference to that history in Numb 14. an habitation or mansion in all our travels in this terrible wildernesse Exod. 33. 14. Deut. 8. 15. and 33. 27. Vers. 2. were borne this and the next word brought forth are similitudes taken from procreation of children to signifie the creation of the world Like speeches are in Job 38. 28 29. of the raine dew ice and frost Vers. 3. unto contrition till he be contrite or broken that is even to death as the Chaldee explaineth it Thou turnest man for his sinne unto death returne the body to the earth Psal. 146. 4. and the spirit to God Eccles. 12. 7. Vers. 4. a watch a ward or custodie which is about three houres space for the Iewes divided the day into twelve houres Ioh. 11. 9. and so the night which they subdivided into foure watches Matt. 14. 15. named the evening midnight cock-crowing and dawning Mark 13. 35. Luke 12. 38 39. Mat. 24. 43. See also Exod. 14. 24. 1 Sam. 11. 11. Vers. 5. a sleepe the Chaldee paraphraseth If they turne not thou wilt bring death upon them which is like a sleepe unto them and in the world to come they shall be changed as the grasse which is cut downe Vers. 6. is changed or changeth to wit the estate thereof that is sprouteth or groweth as the Chaldee explaineth it And so the Hebrew which generally signifieth a change passage or shifting is sometime used for the better to sprout Ioh 14. 7 So to change the strength
sittest for ever in heaven thy memoriall or remembrance of thee so Psa. 135. 13. from Exod. 3. 15. Vers. 14. the appointed time promised for restauration of the Church as Dan. 9. 2. 24 25. c. Ier. 29. 10. Vers. 15. delight or doe favour the stones though ruinous as Nehem. 2. 13 c. and 4. 2. Zach. 1. 12. Vers. 18. the lowly so the Greeke here turneth it which elsewhere we call heath that groweth in the wildernesse Ier. 17. 6. and 48. 6. by the name in Hebrew it seemeth to be some naked shrub and so a fit resemblance of Gods afflicted people made low naked and desolate by their enemies Or we may turne it the broken downe or ruined from Ier. 51. 58. Vers. 19. This shall be or Let this be written to wit for remembrance to ages after as Exâ 17. 14. Deut. 31. 19. 21. This sheweth these to be prophesses for our times created that is restored and made a new as Ps. 104. 30. Esa. 65. 18. created in Christ Iesus unto good workes Eph. 2. 10. So a people borne Psal. 22. 32. Vers. 20. the height of his holinesse that is his holy high place or his high sanctuary meaning heaven This is taken from Deut. 26. 15. Vers. 21. groaning or mournfull cry so Psal. 79. 11. sonnes of death appointed to die as Psal. 79. 11. Vers. 24. in the way in the course of my life see Psal. 2. 12. He respecteth the affliction of Israel in the way that God led them thorow the wildernesse Deut. 8. 2 3. Vers. 25. take me not away or make me not ascend see Iohn 12. 32. The Chaldee addeth take mee not away out of this world bring mee unto the world that is to come Vers. 26. Afore-time that is At the beginning as Heb. 1. 10. where these things spoken to God are applied to Christ to prove his god head Vers. 27. shalt stand that is endure or continue as the Greeke expresseth it Heb. 1. 11. change them by folding them up as the Greeke explaineth Heb. 1. 12. for the heavens when they are changed shall be folden like a booke Esa. 34. 4. V. 28. art the same or art he that is unchangeable Mal. 3. 6. Iam. 1. 17. Vers. 29. shall dwell to wit in Sion vers 14. 22. as is also expressed Psal. 69. 36 37. before thee that is so long as thou dost dure meaning for ever as the Greeke well explaineth it So before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is so long as the Moone and Sunne endure PSAL. CIII David stirreth up his soule to blesse God for his mercies 6 He remembreth Gods former actions to his people 8 His pitie 9 Patience 10 Clemency 15 Mans frailty 17 Gods constancy in his graces for which all are to blesse him A Psalme of David MY soule blesse thou Iehovah and all my inward parts the Name of his Holinesse My soule blesse thou Iehovah forget not all his rewards That mercifully pardoneth all thine iniquities that healeth all thy sicknesses That redeemeth thy life from the pit of corruption that crowneth thee with mercy and tender pitties That satiateth thy mouth with good things thy youth is renewed as an Eagles Iehovah doth justices and iudgements to all oppressed He made knowne his waies to Moses his actions to the sonnes of Israel Iehovan is pittifull and gracious long suffering and much of mercy Hee will not contend to continuall aye neither keepe his anger for ever He hath not done to us according to our sinnes nor rewarded us according to our iniquities But as is the height of the heavens above the earth so strong is his mercy over them that feare him As farre remote as the East is from the West so farre hath he removed our trespasses from us As a father hath pitty on his sonnes Iehovah hath pitty on them that feare him For he knoweth our forming remembring that we are dust Sorry man his daies are as grasse as a flower of the field so flourisheth he For a wind passeth over it and it is not and the place thereof shall not know it any more But the mercy of Iehovah endureth from eternity and unto eternity upon them that feare him and his justice to the childrens children To them that keepe his covenant and that remember his precepts for to doe them Iehovah hath firmely prepared his throne in the Heavens and his Kingdome ruleth over all Blesse Iehovah ye his Angels mighty of strength doing his Word hearkning to the voice of his Word Blesse Iehovah all ye his hosts his ministers doing his pleasure Blesse Iehovah all ye his workes in all places of his domination my soule blesse thou Iehovah Annotations ALl his rewards that is any of his benefits All is often used for any Psal. 147. 20. 1 King 10. 20. and rewards for benefits see Psal. 13. 6. Vers. 3. sicknesses all diseases griefes and punishments in soule or body and spiritually sinnes are meant by the word sicknesses Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 28. 59 61. Esa. 33. 24. See also Psal. 41. 5. and 147. 3. Vers. 4. pit of corruption death and the grave the Chaldee saith from Gehenna or Hell whither men hasten by their sinnes till God by chastisement bringeth them to repentance and then spareth them See this at large handled Iob 33. 19 23 24 27 28 30. Vers. 5. good things Hebr. the good thing see the Notes on Psal. 65. 5. is renewed or thou renewest thy selfe as an Eagle as thy youth thy flesh being fresher than in childhood thou returning to the dayes of thy youth as is said Iob 33. 25. This change is by the renewing of the minde Rom. 12. 2. wrought by the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. The Chaldee applieth it to renuing in the world to come as an eagles which casteth her feathers yeerely and new grow up whereby she seemeth fresh and young flyeth high and liveth long Compare Esa. 40. 31. Vers. 6. justices that is all manner justice and that which is chiefest Things are often spoken of plurally for their excellency So wisdomes Pro. 9. 1. Vers. 7. his waies wherein men ought to walk as Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4 5. or wherein him-selfe walketh his administration his workes as Psal. 77. 20. Iob 40. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Exod. 33. 13. and 34. 6 7. Vers. 8. long suffering or slow to anger see Psal. 86. 15. Vers. 9. contend or chide compare Esa. â7 16. keepe understand his anger as both Greeke and Chaldee do explaine it sometime the Hebrew it selfe manifesteth the defect as he set 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is he set garrisons 2 Sam. 8. 6. This phrase is taken from the Law Lev. 19. 18. So Ier. 3. 5. Nahum 1. 2. See also Psal. 109. 21. Vers. 13. Iehovah hath pitty the Chaldee expounds it the Word of the Lord hath pitty So in verse 19. for Iehovah is the Word of the Lord. Vers. 14. our forming that is our formed nature and
here commendeth the graces of Christ which he had being full of the Holy Ghost for his God had anointed him with the oyle of gladnesse above his fellowes Heb. 1. 9. and of him it is said The Spirit of the Lord is upon mee because hee hath anointed mee to preach the Gospell c. Luke 4. 18. Esay 61. 1. And the odour of these graces is smelt when the Gospell preached is by sense or judgement perceived Phil. 1. 9. Luke 9. 45. Heb. 5. 14. thy name is an ointment powred-forth As Messias and Christ is by interpretation Anointed and he is called the Oile or Ointment in Esay 10. 27. so by his Name is meant his Law the doctrine of grace or Law of faith Rom. 3. 27. as it is written The Iles shall wait for his Law Esay 42. 4. which is expounded The Gentiles shall trust in his name Matth. 12. 21. and the preaching of that grace is called the bearing of Christs Name before the Gentilis Acts 9. 15. and as a good Name is better then a good ointment Eccles. 7. 1. so the name and doctrine of Christ excelleth all other that at the name of Iesus every knee should bow Phil. 2. 10. This name is as a precious ointment powred forth by the preaching of the Gospell and by the miracles confirming the same accomplished not onely by Christ himselfe a man approved of God among the Israelites by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him Act. 2. 22. so that there went out a fame of him through all the region round about and he taught in their synagogues being glorified of all Luke 4. 14. 15. but also by his Apostles who were to preach on the house tops that which they heard in the eare Matth. 10. 27. which also they performed Rom. 15. 19. and 16. 25. 26. and therein rejoyced and said Now thankes be unto God which alwayes causeth us to triumph in Christ and maketh manifest the savor of his knowledge by us in every place For we are unto God a sweet-savour in Christ in them that are saved and in them that perish to the one the savour of death unto death and to the other the savour of life unto life 2 Cor. 2. 2. 14. 15. 16. And as the boxe of ointment when it was broken and powred forth on Christs head the house was filled with the savour of it Marke 14. 3. Iohn 12. 3. so when his Name and Gospell is preached abroad it giveth the odour thereof into all Christian hearts so that by the preaching of faith they also receive the Spirit Gal. 3. 2. 5. and are anointed of God 2 Cor. 1. 21. and have an unction from the Holy-one and know all things 1 Iohn 2. 20. that whereas before they mourned for their sinnes and miseries they now are comforced and have the oile of joy given unto them Esay 61. 3. the Uirgins love thee These are the fellow friends of the Spouse Ps. 45. 15. By Uirgins are meant all such as are chosen and called of God and faithfull whether whole Churches as 2 Cor. 11. 2. or particular persons who with chaste and pure minds serve the Lord onely and worship him in spirit and truth and stand with Christ on the mount Sion having his Fathers name written in their foreheads of whom it is said These are they which were not defiled with women for they are virgins these are they which follow the Lambe whither soever he goeth these were bought from among men being the first fruits unto God and to the Lambe and in their mouth was found no guile for they are without fault before the throne of God Rev. 14. 1 4. 5. And these love the Lord for the odour of his good ointments which they perceive by his word and Spirit though they see him not 1 Pet. 1. 8. they love him because he first loved them 1 Iohn 4. 19. and hath shed abroad his love in their hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto them Rom. 5. 5. and this is love that they walke after his commandements and keepe them 2 Ioh. v. 6. Iohn 14. 15. Vers. 4. Draw me A second request of the Spouse unto Christ that he would not onely call her outwardly by the voice of his Gospell but forasmuch as the word preached profiteth not if it bee not mixed with faith in them that heare it Heb. 4. 2. and faith is not of our selves it is the gift of God Eph. 2. 8. who worketh in us both to will and to doe of his good pleasure Phil. 2. 13. that he would also open her heart Acts 16. 14. effectually worke in her by his Spirit and continue and increase his grace towards her For drawing implyeth power in him that draweth as Hee draweth the mighty with his power Iob 24. 22. and when it is unto good it argueth grace and good will as I drew them with cords of a man with bands of love Hos. 11. 4. and continuance of grace as O draw that is continue thy loving kindnesse to them that know thee Psal. 26. 10. and in them that are drawne it is a signe of infirmity as No man can come unto me except the Father which hath sent me draw him Iohn 6. 44. And this is a fruit and effect of Christs death as himselfe saith And I if I bee lifted up or taken away from the earth will draw all men unto mee Iohn 12. 32. This drawing is by being effectually taught of God as againe he saith It is written in the Prophets And they shall be all taught of God every man therefore that hath heard and hath learned of the Father commeth to me Iohn 6. 45. and is a signe of Gods everlasting love towards such as it was said unto Israel Yea I have loved thee with an everlasting love therefore with loving kindnesse have I drawne thee Ier. 31. 3. we will runne I and the Virgins fore-mentioned will runne after thee for they follow the Lambe whithersoever he goeth Rev. 14. 4. Christ is our Fore runner gone before us into heaven Heb. 6. 20. Our Christian conversation is called a running Gal. 2. 2. and 5. 7. and our life is likened to a course or race which is runne as Iohn fulfilled his course or race Acts 13. 25. and Paul saith I have finished my course 2 Tim. 4. 7. Running signifieth readinesse of affection and speedy performance in action Hag. 1. 9. 1 King 19. 19. 20. Psal. 147. 15. it argueth also strength in the runner Dan. 8. 6. all which are here implyed as an effect of Christs grace drawing her according to the Prophesie Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knewest not and nations that knew not thee shall runne unto thee c. Esay 55. 5. And againe They that wait on the Lord shall renew strength c. they shall runne and not be weary they shall walke and not faint Esay 40. 31. Now the way which we are to runne is his commandements of which David saith I
low and base estate made sweet and amiable like the rose and lilie as the Prophet saith The wildernesse and the dry-place shall be glad for them and the desert shall reioyce and blossome as the Rose Esay 35. 1. And the Lord saith I will be as the dew vnto Israel he shall blossome as the Lilie and strike forth his roots as Lebanon Hos. 14. 5. But as here is mentioned the plaine of Sharon and the vallies which were open places where cattell fed and not inclosed gardens so by it may bee signified how the Church is exposed to persecution to be plucked of all that passe by the way and troden down and eaten of beasts And this the words following doe more confirme The Chaldee openeth these words thus The congregation of Israel said When the ruler of the world causeth his Diuine majesty to dwell in the midst of me I am like to a moist or greene lilie out of the garden of Eden and my workes are faire as the Rose which is in the plaine of the garden of Eden Vers. 2. among the thornes These are the words of Christ concerning his Love the Church where he confirmeth and amplifieth the former speech preferring her aboue other peoples as the lilie is aboue thomes and thistles and withall signifying how shee is afflicted and pricked with them as with thornes This similitude the Scripture often vseth as If ye will not driue out the Inhabitants c. those which ye let remaine of them shall be prickes in your eyes and thornes in your sides and shall vexe you in the land wherein ye dwell Numb 33. 55. And againe There shall be no more a pricking bryer unto the house of Israel nor any grieving thorne of all that are round about them that despised them Ezek. 28. 24 This similitude sheweth also what the Church ought to be harmlesse as Lilies among thornes innocent as sheepe among wolues as doves among ravenous birds Matth. 10. 16. The Lily among thornes may also in speciall be vnderstood of that which we call the Wood-bind which groweth and flourisheth in hedges and thornes my love or my fellow friend my companion as in chap. 1. 9. the daughters the congregations of peoples as the Scriptures mention the daughter of Babylon Psal. 137. the daughter of Tyrus Psal. 45. and many the like Ves. 3. the apple-tree The Church setteth forth the excellency of Christ by the similitude of an apple-tree which the Scripture commendeth for three things comfortable shadow pleasant fruit both noted in this place and sweet smell Song 7. 8. And as the apple-tree hath more variety of fruits then any other tree that groweth that ãâã is not easie to reckon up the ââny sorts of apples of different taste so Christ excelleth in variety of graces which he bestoweth on his Church The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this of the Pome-citron tree but for the cause aforesaid I would not restraine it to any one kind that the fulnesse of grace and truth which was in Christ might here be observed of whose fulnesse all we have received and grace for grace Ioh. 1. 14. 16. of the wood or of the forest or grove which are wilde trees and without culture bearing either none or sowre bitter and unsavoury fruits Such is the state of all the sons of men by nature Rom. 11. 24. whom Christ farre excelleth in beauty fruit and comfort Psalme 45. 3. Ioh. 15. 1. c. my beloved that is Christ in Hebrew Dod the same in signification with David see the notes on chap. 1. 13. the sonnes of Adam all whom Christ farre excelleth Psal. 45. 3. The Chaldee expoundeth it of Angels which are the sonnes of God Ioh. 1. 6. But though it be true that Christ excelleth them also Heb 1. yet the former similitude of the trees of the wood leadeth us rather to understand it here of earthly creatures as the Kings and Potentates and wise men of the world called sonnes in comparison with their peoples before called daughters in vers 2. So in Rev. 1. 5 Christ is the Prince of the Kings of the earth in Ezek. 31. 3. 6. the King of Assyria is likened to a Cedar in Lebanon under whose shadow dwelt all great nations in Dan. 4. 20. 21. 22. Nebuchadnezar is likened to a tree strong and high under which the beasts of the field dwelt c. and Iosias King of Iudah under whose shadow the Iewes hoped to liue Lam. 4. 20. and others in his shadow that is in his protection and defence The tree shadoweth from the heat of the Sunne and Christ from the heat of the wrath of God and from the persecutions of the world as it is written There shall be a Tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat c. Esa. 4. 6 and Thou Lord hast beene a strength to the poore a strength to the needy in his distresse a refuge from the storme a shadow from the heat when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storme against the wall Esay 25. 4. So the shadow of Aegypt Esay 30. 2. the shadow of Heshbon Ierem. 48. 45. signifie the defence wherein men trusted which the faithfull repose in God and Christ alone as in Psalme 36. 8. 57. 2. and 17. 8. 63. 8. and 90. 1. And they that trust in him shall be safe from evill as Iehovah is thy shadow upon thy right hand the Sunne shall not smite thee by day nor the Moone by night Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill Psal. 121. 5. 6. 7. I desired and sate or I much desired that I might sit The forme of the Hebrew word increaseth the signification as noting a continuall and fervent desire of that which is pleasing delightfull or profitable and by sitting is meant abiding and resting as in Psalm 91. 1. The Church therefore being by sinne under wrath reveiled by the Law and being maligned by the world as a lilie among thornes acknowledgeth her faith hope love and delight ãâã bee in Christ Iesus who hath delivered as from the wrath to come 1 Th ãâ¦ã through whom we have peace with God Rom. 5. 1. and peace in him though in the world we have tribulation 1 Iohn 16. 33. his fruit another benefit which the Church reapeth by Christ that shee is not onely delivered from evill but made partaker of his goodnesse in that the workes of his Prophesie Priesthood and Kingdome his death resurrection and all fruits of them are communicated unto her by the Gospell which shee feedeth upon by faith to the refreshing and life of her soule Fruits signifie graces and good workes which are to the benefit of our selves and others Matt. 3 8. 10. Gal. 5. 22. c. and is also applyed to the doctrine of the Gospel Iohn 15. 16. and signifieth a comfortable reward Psal 58. 12. Prov. 27. 18. The Hebrewes referre these things to the Law which should better bee applied to the Gospell for the Chaldee paraphrast here saith As the Pome-citrontree
11. with all which the Spouse of Christ is adorned whiles with courage comfort shee followeth the footsteps of their faith and workes and abideth constant sustained by the promises of God Vers. 5. Thy two breasts These are both for ornament and for use as experience in nature and the scriptures shew for God saith to his church thou art come to excellent ornaments thy breasts are fashioned c. Ezek. 16. 7. and sheweth the use of them that her children and lovers may sucke and bee satisfied with the breasts of her consolations c. Esa. 66. 11. So here the breasts of Christs spouse are likened to Roes for pleasantnesse to Fawnes or yong Roes for smalnesse to twinnes for equalizing to Roes feeding among Lilies as in fat and sweet pasture Hereby is signified how the Church is fruitfull in good workes and comfortable words and communication of all Gods blessings so that by her loving affection wholesome doctrines sweet consolations and gracious beneficence her children are delighted and sucking the sincere milke of the word doe grow thereby Esa. 66. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 2. feed among the Lillies in fat sweet and wholesome pasture Hereby is signified that the breasts of the Church that is her doctrines exhortations and consolations wherewith shee nourisheth her children are fed and filled not with humane traditions but with the doctrines of Christ whose lippes are likened unto Lilies dropping sweet smelling myrrh Song 5. 13. So when the soule of the Priests is satiate with fatnesse the Lords people are satisfied with goodnesse as he promised Ier. 31. 14. Vers. 6. Vntill the day dawne or blow see before on chap. 2. 17. shadowes that is darkenesses meaning ignorances infirmities troubles miseries c. as chap. 2. 17. I will get me or I will goe for my selfe It is not evident whether these be the words of Christ withdrawing himselfe for a time or of his spouse betaking her selfe to the mountaine Comparing this place with the former chap. 2. 17. I understand it of the latter that as the Spouse there requested speedy helpe of Christ in the time of her sorrow so here in like tentation shee fleeth for refuge to the mount of myrrh and hill of frankincense where she hopeth for comfort The speech hath reference to mount Morijah whereon the Temple was builded 2 Chron. 3. 1. in which Temple was the holy anointing oile made of pure Myrrh and other chiefe spices as also the incense made of pure frankincense and other sweet spices which were to anoint and sanctifie the holy things and persons and to burne upon the golden Altar daily Exod. 30. 23. 34. 1 Chro. 9. 29. 30. On which mount Abraham long before did offer his sonne Isaak for a sacrifice and upon experience of Gods grace and providence this proverbe was used In the mountaine of-Iehovah it shall bee seene Gen. 22 2. 14. To the kingdome of Christ figured by this mountaine peoples should flow for Gods Law and word was to proceed from it Mich. 4. 1. 2. The church therefore in the darkenesse of her tentations fleeth to the Lords mountaine by faith in Christ meditation in his promises consolation by his graces prayer reading of the scriptures and other like spirituall exercises confirming by faith and hope and waiting with patience till the day should dawne and the day starre arise in her heart as the Apostle speaketh 2 Pet. 1. 19. So Christ himselfe in the daies of his flesh used to goe up into mountaines to pray and spent the whole night in prayer to God Luk. 6. 12. and 9. 28. and preached the Gospell in such places Mat. 5. 1. 2. c. Vers. 7. all faire The Spouse was called faire before in verse 1. and chap. 1. 15. now Christ saith she is all faire whereby hee comforteth her against her feares and infirmities that in him shee hath perfect beauty for he loved her and gave himselfe for her that hee might sanctifie and cleanse her with the washing of water by the word that he might present her to himselfe glorious a Church not having spot or wrinkle or any such thing but that she should be holy and without blemish Eph. 5. 25. 26. 27. no blemish or nospot no fault no blame-worthy thing called in Hebrew Mum and thereof in Greeke Momos which meaneth first any blemish in the body as blinde lame or deformed in any limme or part Lev. 21. 18. 21. Deut. 15. 21. and 17. 1. so is applied to blemishes in the soule that is to sinnes and vices from which Christ purgeth his people that being reconciled unto God in the body of his flesh through faith he might present them holy and without blemish and unreproveable in his sight Colos. 1. 21. 22. Thus the 144. thousand that stand with the Lambe on mount Sion c. are said to be without blemish before the throne of God Rev. 14. 1. 5. Vers. 8. Come with me or Thou shalt come with me Here Christ having cleansed his Spouse by his death calleth her to follow him from the mountaines of wilde beasts from the false Churches and societies of wicked people that forsaking all corruption in her selfe and others shee may walke with him in newnesse and holinesse of life beholding and acknowledging Gods mercy in her deliverance Rom. 6. 6. 13. 22. 1 Pet. 2. 21. 24. and 4. 1. 2 3. 2 Pet. 1. 3. 4. Lebanon in Gr. Libanus a mountaine in the north part of the land of Canaan possessed of old by the Evites Iudg. 3. 3. afterward by the Israelites on it grew many Cedar trees Song 3. 9. but in comparison with other places it was a forrest or wildernesse Esa. 29. 17. and so the haunt of wilde beasts 2 King 14. 9. which is respected here as the end of the verse manifesteth Sometime in respect of the largenesse of the mount and goodly trees thereon it is used to signifie glorious things as in Song 5. 15. and 3. 9. Deut. 3. 25. my spouse or my bride named in Hebrew Callah of the perfection of her attire ornaments and beauty Ier. 2. 32. in Greeke Nymphee which name the Holy Ghost giveth to the Church calling her the Nymphe or Bride the Lambs wife who is prepared as a Bride adorned for her husband Revelat. 21. 9. 2. Christ before had called her his Love or Friend now when she is all faire and without blemish he calleth her Spouse and in verse 9. both Sister and Spouse looke or thou shalt looke shalt see marke and observe top of Amanah or head of Amanah which was a mountaine in Syria the valley and river in it was also called Amanah and Abanah in 2 King 5. 12. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth it the heads that is the Princes of the people that dwell by the river of Amanah shall offer a gift unto thee Humane writers testifie that Amanus was a mountaine forcibly possessed by many tyrants c. Strabo l. 14. So the Holy Ghost here calleth these places dennes
mindes of his people are inflamed is such as cannot be quenched with any calamities And thus it is said Who shall separate us from the love of Christ shall tribulation or distresse or persecution or famine or nakednesse or perill or sword as it is written for thy sake we are killed all the day long we are accounted as sheepe of slaughter nay in all these things wee ãâã more then conquerours through him that loved us ãâã I am perswaded that neither death nor life nor ãâ¦ã nor Principalities nor powers nor things present ãâã things to come nor height nor depth nor any other creature shall bee able to separate us from the love of ãâã which is in Christ Iesus our Lord Rom. 8. ãâ¦ã all the substance or all the riches wealth ãâ¦ã ver gold c. that is in his house ãâã they would contemne it that is it would utterly or altogether be contemned or he would wholly be contemned As the love betweene Christ and his Church cannot be separated being united by the Holy Ghost so neither can love nor other grace of God be bought for money but is the free gift of God bestowed on whom he pleaseth Act. 8. 18. 19. 20. Rom. 9. 11. 16. So wisedome cannot be go ãâ¦ã for gold neither shall silver bee weighed for the price thereof c. Ioh. 28. 15. 19. Prov. 8. 11. 19. Vers. 8. Wee have a little sister The godly here consult about a new Church arising whom they call a sister in respect of the unitie of faith little or small as being yong newly converted and nothing populous without breasts as having yet no stablished ministerie for such is the state of the Churches in their beginning as appeareth by Act. 14. 23. Tit. 1. 5. so that her children could not sucke out the sincere milke of the word and be satisfied with the breasts of her consolations 1 Pet. 2. 2. Esa. 66. 11. for she was not yet come to the estate of Israel whose breasts were fashioned and the Lord entred into covenant with her and shee became his Ezek. 16. 7. 8. when she shall be spoken of or wherein speech shal be of her when the fame of her calling and conversion shal come abroad what furtherance shall we yeeld to increase settle stablish her in the truth This sheweth the duty of love from one Church to another in communicating their graces each to other and praying one for another See an example in Act. 11. 19. 22. 23. This Hebrew phrase of speech to be had of her or in her may be understood two waies for or against her for her when treatie shall be of her espousals unto Christ thus David sent and spake of or with Abigail to take her to him to wife 1 Sam. 25. 39. against her as the people spake against God and against Moses Numb 21. 5. and Princes speake against me Psal. 119. 23. For no sooner doe a people turne to the Lord but the wicked doe oppose in word and worke And thus the Hebrewes in their Chaldee Paraphrase expound it here What shall wee doe for our sister in the day when the nations shall speake to goe up against her unto warre Vers. 9. If she be is wall The answere to the thing proponed made as some thinke by Christ to which the Chaldee paraphrast agreeth saying Michael the Prince of Israel will say or by other her sister churches desirous to procure her good a wall that is strong and well grounded in the truth and so become a citie which is often described by walles gates barres c. 2 Chron 8. 5. and 14. 7. Revel 21. 12. Spiritually it meaneth her faith and hope of salvation in Christ grounded on the doctrine of the twelve tribes of Israel and twelve Apostles of Christ Rev. 21. 14. 19. as Thou shalt call thy walles salvation Esa. 66. 18. and we have a strong city salvation will God appoint for walles and bulworkes Esa. 26. 1. Moreover when God signified the strength and courage of his Prophet against their enemies he faith I will make thee unto this people a fenced brazen wall and they shall fight against thee shall not prevaile âer 15. 20. wee will b ãâ¦ã d Here by we may be implied the Trinitie in the Godhead as Gen. 1. 26. Song ãâã 11. or we may meane Christ inwardly effectually by his grace and his people her sisters outwardly and ministerially by the word of the Gospell a pallace or ãâ¦ã le a tower a faire and orderly building such as were wont est times to bee set on strong walles of cities and this being of silver noteth the puritie excellencie and durablenesse of this pallace adorned with the graces of Gods word and Spirit that so she might be builded for an habitation of God through the Spirit Eph. 2. 22. and bee able to resist the forces of her enemies and if she be a doore if shee goe forward in the faith and practise of the Gospell that she be not onely built up as a wall but as a gate and doore fully edified as at the repairing of Ierusalem when they sanctified the gates and set up the doores of it Nehem. 3. which gates doores barres c. were for the safeguard of the inhabitants and shewed their care to resist and keepe out the enemies as appeareth by the contrary in Ier. 49. 31. as also to open that the righteous nation which keepeth the truths may enter in Esa. 26. 2. Psal. 118. 20. Therefore Angels are at the gates of the heavenly Citie to conduct Gods people into it Revel 21. 12. 27. and 22. 14. wee will inclose her or we will fence her about with board of Cedar which is faire strong and durable and of sweet savour of such the Temple was builded 1 King 6. 15. 18. V. 10. I am a wall or I became a wall that is I grew up and waxed strong in the faith love of Christ. The little sister sheweth her readinesse to receive and increase in the doctrine of the Gospell my breasts as towers my breasts are fashioned Ezek. 16. 7. the ministerie of the word established in mee to nourish up children unto Christ. The similitude of towers noteth also the strength power and glory of the administration of the Gospell and the open preaching of it out of pulpits of high places that all may heare For Migdal a towre is used for a pulpit in Neh. 8. 4. in his eyes in Christs sight findeth peace We all in our naturall corruption are enemies to God Rom. 5. 10. but being justified by faith we have peace with God through our Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 5. 1. for the worke of righteousnesse is peace and the effect of righteousnesse quietnesse and assurance for ever Esa. 32. 17. and this peace is injoyed by the Holy Ghost Rom. 8. 6. 9. and it is opposed to all the troubles tentations persecutions and afflictions in this life and world Ioh. 16. 33. and is that which guardeth our hearts and mindes
no intercalation in that day as I have shewed in the treatise of sanctifying the New Moone And for these things which he did not according to he custome it is said they did eat the passeover othrwise than it is written And he besought mercy forhimselfe and for the wise men that consented to his dâags as it is said in 2 Chron. 30. 18 19. The god LORD pardon every one that prepareth his heârt c. and it is said invers 20. and the LORD hearkned to Ezekias and healed the people that their offering was acceptable Maim in Biath hammikdash ãâã 4. sect 10. c. The same man in Korban Pesââh ch 7. writeth thus Many that are uncleane by the dead at the first Passeover if they be the lesser part of the Church they are put off to the second Paseever as other uncleane persons but if the most of the Church be uncleane by the dead or if the Priesâs or the ministring vessels be uncleane by pollution of the dead they are not put off but doe all of them ofer the Passeoâer in uncleannesse the uncleane with the cleane As ãâã is said And there were men that were uncleane c. âum 9. 6. particular persons are âut off and not the coâgregation and this thing is for uncleannesse by a deâd man onely If the Church be halfe of them cleaâ and halfe uncleane by the dead they all keepe it ãâã âhe first moneth and the cleane keepe it by themselv ãâ¦ã in cleannesse and the uncleane keepe it by themselves ãâã uncleannesse and dâe eat it in uncleannesse And if ââey that be uncleane by the dead be moe than the cleaââ though but one they all keepe it in uncleannesse c. If the most part of the Church have running issues ãâã lepers c. and the lesser part be defiled by the dead those that are uncleane by the dead keepe it not in thâ first moneth because they are the lesser part neith ãâ¦ã keepe they the second Passeover for no Particâlar persons âeepe the second save in the time when he most of the Church have kept the first If the mo ãâ¦ã part of the Church be uncleane by the dead and ãâã lesser part have running issues or the like the uncleane ãâã the dead keepe the first Passeover and those ãâã have running issues or the like keepe neither the ãâã nor the second for there is no keeping of the ãâã Passeover save when the first is brought in cleanne ãâ¦ã if the first be kept in uncleannesse there is no ãâã Passeover If a third part of the Church be clea ãâ¦ã and a third part have running issues or the like and a third part be uncleane by the dead those that are uncleane by the dead keepe neither the first Passeover nor the second not the first because they are ãâã lesser part in respect of the cleane with those that have issues nor the second because the lesser part ãâã the first Passeover How doe they estimate the Passeover to know whether the most of the Church be uncleane or cleane They estimate it not by all that ãâã for it may be that twenty are reckoned for one Paschalambe and they send it by the hand of one to kill it ãâã theÌ But they estimate it by all that come to the ãâã of the Sanctuary and whiles they are yet without before the first company coÌmeth in they estimate theÌ Verse 13. not in a journey the Greeke explaineth it in a far journey as v. 10. Here other ãâã necessarie and inevitable hindrances are likew ãâ¦ã implied by reason whereof they could not keâpâ the first Passeover but might the second or were discharged of both without sinne or danger ãâã the Hebrew Doctors note if a man be for ãâ¦ã ãâ¦ã ted or if he have ignorantly erred and not oâârâd in the first moneth then he is to bring the Pa ãâ¦ã er in the 14. day of the second moneth Who sâ hath ignorantly erred or hath beene violently hindâed so that he offred not in the first moneth if he p ãâ¦ã tuously neglect to offer in the second he is gu ãâ¦ã oâ cutting off but if he ignorantly erred or was ãâã hindred in the second also he is free If he ãâã ãâ¦ã tuously neglected to offer in the first then ãâã ãâã in the second and if he offer not in the second ãâã he faileth of ignorance he is guilty of c ãâ¦ã ng ãâã because he offred not the Lords offering in the app ãâ¦ã ted time and neglected presumptuously Ma ãâ¦ã Korban Pesach ch 5. sect 1 2. Now for in ãâ¦ã nces they give these If a man in a journey betravelling towards the Sanctuarie and reacheth not ãâ¦ã ther because he is hindred by the beasts wâich ãâã driveth or being come to Ierusalem is ãâã feet that he cannot come to the court of the Sanctuary till the time of the offring be past this is ãâã or a constrained let Ibidem ch 5. sect 9. F ãâ¦ã e men that have the skins of their Paschall lamb mixed together and there is found a warâ wâich is a signe of uncleannesse in the skin of one ãâã them all those lambs are to be caried out to th place oâ burning and if they were mixed befâre their bloud was sprinkled on the Altar themen ãâã bound to keepe the second Passeover b ãâ¦ã ãâã ãâã were mixed after the sprinkling they arâ dââchargeâ from keeping thâ second Passeover Ibidem ãâã 3. ãâã 9. If the owners of a Paschall lambe be defild ãâã that the lambe is killed for them the blo ãâ¦ã thereof may not be Sp ãâ¦ã nkled on the Altar anâ if it be sprinkled it is âot acceptable therefore they are bound to keepe the second Passeover Ibidem ãâã 4. sect 2. A proselye that joyneth ãâã to ãâã Church betweene the first Passeover and the second likewise a child that is come to full age betweene the two Passeovers that is to the age of 13. yeeres at what time he is Bar mitsvaâ a son of the commandement that is bound to keepe all the Law as his father was and so bound to eat the Passeover they are bound to keepe the second Passeover Ibidem ch 5. sect 7. and sundry the like and forbeareth or ceaseth in Greeke faileth meaning wittingly and presumptuously as appeareth by Num. 15. 30. that soule which the Chaldee explaineth that man and so Moses speaketh in Lev. 17. 4. 9. cut off in Greeke destroyed The Hebrewes understand it of death by the hand of God when the sin is secret and unpunishable by man see the notes on Gen. 17. 14. And it may be meant of soule or body or both Cutting off is sometimes of the soule and sometimes of the body Of the body when he dieth in the middest of his daies as if hee die at fiftie yeeres of age that is death by cutting off c. R. Menachem on Gen. 17. The same man there further sheweth that the state of a man may be such that though he be cut
off in his body from this life yet he goeth not downe to Gehenna or Hell but hath his portion in the garden of Eden or kingdome of Heaven but there is some man guilty of cutting off whose iniquities are so many that he is cut off from the lite of the garden of Eden of whom it is written that soule shall he cut off from my presence Levit. 22. 3. and I will even destroy that soule Levit. 23 30 and these wicked ones are not cut off in their body but wax old in this world as it is said There is a wicked man that prolongeth his life in his wickednesse Eccles 7. 15. from his peoples in Greeke from his people by peoples meaning the tribes of Israel called the peoples of Israel in Act. 4. 27. So Moses elsewhere explaineth it saying hee shall be cut off from Israel Exod. 12. 15. Num. 19. 13. and from the congregatiân Num. 19. 20. and from the congregation of Israel Exod. 12. 19. and from among his people Lev. 17. 4. 10. and 20. 3. 6. and 23. 30. beare his sinne that is the punishment due for his sin so in Lev. 22. 9. Num. 18. 32. Verse 14. sojourne with you this the Greeke explaineth if a proselyte come unto yâu in your laâd Of strangers to be admitted to the Passeover see in the annotations on Exod. 12. 48 49. Vers. 15. was reared up or that he Moses reared up the Tabernacle which was the first day of the first moneth in the second yeere after they were come out of Egypt Exod. 40. 1. 17. the cloud a signe of Gods favour and presence possessing and protecting the Tabernacle and dwelling amongst hâs people in Christ see Exod. 33. 10 11. and 40. 34. and the annotations there Also Num. 14. 14. Ezâk 10. 3 4. even the Tent of the Testimonie or ãâã the Tent which the Greeke translateth and the house of the Testimonie meaning the most holy place in which was the Arke with the Tables of the Testimonie or Law in it over which place the cloud speciaily was to cover the same The Hebrew word which usually signifieth to or fâr is by the Greeke translated and as here so in Lev. 16. 21. and Exo. 17. 10. sometime it serveth but to signifie the thing covered as in Esai 11. 9. and so in this place Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it thus the Tabernacle which was made to be a Tent for the Tables of the Testimonie as the appearance or the very appearance of fire in Exod. 40. 38. it is said and fire was on it by night The same cloud was darknesse by day and fire by night as in Exod. 14. 20. 24. both signified Gods presence and defence of his Tabernacle as it is said The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion and upon her assemblies a cloud and smoake by day and the shining of a flaming fire by night for upon all the glory shall be a defence Esai 4. 5. And in Psal. 105. 39. He spred a cloud for a covering and fire to give light in thâ night So Christ by the Scriptures of the holy Prophets and Apostles which are a cloud of witnesses Heb. 12. 1. and by his Spirit is a shadow in the day time from the heat and for a place of refuge Esai 4. 6. as it is written Thou Lord hast beene a refuge from the storme a shadow from the heat Esai 5. 4. and the Propheticall word is a light that shineth in a darke place 2 Pet. 1. 19. See the annotations on Exod. 13. 21. Vers. 16. cloud covered it to wit by day as is expressed in Exod. 40. â8 and to be understood here therefore the Greeke version also addeth by day and so doth the Chaldee called Ionathans The continuance of this signe notwithstanding the peoples unworthinesse is remembred by Nehemiah thus Yet thou in thy manifold mercies forsookâst them not in the wildernesse the pillar of the cloud departed not from them by day to lead them in the way neither the pillar of fire by night to shew them light and the way wherein they should ãâã Nâhem 9. 19. Vers. 17. was taken up from off the Teât or from upon or over the Tent which the Greeke translateth went up from the Tent. journeyed or removed set forward encamped or pitched rested Thus God in Christ was the cause and beginning of all rest and motion and the director of his Church in the way that they should goe Therefore Moses sanctified both their journeyings and their restings by prayer unto God Num. 10. 35 36. According to this ancient signe Christ is said to come with clouds Dan. 7. 13. Rev. 1. 7. and appeareth cloathed with a cloud and his feet as pillars of fire Rev. 10. 1. for the salvation of his people and destruction of their enemies The same grace is set forth by the similitude of a sheepâerd leading his flocke in and out whom they follow Psâl 8â 1. 2. Ioh. 10 9. Vnder whose conduct they feed in the ãâã and their pastures are in all high ãâã they ãâã not nor ãâã neither doth the he ãâ¦ã ãâã s ãâ¦ã them for he that hath mercy on ãâã ãâã them c. Esai 40. 9 10. Rev. 7. 16. Wherefore the Church desireth to be told where he sââdâth his flocke and where he maketh them to rest at noone Song 1. 7. And that which the Church saith of Christ His lâft hand ãâã under minâ head and his right hand doth embracâ me âong ãâã ãâã the Chaldee paraphrast on that place applieth to this cloud and the effects thereof Verse 18. At the mouth that is as the Greeke translateth it By the commandement or as the Chaldee saith At the word of the Lord for this signe from heaven the removing and resting of the cloud was to them as the mouth or word of God For God speaketh by his signes which are therefore called the words of his signes Psal. 105. 27. And it signified that whatsoever we doe in word or deed we should doe all in the name of the Lord Iesus Coloss. 3. 17. Vers. 19. taried long or prolonged the time here the spaces of time shorter or longer betweene the journyings of the people are also shewed to be by the Lords cloud that so not onely the works but the times and seasons might appeare to be in Gods hand power Act. 1. 7. kept the charge or the watch Hebr. observed the observation of which phrase see Levit. 8. 35. The Chaldee here translateth the charge or observation of the word of the LORD They kept watch and ward night and day to see when the cloud should arise or they kept the charge in the meane while of serving the Lord whiles the Sanctuarie was erected So after in v. 23. Vers. 20. a few daies Hebr. daies of number that is daies easily numbred meaning a few see this phrase in Gen. 34. 30. Vers. 22. a yeere of daies that is a whole yeere see the notes on Lev. 25. 29.